• Meet the Team
  • Work with Us
  • Czech Republic
  • Netherlands
  • Switzerland
  • Scandinavia
  • Philippines
  • South Korea
  • New Zealand
  • South Africa
  • Budget Travel
  • Work & Travel
  • The Broke Backpacker Manifesto
  • Travel Resources
  • How to Travel on $10/day

Home » Europe » United Kingdom » England » London

Weekend in LONDON – INSIDER GUIDE (2024)

London is without a doubt one of the best places in the whole world to spend a weekend! It boasts some of the most iconic architecture in Europe as well as world-class theatre, sport, shopping and music. Basically there’s so much stuff going on that a single weekend in London is not enough and you’re guaranteed to return!

One bonus of spending a weekend in London is that many of the best attractions are free! So, despite the hefty exchange rate of the pound, a London weekend can be very reasonably priced.

With so many indoor activities on offer, it’s actually a fantastic city to visit year-round so don’t let the infamous British weather put you off. The museums are some of the best in the world housing global artifacts and technologically driven research. Public transport in London is also great   so you can easily get to all of London’s iconic landmarks in a single weekend!

Whether you’re a theatre-goer, a sports fan, a foodie or a raging partier, there’s lots to love about London.

london weekend trip itinerary

Unlock Our GREATEST Travel Secrets!

Sign up for our newsletter and get the best travel tips delivered right to your inbox.

Insider Tips for an AMAZING Weekend in London

London nightlife guide, london food guide, sporting events in london, weekend cultural entertainment in london- music/concerts/theatre, london weekend travel faqs.

These tips will help you enjoy London at its best and help you avoid any unnecessary headaches, struggles or concerns. In this guide, we’ll look at the best hostels in London , what to do in London and how to find the best food in London!

Know Where to Stay in London

With only a weekend to spare, you’ll want to stay somewhere in central London in order to minimize travel time. London’s a large city, and some of the best things to do in London are spread out. It is therefore worth taking a look at the various different neighborhoods and working out which one is best for travelers with little time!

Covent Garden is possibly the ideal neighborhood for first-timers in the city. It’s close to some of the top London attractions, with a great dining and cultural scene. Public transport goes everywhere from here, and you can comfortably spend the day walking around.

Another great place to stay in is Soho particularly if you’re into London’s party scene.

If you do want to save some cash while travelling in a big group, you can find many cute cottages in London ‘s outskirts areas that are close to transport links to the city center.

Our Favorite Airbnb – Private room in central location

Private room in central location

This massive room is great for travellers who visit London for the first time. The apartment is located in central Leicester Square. There are lots of great places, cafes, and restaurants around. You’ll also get free breakfast every morning. The main bathroom is shared, however, you’ll have a private toilet. If you’ve seen enough of the city, you can enjoy the free Netflix and Amazon Prime Video on your TV.

Our Favorite Budget Hotel – The Z Hotel Shoreditch

The Z Hotel Shoreditch, London

The Z Hotel Shoreditch is our favorite budget hotel in London!

  • Quaint, boutique hotel with handcrafted beds
  • Located in the hip, heart of London
  • Great amenities and buffet breakfast available

This treasure is a quaint, lovely little hotel, reminiscent of 18th century London, set in a perfect location! The staff are great, and the beds are comfortable. The breakfasts, at a small extra cost, are incredible, and there’s unlimited coffee available to fuel your busy weekend. Basically have everything you need and more!

Our Favorite Splurge Hotel – Montcalm Royal London House

Montcalm Royal London House

Montcalm Royal London House is our favorite splurge hotel in London!

  • Spectacular views over the city, with rooftop bar
  • Restaurants, bars, spa and indoor swimming pool
  • Luxurious rooms with 24-hour room service and concierge

With large rooms and all the amenities you can dream of, this 5-star luxury hotel combines modern luxury with old-school class. It’s terrific for couples and the views over London are perfect. The staff is helpful and friendly, and the food is some of the best in the city. 

Our Favorite Hostel – Meininger London Hyde Park

Meininger London Hyde Park

Meininger London Hyde Park is our favorite hostel in London!

  • Great location with easy access to public transport
  • Vibrant, colorful and clean rooms
  • Fun, comfortable general spaces

Located right next to Hyde Park, this hostel is perfect for those looking for something well-priced and comfortable. If you are looking to meet people then get yourself a drink in the bar or lounge and make some friends! The staff are friendly and helpful, and the vibrant rooms are clean with comfortable beds.

Meininger London Hyde Park is one of our favourites in London but they’re not taking guests right now. We’re not sure if they’re closed for good but we hope they’ll come back soon.

london weekend trip itinerary

With a London City Pass , you can experience the best of London at the CHEAPEST prices. Discounts, attractions, tickets, and even public transport are all standards in any good city pass – be sure invest now and save them $$$ when you arrive!

Know How to Get Around in London

Getting around London is easy, despite the city’s size. Many of the attractions are close together, and walking between them allows you to get a real feel for the city! However,  there are also many public transport options should you need them.

You can catch the London Underground, the tram link, busses, railway, river services or the overground. With so many options, you’re able to get anywhere you want from wherever you are, fast.

Transport is quite expensive in London. It is a good idea to take some time to check if it’s going to prove cheaper to buy single tickets, or a weekend ticket, depending on your London itinerary . 

London Underground

If you’re spending most of your time walking around and occasionally catching a tram or train then single tickets are probably your best bet. If on the other hand your itinerary means you’ll be needing a lot of transport get an Oyster Card ; an Oyster card allows you to load money onto it, and use it on all of the public transport systems.

The bright red London busses are iconic and are a great way to get around and explore London . The trains are incredibly efficient, but if you try to catch one during peak hours (between 8 and 9 am, and 4 and 6 pm), you’ll be packed like sardines against impatient strangers.

London Nightlife Guide

London has some amazing nightlife options!

Despite a number of high-profile club closures, London still has some of the best nightlife in the world. Check out these awesome options for some inspiration.

Piccadilly Circus

  • Go pub-hopping until the early hours of the morning (many stay open until 4 am on weekends)
  • Guaranteed great night out with some of London’s best nightspots and a vibrant atmosphere
  • You can also go to an after dark museum, musical, or casino, for great alternatives to clubbing

Iconic enough during the night and day, Piccadilly Circus is an absolute must-see at night time! Neon lights contrast with historical buildings, and everyone is having a great time. For bar hopping, visit Irish-themed bar Waxy O’Connor’s, and Graphic, a gin palace with great DJ’s every weekend. For glitz and wild dancing, go to Cafe de Paris.

  • A historic hub of London’s famous entertainment scene throughout the ages. 
  • Bars, pubs and clubs line the street, catering to an incredibly wide variety of party styles
  • Explore some of the area’s flamboyount gay bars or circus-themed clubs, like Cirque le Soir, for something totally out of the ordinary (but don’t bring your Mother!)

Soho is certainly one of the best nightlife scenes in London, if not the world! With a rich history and a diversity of clubs to match, you are bound to have a brilliant time. Ronnie Scott’s has some of the world’s top jazz and blues musicians performing in its basement club and other great options are Swift and the gay pub Admiral Duncan.

  • Enjoy lively bohemian nightlife and night markets for something different
  • Great place to find live music, quirky bars, and some very unusual people
  • A long history of counterculture entertainment and alternative rock make for a night unlike any you’ll find elsewhere

Camden is a more offbeat but equally vibrant London nightlife destination. Leading the alternative rock & Indie scene, you’ll find great music and unique hair-styles in abundance here. For an old-school rock club experience, go to KOKO or Underworld. For a unique combination of the night market, club and casino, try out Electric Ballroom.

London Food

British food has a pretty bad reputation which is both undeserved and outdated. As you will see for yourself, London actually has one of the most diverse, cutting-edge culinary scenes in the world. Not only that, but you can find any type of cuisine in London, because it is so multi-culural and diverse. With so much to choose from at these stops, you’ll want to eat everything! And maybe you should…

Sunday UpMarket at Brick Lane

  • A very different kind of Sunday Roast, with both street vendors and classic pubs like the Old Truman Brewery to dine with
  • Great organic food options and authentic international cuisines
  • Vendors let you try tasters, so you can taste everything before you decide on one option

Be sure to arrive with an empty stomach as you’re going to want all the space you can get! Here you can find traditional ethnic foods from across the globe, and quaint craft and vintage stalls to explore while you eat. A lively market with a fun vibe, this is the perfect place for adventurous foodies.

Camden Market

  • Not only for the night-time crowd, Camden is also one of London’s best foodie scenes
  • Camden’s famous market features an eclectic mix of cuisines from around the world
  • Prices range from street food to gourmet, and you can find a taste of everything to either eat on the spot or take home. I recommend trying the Indian Paneer burger.

Truly, there is something to quench every craving and curiosity in Camden Market! Leading the race in vegan innovations is Nora and Nama, and providing delightfully meaty options to the punks and alternatives, is Roadkill. Come to Camden Market to try tonnes of food and stroll through the market, admiring the weird and wonderful wares on offer.

Bob Bob Ricard

  • Iconic Soho restaurant serving delicious British-Russian cuisine and amazing cocktails
  • Dining takes place in luxurious old-school booths with Art Deco style
  • Every booth has a ‘press for champagne’ button, which is  the absolute epitome of British class

With a dress code of ‘elegant’, uniformed staff and art-deco surrounds, this restaurant is a one of a kind foodie stop! This luxury dining experience needs to be booked well in advance  but it is well worth it. Try either their Russian specialties or local favorites, and be sure to enjoy the glamor and great atmosphere.

London’s The Rubens at the Palace Hotel

  • Iconic spot for afternoon tea , overlooking Buckingham Palace
  • A quintessential afternoon activity for those who like to live a little lavishly
  • Enjoy the best scones with clotted cream and jam in the city!

No London trip would be complete without taking time out for some afternoon tea, and the four-star hotel, The Rubens at the Palace Hotel, is one of the best places to enjoy this as it’s upper class and elegant, making for a fine afternoon affair. It’s also super romantic, if you’re travelling as a couple.

In England, Afternoon Tea is not just a term for drinking tea in the afternoon. It is usually accompanied by sandwiches, cakes, macarons, scones with clotted cream and jam, plus of course, tea. It can be a little pricey, but totally worth it – plus you actually get a ton of food, so it could count as a late lunch or early dinner.

Sporting Events in London

With famous stadiums hosting popular British sports, there’s some great choices for sport lovers. 

See a Game at Wembley Stadium

  • England’s national Football team is one of the most famous in the world – if you can, watch a match at the famous Wembley Stadium
  • The venue for many memorable events, it’s incredible just to see Wembley stadium, never mind watching a match in it
  • Wembley stages sports events and live performances every weekend with teams and performers from around the world.

There are several other football stadiums across London so be sure to pick up a ticket and come cheer on your favorite team!. You can even plan your London visit around your favorite sport and team! Just check out Wembley Stadium events .

Play Tennis at Regents Park

  • Enjoy a game or two of tennis on beautiful courts across from a London park
  • One of England’s few great pay-and-play tennis centers where you can book with minimal advance
  • Fun, great exercise and perfect for couples, families, and friends

While you can’t play at the private Wimbledon arena, Regents Park is the next best thing for tennis enthusiasts!

Play England’s most elegant and popular sport on this lovely public field. You can book a drop-in session a day in advance. And of course, equipment is available to rent or buy, if you didn’t bring your own.

(Note – In the UK tennis is largely confined to the months of May – August when the weather is fair)

Try Flying Trapeze at Gorilla Circus

  • Try something new and learn to fly trapeze in a two-hour lesson
  • It’s a great outdoor activity and an opportunity to learn something new while you take a break from the stadiums
  • Fun and great for all ages, it’ll get your blood pumping and you’ll leave with a sense of achievement

Do something a little different! You’ll find them at Kensington Gardens and Regents Park, so you’ll have great views while you fly through the air., This sport is a great way to soak up the sun if you are lucky enough to visit during the summer season.

london weekend trip itinerary

Wanna know how to pack like a pro? Well for a start you need the right gear….

These are packing cubes for the globetrotters and compression sacks for the  real adventurers – these babies are a traveller’s best kept secret. They organise yo’ packing and minimise volume too so you can pack MORE.

Or, y’know… you can stick to just chucking it all in your backpack…

London entertainment

Musical theatre and talent-filled plays are popular pastimes in London! Join the locals, and watch something incredible.

The O2 Academy, Brixton

  • You can find the perfect performance at one of London’s leading music venues, nightclubs, and theatres
  • Raised floor so everyone has a great view, and experiences fantastic acoustics
  • Beautiful architecture and incredible live acts every weekend make it a very worthwhile stop

For some of the best international bands and coolest gigs, book a spot at the O2 Academy! The slope of the venue accommodates everyone, and the vibe is always brilliant. The Academy caters to all music tastes, as well as comedy, so be sure to check what’s on and book in advance before your weekend in London.

Apollo Victoria Theatre

  • Beautiful old theatre with lots of character and beautiful decor
  • Lovely campy fun, with bar service to your seat if requested, binoculars provided
  • Great international acts every weekend (and during the week) – like the long-running musical Wicked

Opening as a cinema in 1930, the Apollo has a rich and interesting history in entertainment. With vibrant art-deco architecture and decor, there’s much to see without even watching a performance! But that’s not to say you shouldn’t – the musicals performed here are legendary, and there’s no better place to watch them than here.

English National Opera

  • Experience something truly grand with a visit to the opera in one of London’s oldest theatres
  • Modern versions of classic operas make them accessible to a wide audience, in English
  • Enjoy performances bringing to life stories you’ve known since childhood, with incredibly talented casts and beautiful acoustics!

For another different experience (London is full of them), watch a show at the ornate and classic London Coliseum. One of London’s most luxurious theatres, it opened in 1904 and continues to awe its audiences today. The English National Opera brings classic opera to the modern audience. Experience London at its finest!

West End Theatre

  • Enjoy a variety of musical and stage performances in several theatres in the West End.
  • Family friendly shows and matinee performances available.
  • One of the most popular attractions in this wonderful city!

For anyone wanting to see a show in London, the West End in Covent Garden district is the place to be. Covent Garden has 38 theatres, from family-friendly musicals such as The Lion King, to timeless classics like Les Miserables, or popular rock numbers such as We Will Rock You. There is a show for everyone in Covent Garden.

Active Roots Security Belt

Stash your cash safely with this money belt. It will keep your valuables safely concealed, no matter where you go.

It looks exactly like a normal belt  except for a SECRET interior pocket perfectly designed to hide a wad of cash, a passport photocopy or anything else you may wish to hide. Never get caught with your pants down again! (Unless you want to…)

11 Other Awesome Things to do in London This Weekend

There is so much more on offer in London! If you have more time, then try to squeeze in as many of these amazing attractions and landmarks as you can.

#1 – Buckingham Palace

Buckingham Palace

When visiting London, I guess you have to see Buckingham Palace! Home to the British Queen, the palace is massive, opulent and beautiful. Be sure to come and watch the changing of the Guard at 11am to experience a long-standing, British royal tradition.

You can also explore the palace if you have more time, with either a guide or audio guide to learn more about the palace’s curious history . There’s quite a collection of artifacts and gifts from foreign dignitaries acquired over the centuries!

Arguably the most important landmark in England and a national treasure, this is a must-see.

#2 – National Gallery

National Gallery London

Whatever your preferences, visiting the National Gallery will be one of the best things you do on your weekend in London! The gallery houses England’s great collection of art from the 13th to the 19th century.

They have most of the artworks you learned about in school, and it is an absolutely magnificent experience to be able to see so many masterpieces in one day. As an added bonus, it’s also free!

You can spend hours here without getting bored marvelling at the changes in art through the centuries.

#3 – Hop on the London Eye

London Eye

This giant Ferris Wheel is Europe’s biggest, and one of England’s most popular tourist stops! Take a ride on it to see a brilliant view over London and the Thames river, or just take a photo with it.

The best way to see the city and all your favorite stops, you’ll have 30 minutes up in the air which is plenty. The surprisingly large and roomy capsule moves around, so you can get all the perfect angles from your seat, or you can walk around!

It’s open daily from 10 am to 9:30 pm. e suggest you book early as it’s an extremely popular attraction.

Just across the river, you’ll find Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament. If you’re ever struggling for London weekend ideas, you’ll find plenty to do around this area.

#4 – Oxford Street

Oxford Street London

The biggest shopping street in the world, Oxford Street is a must-see when you’re spending a weekend in London! Go window-shopping, or find those brands you’ve always wanted to try on. It’s a shopaholic’s dream, but great fun for everyone.

Aside from shopping, the street is enjoyable for its beautiful architecture with a few modern buildings contrasting beautifully with the many old ones. There are also a few theatres and pubs.

Find something to snack on while you walk, and take in all the happy people and the activity. Our advice is to visit in the morning or late afternoon to avoid rush hour as it can get packed. This is one of the most popular things to do in London .

#5 – St Paul’s Cathedral

St Pauls Cathedral London

This immense, colorfully decorated cathedral is an important British site and one of the best places to visit in London . Built in 1666 after a fire destroyed its predecessor, the working Cathedral is an architectural marvel.

Visit one of the daily services, or with a tour, it’s five levels to experience the unique acoustics of the Whispering Gallery, and the panoramic views over London. The cathedral has staged many historic, state occasions, including royal weddings and the funeral of Sir Winston Churchill!

The church has a peaceful atmosphere that sets it apart from much of London. Be advised that there are a few areas you cannot explore though.

Book your full St Paul’s Cathedral tour here.

Wombats City Hostel Vienna - The Naschmarkt

The Z Hotel – Shoreditch

Located in the trendy Shorditch district, this hostel offers top-notch accommodation right in the heart of the city.

  • 24 Hour Reception
  • Laundry Facilities

#6 – Leicester Square

Leicester Square London

Laid out in 1670, the pedestrian square is a cultural hub. One of the best parts of London’s West End, there’s something great for everyone including unique restaurants, vibrant musical theatres, and family fun. Stroll through the brightly lit streets at night to get the best of Leicester Square!

There are always street performers and a great vibe.. Whether you watch a play here, have dinner at one of the charming eateries, or just walk through the streets, it’s a great place to be in central London. Do be mindful of pickpockets and keep your wits about you.

#7 – Kensington Museums: Natural History Museum, Science Museum, Victoria and Allbert Museum

London Natural History Museum

Discover scientific discoveries, classic artist pieces, and rich historical exhibitions and research at the incredible museums in Kensington. And, they are all free! For those even vaguely interested in nature, science or history, this is an amazing opportunity to learn more about life.

My personal favourite is the Natural History Museum. The most interesting exhibit you’ll find in the Natural History Museum is the dinosaurs exhibit (with real skeletons and facts galore), plus a life-size robot dinosaur! There are also exhibitions about human evolution and space exploration.

There are also lots of really cool night-time options for weekend trips, like a silent disco, murder mystery, or sleepover inside the museum! These are, of course, adults only (over 18) allowed.

Plus, for any royal lovers, Kensington Palace is just down the road, making Kensington a hot spot to visit for a weekend in London.

#8 – Take a Cruise on the Thames

Take a Cruise on the Thames

Cruising down the Thames is one of the best ways to see London’s sights! You can choose between different types of cruises, but our favorite is the hop-on-hop-off day pass from South Bank. This is simply the best way to fit it around your own schedule, allowing you to stop at any of the landmarks you see.

On the tour you’ll see Westminster Abbey, Big Ben, Greenwich, Tate Modern, the London Eye, London Bridge and Tower Bridge, and for Harry Potter Fans, the Millenium Bridge. All from the water!

Enjoy lively commentary, and a relaxing sightseeing experience. Be sure to bring your camera and a raincoat.

Book Your Thames River Cruise here!

#9 – The British Museum

British Museum London

This national museum exhibits over two million years of human history and culture! It holds world-famous ancient artefacts, such as  Egyptian mummies, and the Rosetta Stone.

With so much to see here, be sure to set aside a good few hours, and definitely wear comfortable shoes. The exhibits are extensive and educational, with a wealth of antiquities from around the world.

There’s nothing like seeing it in person to bring human history to life.

#10 – Tower Bridge

London Tower Bridge

Tower Bridge is one of London’s best-loved icons! The beautiful suspension bridge is a feat of Victorian engineering, with great views of London. Stroll along its pedestrian sides and marvel at the castle-like turrets.

This one is perfect for Instagram so get someone to take a photo of you at this iconic London landmark. You can also take the stairs or a lift to the top of a bridge tower where you’ll walk on glass floors and watch the action below you! You can join a tour to learn more about the bridge, or you can do it yourself.

#11 – Walk around Movie Sets in Notting Hill

Notting Hill has been the backdrop to many blockbuster movies, Bridge Jones, Love Actually, Paddington and of course, Notting Hill.

It’s also where you can pick up some sweet vintage items in the boutique stores and market stalls of Portobello road.

As you walk around Notting Hill, you are walking around the streets where the record labels live, giving birth to London rock Legends such as Jimi Hendrix, the Beatles, Rolling Stones, Sex Pistols, and Pink Floyd. Just a short distance away in St John’s Wood, you’ll find the iconic zebra crossing that became a Beatles album cover.

If you’re a fan of pop culture, you’ll love Notting Hill. Plus, you’ll get some cool shots here for your social media.

London Weekend Travel FAQs

Here are some of the most frequently asked questions about visiting London. If you know where you’re going and what you’re doing, it’s a great city to explore. But it can be a bit much for people who have no game plan! So check out these helpful FAQs.

What should I pack for a weekend in London?

– A sturdy raincoat and a warm jacket . London can get chilly and rainy all year round, and when you wake up you never know how the day will end. Yes, it may be bulky but a good thing to pack for your London weekend is some protection from the elements! – Comfortable walking shoes . This may seem like an obvious one, but many people visiting the great city focus on style over comfort. However, when you’re walking around and moving between some of London’s top attractions, you’ll want your feet to feel cozy and comfortable. Ditch those blisters! – A camera! If you have one, be sure to bring your camera along with you on your London weekend. The city is so full of beautiful and historic sights, you won’t want to miss an opportunity to capture them. And there are many friendly people you can ask to take a quick photo of you and your favorite landmarks. – Check out our packing list for London for more info about how to pack.

Can I get an apartment in London for the weekend?

You certainly can!  London is an expensive city  to live in and many of its residents rent out their homes over the weekend or during the week to make rent. So if you book early (preferably a few months in advance), you can find a place in the center of the city for a good price! There are also loads of  London bed and brekies  available if that’s more your scene! Apartments often feel more private, comfortable and ‘homey’ than a hotel. So if you’re looking for a party atmosphere or new friends from around the world, definitely find a hostel or laid-back hotel. But if you’re into your personal space, then an apartment is great! For families in particular, an apartment is ideal London accommodation. You can find one with a washing machine, a proper kitchen and multiple beds. This can help minimise eating costs y and is certainly less stressful than at a hotel not specifically kitted out for children and families.

Is London safe for a weekend trip?

London is considered reasonably safe  for all genders and cultures. That ‘reasonably’ is due to its being a typical large city with the usual crime issues. Stay alert for scams aimed at tourists such as selling fake tickets to different landmarks. Always make sure your ticket is from a trusted and well-known source! Pickpockets are also quite common and usually work in very busy places. So while you’re exploring popular landmarks, make sure your belongings are safe and insight or underhand. You can comfortably walk around busy areas at night, with the same considerations around pickpockets. Violent crime is a rare concern in London and as long as you take the usual city precautions mentioned here, you’ll have a great, safe trip!

Don’t Forget Your London Travel Insurance

ALWAYS sort out your backpacker insurance before your trip. There’s plenty to choose from in that department, but a good place to start is Safety Wing .

They offer month-to-month payments, no lock-in contracts, and require absolutely no itineraries: that’s the exact kind of insurance long-term travellers and digital nomads need.

london weekend trip itinerary

SafetyWing is cheap, easy, and admin-free: just sign up lickety-split so you can get back to it!

Click the button below to learn more about SafetyWing’s setup or read our insider review for the full tasty scoop.

Final Thoughts on a Great Weekend in London

While more time in this great city would be excellent, even spending a weekend in London will leave you with a mind full of memories and a big smile for weeks. There are just so many cultural and historical hubs, and great fun for everyone of all interests and ages. You cannot go wrong!

Be sure to book accommodation in the city center, and work out you favorite way to get around! Like with everything else in London, you have a wealth of choice.

So, find a cheap flight to London with your friends, or plot the perfect solo trip. With our London weekend ideas, you’ll be able to fill up your time with whatever your heart desires!

(Psssst –  If you’re planning a weekend in London as part of a wider England or the United Kingdom trip, then be sure to check out our backpacking UK travel guide .)

London-Cityscape

And for transparency’s sake, please know that some of the links in our content are affiliate links . That means that if you book your accommodation, buy your gear, or sort your insurance through our link, we earn a small commission (at no extra cost to you). That said, we only link to the gear we trust and never recommend services we don’t believe are up to scratch. Again, thank you!

Sophie Steinebach

Sophie Steinebach

Weekend in London Pinterest Image

Share or save this post

promotional sidebar image for booking.com

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Notify me of followup comments via e-mail.

Wandering Wheatleys - Logo

3 Days in London: The Perfect Weekend Itinerary

Londoners will tell you that their city is the best city in the world. They’re not wrong because, in many ways, London is the center of the world (or the center of the UK, at least). The sense of pride in the United Kingdom’s capital is visible at every turn, and you’re guaranteed to be swept up with Union Jack fever as you watch the Changing of the Guard outside Buckingham Palace.

Delve into the often brutal past of the Tower of London, explore the regal and religious history of Westminster Abbey and St Paul’s Cathedral, and then spend hours perusing the exhibits of the British Museum. And once you’ve visited all the traditional London sights, that’s when the fun really begins. Spend your evenings watching musicals and stage plays in the West End, or head over to Camden Town for a night of gigs, live music, and craft beers. 

There’s so much to do in the United Kingdom’s capital. From the iconic chimes of Big Ben to the lofty heights of The Shard, a few days is never enough to explore the sights of London. This is a city that you can return to time and time again and still barely scrape the surface, but our 3-day London itinerary will set you up to see the best sights if it’s your first time in the city! 

If you’re still deciding where to stay then make sure to check out our article on the  best boutique hotels in London !

Disclaimer: This post may contain affiliate links. If you make a purchase or booking through one of our links we may earn a small commission (don’t worry, it’s at no extra cost to you).

How to Spend a Weekend in London, England

London weekend itinerary – day 1 .

3 Days in London Weekend Itinerary: Hyde Park

Your weekend in London begins leisurely, with a surprisingly serene stroll through the greenery of Hyde Park. This is one of several “Royal Parks” in London, and the area was originally set aside as a hunting reserve by Henry VIII back in the 16th century. This is also your chance to take in a little fresh air before your day really begins because from here on in it’s going to be non-stop!

3 Days in London Itinerary: Hyde Park

Day 1 of your 3 days in London will see you visiting some of London’s most iconic landmarks, with your itinerary centered around royal sights like Buckingham Palace and Westminster, where the Houses of Parliament are found. Before that, though, walk through Hyde Park and visit the Serpentine, an impressive area of open water that’s popular among swimmers. 

Kensington Gardens

London 3 Day Itinerary Weekend Guide: Kensington Gardens

From here, you can head on over to Kensington Gardens, another royal parkland that’s adjacent to Hyde Park. Within Kensington Gardens you’ll find Kensington Palace, a royal residence that dates back to the 17th century. 

3 Days in London Weekend Itinerary: Kensington Gardens

The palace was commissioned by King William III and Mary II in the late 17th century, and it remains the current residence of many of the royal family (including William and Kate, the Prince and Princess of Wales). If you’re here early, then you’ll have time for a quick tour of the stately rooms, but you’ll need to be ready to move on at 11:00 am for the first big event of the day.

Wellington Arch

Weekend in London: Wellington Arch

You’ll need to hurry on over to Wellington Arch, which marks the entrance and exit to Hyde Park in the southeastern corner. This will bring you to Buckingham Palace, where you should be right on time to watch the Changing of the Guard Ceremony at 11:30 am (double check this time on the Changing of the Guard website , as it can sometimes change). 

Buckingham Palace

Weekend in London 3 Days Itinerary: Buckingham Palace

Full of pageantry and pomp, this colorful tradition sees the King’s soldiers marching along the Mall before ceremonially taking over duties from the old guard stationed at Buckingham Palace. Once the ceremony is over, take in the view of Buckingham Palace from the front gates. This is the King’s official residence, and unfortunately, you can’t go inside. If the Royal Standard is flying, though, this means the King is home!

Westminster

Weekend in London: Westminster

Turn around, walk down The Mall, then through St James Park until you reach Westminster. Now you’ll see more famous landmarks, as this is the location of Westminster Abbey, Big Ben, and the Houses of Parliament. 

Westminster Abbey

3 Days in London Itinerary: Westminster Abbey

Westminster Abbey is where all of England’s monarchs have been crowned since 1066, while the Houses of Parliament is where the government debates and passes its laws. You’ll have time to take a tour of one or the other, so choose wisely.

London 3 Day Itinerary Weekend Guide: Westminster Abbey

Before or after the tour, you should take the opportunity for a traditional London lunch on your first day in the city. Westminster is home to a plethora of traditional pubs, many of which have been serving patrons for centuries. 

British Fish and Chips

3 Days in London Weekend Itinerary: British Fish and Chips

We recommend a pit stop at the Two Chairmen , which has been serving ales and pies for over 200 years. Alternatively, pop into the Laughing Halibut , where you’ll find Westminster’s finest servings of traditional British fish and chips.

Churchill War Rooms

Weekend in London 3 Days Itinerary: Churchill War Rooms

After lunch, you’ll be going underground, but not where you might be expecting. Hidden away below Westminster is the Churchill War Rooms , a unique attraction that’s preserved the subterranean shelters where the British government operated during the Second World War.

3 Days in London Itinerary: Churchill War Rooms

Venture underground, and you can explore the tunnels and bunkers where Winston Churchill made pivotal decisions that saved Britain from defeat by the armies of Nazi Germany. 

River Thames

Weekend in London 3 Days Itinerary: River Thames

Emerge again into the sunlight, and walk down toward the banks of the River Thames. Here you’ll find Westminster Bridge, while on the other side of the river is the London Eye .

London 3 Day Itinerary Weekend Guide: River Thames

Rising to a height of 135 meters (443 feet), this is Europe’s tallest revolving observation wheel, and you’ll love the panoramic views awaiting you as your glass pod ever so slowly makes its revolution. 

London Dungeon

3 Days in London Itinerary: London Dungeon

By now, we’re sure you’re going to be exhausted. But if you’re up for one more attraction, then you can journey inside the London Dungeon , where a theatrical, gory, and very dramatic look at medieval torture awaits you (it’s like a medieval Disneyland!). 

Trafalgar Square

3 Days in London Weekend Itinerary: Trafalgar Square

If that’s not for you, then cross back over the River Thames and head on over to Trafalgar Square. Here you’ll find the Trafalgar Square Lions and Nelson’s Column, as well as the National Gallery . 

Weekend in London: Trafalgar Square

Trafalgar Square is within walking distance of Covent Garden and Leicester Square , both of which are teeming with bars and restaurants.

Leicester Square (with Flat Iron and The Petersham)

3 Days in London Itinerary: Leicester Square

This evening, we recommend visiting Flat Iron , a restaurant known for its steaks; The Frenchie , for high-end Parisian fare in a London setting; or The Petersham , for elegant Italian-inspired dishes prepared using seasonal ingredients from the British countryside. 

3 Days in London Weekend Itinerary: Flat Iron

London Weekend Itinerary – Day 2 

Your 3-day London vacation continues with an action-packed itinerary merging history with contemporary culture. You’ll be looking forward to a great day of sightseeing, eating, and cultural events as you explore Tower Hamlets, the City of London, and Southwark.

Tower of London

3 Days in London Itinerary: Tower of London

The day begins at the Tower of London , which you’ll find overlooking the River Thames in the London Borough of Tower Hamlets. This mighty fortress sits on Tower Hill, and we recommend taking a tour (led by the famous “Beefeaters” who guard the tower) to learn more about the bloody and barbarous history that’s occurred within its walls. 

3 Days in London Weekend Itinerary: Tower of London

The Tower of London’s original keep (the White Tower) was built on the orders of William the Conqueror, who invaded England in 1066. Over the next centuries, the Tower of London became not just a symbol of royal authority but a place where traitors would meet a grizzly end. The Tower of London is home to the royal Crown Jewels, which you can see in all their glory in the “Jewell House.”

Tower Bridge

3 Days in London Itinerary: Tower Bridge

From the Tower of London, you’ll now walk over Tower Bridge, which you’ll instantly recognize as one of the city’s most iconic landmarks. Built in the late 19th century, the bridge is not only elegantly ornate but a marvelous example of Victorian engineering.

Weekend in London 3 Days Itinerary: Tower Bridge

You can see more by booking tickets to the upper walkways, where you’ll have spectacular views across the Thames and get an insider look at the Victorian engine rooms that raise and lower the bridge for passing boats. 

3 Days in London Weekend Itinerary: The Shard

You’ll then follow Queen’s Walk along the Southbank of the River Thames, passing the domineering form of HMS Belfast (an old navy destroyer turned museum that’s moored in the Thames) before turning inland to visit The Shard . Take the elevator to the top floor of this monstrously tall skyscraper, where you’ll have incredible vistas from the observation deck of London’s tallest building.

Borough Market

Weekend in London 3 Days Itinerary: Borough Market

We expect you’re getting peckish. Good, because your next stop is Borough Market . Located in Southwark, the market has been in action for a thousand years.

3 Days in London Itinerary: Borough Market

There’s no letting up today, and you’ll be spoiled for choice as you browse through the food stalls. Fish and chips, mac and cheese, Sri Lankan curries, and Malaysian laksa – you name it, you’ll find it at Borough Market. 

Monument to the Great Fire of London

3 Days in London Weekend Itinerary: Monument to the Great Fire of London

Suitably replenished, cross over London Bridge to get back to the other side of the River Thames. Now you’re in the historical City of London, a one-square-mile area that was originally built up by the Romans. 

Weekend in London 3 Days Itinerary: Monument to the Great Fire of London

Leadenhall Market

Weekend in London: Leadenhall Market

There’s much to see this afternoon, including the Monument to the Great Fire of London , the overgrown ruins of St Dunstan in the East, the beautiful indoor greenery of “Sky Garden,” and the majestic architecture of Leadenhall Market (the inspiration for Harry Potter ‘s Diagon Alley).

St Paul’s Cathedral

Weekend in London 3 Days Itinerary: St Paul's Cathedral

Finally, make your way to St Paul’s Cathedral , where you can take a tour of London’s most important religious building. 

Weekend in London: St Paul's Cathedral

Go back to your hotel and freshen up, then catch the Tube over to Camden Town, where you can spend an evening touring through pubs and listening to live music. There are some great, casual restaurants to kick things off, including The Cheese Bar and Burger and Beyond . 

London Weekend Itinerary – Day 3

Homemade jalapeño cornbread.

3 Days in London Itinerary: Homemade Jalapeno Cornbread

Your 3-day trip to London ends with another jam-packed itinerary. Day 3 is all about the museums, and you’ll want to start with a big, big breakfast at the Brompton Food Market , where the homemade jalapeño cornbread is almost as great as the breakfast burrito. 

Natural History Museum

Weekend in London 3 Days Itinerary: Natural History Museum

The Brompton Food Market is just a short stroll away from the Natural History Museum , which will be your first sightseeing stop of the day. The museum is home to one of the finest collections of natural history in the world, and with a history dating back to the 1700s, you can find a wealth of specimens collected by famous naturalists, including Charles Darwin.

3 Days in London Weekend Itinerary: Natural History Museum

It’s estimated that there are some 80 million items in the care of the Natural History Museum, so you’ve no chance of seeing them all even in a lifetime! You will see a comprehensive selection of exhibits displayed across the galleries, which are divided into five sections based on zoology, botany, entomology, mineralogy, and paleontology. This means there will be animals, plants, bugs, minerals, and dinosaurs. 

The Natural History Museum is located on Exhibition Road, which you’ll find is also home to two other excellent London museums. Once you’ve had your fair fill of dinosaur fossils and meteorites, you can visit either the Science Museum or the Victoria and Albert Museum . 

Science Museum

3 Days in London Itinerary: Science Museum

The Science Museum needs very little introduction. It’s dedicated to all things scientific, and with an impressive array of hands-on exhibitions to get stuck into, it’s a great place to take kids. The Victoria and Albert Museum is a little different. The “V&A” dates back to 1853, and it’s dedicated to art and design. 

Victoria and Albert Museum

3 Days in London Weekend Itinerary: Victoria and Albert Museum

This broad remit means that the museum is home to upwards of 2 million items collected from different communities, eras, and locations across the world. You’ll find Roman sculptures, African art, and ancient jewelry. You’ll also find galleries dedicated to photography, textiles, and furniture. It’s this diversity that really makes the Victoria and Albert Museum fascinating.

Weekend in London: Harrods

Next, walk over to nearby Knightsbridge, where you can enjoy a very classy lunch break at Harrods . This is London’s iconic department store, and it’s where the rich and famous shop for everything from groceries to winter clothing.

Weekend in London 3 Days Itinerary: Harrods

The food court at Harrods is superb (if pricey), and you can enjoy a spot of caviar and a glass of champagne to fortify you for the afternoon.

The British Museum

3 Days in London Itinerary: The British Museum

Jump on the London Underground and make your way over to Russell Square, where your next stop of the day is The British Museum . This is one of the world’s most famous museums, with an extensive collection numbering upwards of 8 million objects. The museum was founded in 1753, making it one of the oldest museums in the world. 

The British Museum is extensive. It attempts to tell the story of human history, tracing it back thousands of years to the dawn of civilization. You’ll see archeological finds dating back to the ancient Sumerians, including the world’s first examples of a written alphabet. 

London 3 Day Itinerary Weekend Guide: The British Museum

There are ancient Egyptian mummies and sarcophagi, Greek statues and Roman mosaics, and Viking armor and medieval weapons. It’s worth taking a short tour if you don’t want to miss bucket list exhibits like the Rosetta Stone and Elgin Marbles. 

Somerset House

3 Days in London Weekend Itinerary: Somerset House

From the British Museum, you can wander south toward the Strand, where you’ll see fantastic works of architecture, including Somerset House and the Savoy .

Weekend in London: Savoy

Then it’s just a short stroll to Covent Garden , where you’ll find boutique shops and street performers in one of London’s loveliest districts.

Book a Room at The Savoy

Covent Garden

3 Days in London Itinerary: Covent Garden

Then look out for famous streets like St Martin’s Lane and Shaftesbury Avenue as you make your way to Chinatown for a taste of the city’s multicultural makeup.

Soon enough, you’ll have reached Leicester Square, the glitzy, glamorous location where movies premiere and stars are born. Head to the box office, where you can pick up last-minute tickets for whichever West End shows are on special that night. With your evening sorted, It’s time for a pre-show dinner.

London 3 Day Itinerary Weekend Guide: Covent Garden

You’re in the right place because the West End is a veritable smorgasbord of restaurants. One of our favorites is Dishoom , a unique Indian-inspired restaurant offering a taste of Mumbai in London. Other options include The Garden at Corinthia, Scully St James’s , or St Martin’s House .

What to do if you have more than 3 days in London

We can’t stress this enough, but in 72 hours, you’ll just be scratching the surface of what there is to do and see in London. If you’ve got longer to spend, then perfect, because there’s much more to see in and around the capital:

Take a Harry Potter Studio Tour:

Weekend in London: Harry Potter Studio Tour

If you’re a huge Harry Potter fan, then you have to make the pilgrimage to the Warner Bros Studios in Hertfordshire. The on-set filming locations and props have been masterfully preserved, offering one of the greatest cinema experiences in the UK. Join an organized tour from London, which includes transport to and from the studios. 

Weekend in London 3 Days Itinerary: Harry Potter Studio Tour

Marvel at Windsor Castle:

3 Days in London Itinerary: Windsor Castle

You’ve seen Buckingham Palace, so now it’s time to visit Windsor Castle . Located in Windsor, on the outskirts of London, this magnificent royal castle is almost a thousand years old. It’s also one of the royal family’s official residences. 

3 Days in London Weekend Itinerary: Windsor Castle

Take a River Thames Cruise:

Weekend in London 3 Days Itinerary: River Thames Cruise

Take a sightseeing cruise along the mighty River Thames as you enjoy the city’s magnificent skyline from the water. If you’re in a romantic mood, you could even treat your partner to an evening dinner cruise.

Weekend in London: River Thames Cruise

Explore Greenwich:

3 Days in London Itinerary: Greenwich

One of London’s most fascinating districts is Greenwich, which you’ll find by following the Thames west. Visit markets, landscaped royal parks, the Cutty Sark, and see the Meridian Line, where Greenwich Meantime officially begins. 

See the Deer at Richmond Park:

London 3 Day Itinerary Weekend Guide: Richmond Park

London’s largest royal park is located in the London Borough of Richmond, where you’ll find a vast herd of deer roaming through woods and fields. It’s a beautiful place where you can escape the city, and also closely situated to Hampton Court Palace , the famous residence of King Henry VIII. 

3 Days in London Weekend Itinerary: Richmond Park

Getting around London

Getting Around London, England: The Perfect Weekend Itinerary

London is one of the largest cities in the world. With an urban area that sprawls across much of southeast England , it’s easy to get lost if you’ve never been to the city before. Luckily, though, London has one of the best connected public transport systems in the world, so with a little planning, it’s also easy to get around. 

We’ve tried to ensure that our London itinerary below is planned for minimal transit times between sights, and you’ll be able to walk between many of the attractions each day, or you’ll be just a few stops away on the “Tube” (officially, it’s called the London Underground). Grab yourself a Tube map as soon as you land because you’ll be using London’s iconic metro system a lot during your stay.

London has several airports you could find yourself flying into. The major transit hub is London Heathrow Airport, where many international flights arrive and depart. London Heathrow Airport is connected by bus to London Victoria station or by train and tube to major train stations, including London Paddington, which is the terminus of the rapid Heathrow Express service. 

London Gatwick Airport is further out but also serves many international flights. The Gatwick Express takes you from the airport direct to London Victoria Station.

Within London, public transport is integrated and divided into different zones. You can tap on and off with a credit or debit card when you’re using the bus, underground or overground rail network. 

This keeps things simple, and you’ll be charged at the end of a day based on how many journeys you’ve made and which zones you’ve crossed (a cap is put in place, so you’ll never pay more than the cost of a “day ticket” no matter how much you travel that day). Alternatively, you can purchase tickets using the machines or ticket booths available at stations.

There are also several other public transport lines, including several ferries, a cable car that crosses the River Thames (Emirates Skyline), and the Docklands Light Rail, a driverless train that heads to places like Canary Wharf and the London Excel Arena. The latest addition to the expansive public transport network is the recently opened Elizabeth Line, a cross-city underground line named in honor of the recently deceased Queen. 

Driving in London isn’t recommended, not least because of the traffic, but because of the congestion charges you’ll need to pay. Ride-hailing apps like Uber and Bolt work everywhere, while the famous London taxis (Black Cabs) should be ridden at least once during your stay, even if they are expensive! 

We hope you enjoy your weekend trip to London! Should we add something else to our 3-day London itinerary? Let us know in the comments.

Share this on pinterest.

London Weekend Itinerary

About the Author:

Richard Collett

Richard is an award-winning travel writer based in Southwest England who’s addicted to traveling off the beaten track. He’s traveled to 75 countries and counting in search of intriguing stories, unusual destinations, and cultural curiosities. Richard loves traveling the long way round over land and sea, and you’ll find him visiting quirky micronations and breakaway territories as often as he’s found lounging on a beach (which is a lot). When he’s not writing for BBC Travel, National Geographic, or Lonely Planet, you can find Richard writing for the Wandering Wheatleys or updating his off-beat travel blog, Travel Tramp.

View all posts

Related Posts

The Best Places in Europe to Visit in the Fall

The 15 Best Places to Visit in Europe in the Fall

The Best Scottish Food to Try in Scotland

The 15 Best Scottish Foods: What & Where to Eat and Drink in Scotland

The Best Places to Visit in Europe in June

The 15 Best Places to Visit in Europe in June (2024)

Leave a comment cancel reply.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Independent Travel Cats

Savvy Travel Advice

3 Days in London: A Perfect 72 Hour London Itinerary

Last updated: January 28, 2024 - Written by Jessica Norah 158 Comments

London is one of the world’s largest and most exciting cities, offering visitors thousands of things to do, including museums, royal palaces, beautiful parks, historical sites, and world-class theatre.

With all these options, planning a trip to London can be a bit overwhelming, especially for first time visitors. We’ve put together a recommended 3 day London itinerary that will help you see the city’s highlights if you have at least 3 days in London.

Our suggested 3 day itinerary has you visiting all the city’s most famous attractions (e.g., Westminster Abbey, Windsor Castle, Tower of London) as well as some of the city’s lesser-known attractions.

In addition to the 3 day itinerary, we also provide tips on how to get around London, a map that plots out each day’s suggested itinerary, and tips on how to save money during your 3 days in London.

Buckingham Palace 3 Days in London 3 day London itinerary England

Table of Contents:

Planning Tips for 3 Days in London 

Before we share the 3 day London itinerary, we wanted to make sure you have all the planning information to make the most of your 3 days in London. So we first share information on how to get around London, how to save money on sightseeing, day trip recommendations, advice on where to stay, and further trip planning resources.

How to Get to London

London is well-connected to the rest of the world and easy to reach by plane or train. Most international visitors arrive by air.

London has six main airports, and you can get to London from almost any part of the world. If you are arriving from an international location outside Europe, Heathrow  is likely to be your arrival airport. For helping in getting into London from an airport, see our London airport guide  which covers transport options from all 6 airports.

If you are arriving by train, London is well-connected to train routes throughout the UK and Europe with a number of train stations in and around central London. Those planning to travel by train throughout the UK might want to see if a BritRail Pass might save you money, or another rail pass if traveling throughout Europe by train.

Those arriving from Scotland can check out our Edinburgh to London guide , and might want to consider taking an  overnight sleeper train .

If you are arriving from continental Europe by train or car, you’ll need to travel across the English Channel on the  EuroStar  train or take a ferry.

How to Get around London

London is best explored either on foot or by public transportation. Cabs and bike hires are also options.

London has a great public transportation network and most visitors spend at least some time traveling on it. This includes public bus, tram, and rail services (including “the Tube”) within the city. You can buy individual tickets for each ride, but many visitors get an Oyster Card  which allows you to travel on almost all the city’s public transit options and can save you time and money.

If you are considering an Oyster Card, you can read our full Oyster Card review . For more information and tips on getting around London, check out our detailed  public transport guide to London .

We do not recommend driving in London unless you are planning to stay on the outskirts of the city as driving and finding parking in central busy locations can be a nightmare. Parking is also expensive in many areas and there are congestion fees for driving in the city center.

If you are driving to London, I’d park your car when you arrive in the city and then use public transport to get around the city.

If you need to book a taxi in London, we recommend using minicabit to compare prices and make a booking.

Westminster Underground 3 Days in London 3 day London itinerary England

How to Save Money on Sightseeing in London

London can be an expensive destination for visitors and the costs of a trip here can quickly add up. There are a number of London discount passes you can purchase before your trip to help you save money (and time) at London’s most popular attractions and museums.

Our favorite London discount pass is the  London Pass which allows free entry into over 80 of London’s top attractions, including the Tower of London , Westminster Abbey, View from the Shard, Windsor Castle, St. Paul’s Cathedral, and many more.

The Pass also comes with a free hop-on, hop-off bus ticket, hop-on hop-off river boat, and additional discounts on food, shopping, theatre tickets, and tours. You can see a full list of attractions and benefits here .

We’ve used the London Pass on a number of visits and have written an in-depth London Pass review  which you can read to help determine if the London Pass would help you save money or time on your trip.

Although London can be expensive, it also has a number of fantastic free attractions including beautiful green parks, historic sites, and world-class museums like the British Museum, National Gallery, and Victoria & Albert Museum. Also be sure to check for special events and festivals that may be happening during your visit. 

Possible Day Trips from London

If you only have 3 days in London you certainly won’t need to leave the city for want of things to do. If this is your first visit, we actually would recommend spending the full 3 days in London as there is so much to see, do, eat, and take in! But we know that for many visitors, there is a must-see attraction outside of London that they want to see such as Stonehenge, Oxford, or the Warner Brothers Harry Potter Studio tour .

If there is something you really want to see in southern England and you only have the three days, then you can visit it as a day trip from London. For most places, you’ll have the option to see it as part of a guided tour, take public transit, arrange a private transfer, or rent a car and drive yourself.

We recommend taking public transit, joining a tour, or booking a private transfer to do a day tour from London. Unless you arrived by car or are planning to drive in the UK after your visit to London, we don’t really recommend having a car in central London as it can be a headache with the traffic, lack of parking, high overnight parking rates, and congestion charges.

Below are some popular London day trip options to consider:

  • Stonehenge – This ancient and mysterious stone circle is one of the most popular stops on a day trip from London. Most commonly done as a bus day trip, but you can also do it via public transit (train plus shuttle), rent a car, or book a private transfer. Read about our Stonehenge day trip experience here , which was a version of this tour  of Stonehenge, Bath, and the Cotswolds. A couple other suggestions for guided tours are this express half-day trip  to Stonehenge or this full day trip which includes inner stone access at Stonehenge and a stop in Bath.
  • WB Harry Potter Studio – Harry Potter fans will likely want to make time to visit the Warner Brothers Studio located outside the city in Leavesden where all of the Harry Potter films were filmed. The Harry Potter Studio Tour  (fee) includes loads of original sets, clothing, props, interactive exhibits, and a giant gift shop. You can get here from London via public transit (train plus shuttle) or by booking a tour or transfer. Tickets must be booked in advance. You can also  book a tour  from central London that will take you directly to and from the studio so you don’t have to take the train and shuttle. If you want to take a walking tour of the Harry Potter London filming sites consider this guided tour .
  • Oxford – Oxford is a compact and scenic historical city that is home to England’s oldest university. You can read our post about things to do in Oxford and how to plan your own Oxford day trip from London . It is easy to reach by train. If you are interested in a guided tour, you might consider this tour which visits Oxford plus the Cotswolds.
  • Highclere Castle  – Highclere Castle is the country house home of the Earl of Carnarvon, but it is better known as Downton Abbey from the hit British period TV series. The best way to get here is by car or by joining a tour. Here is a suggested guided tour option that includes a visit to Highclere Castle, Bampton (used as Downton village), and other Downton Abbey filming locations. Open seasonally so check opening dates before planning a visit.
  • Stratford-upon-Avon  – Stratford-upon-Avon is a picturesque Midlands market town that is best known as the birthplace of William Shakespeare and for its well-preserved Tudor buildings. Best ways to get here is by car, train, or guided tour. Here is a  guided tour option that includes a visit to Stratford-upon-Avon and the Cotswolds. See our guide to things to do in Stratford-upon-Avon here .

Where to Stay in London for 3 Days

If you are planning to do a visit that is similar to our suggested 3 day London itinerary, we’d recommend staying in central London to avoid added travel time. We’d suggest staying somewhere in the region between Kensington in the west and Canary Wharf in the east.

London has every type of accommodation option that you can imagine, from  inexpensive hostels  to self-catering  apartments  to 5-star  luxury hotels .

London is home to some really classic luxury hotels like  The Ritz ,  The Dorchester ,  Brown’s , and  The Savoy , but it also has a number of mid-range and budget friendly chains like  Holiday Inn Express ,  Travelodge ,  Best Western ,  Premier Inn , and  Ibis.

London is an expensive city so expect to pay a bit more than you might normally in less expensive destinations. But if you book in advance and compare prices, you should be able to find something that will fit most budgets.

To find the best rates on hotels in London, we recommend searching on Booking com or Hotels.com as in our experience these two sites tend to have the best prices and widest choice on both hotels and a range of apartments.

If you are looking for self-catering apartments or rooms, we recommend checking out Plum Guide . In our experience they offer some of the best options. See their listings for London here . There are also loads of other apartment booking sites  you can check.

Here are a few suggestions across budgets (lowest to highest):

  • The Walrus Bar and Hostel  – A well reviewed centrally located hostel, only a 15 minute walk from the Palace of Westminster (Big Ben) and Parliament Square.
  • SoHostel – Another well-reviewed hostel located just at the edge of Westminster, only a 15 minute walk from Trafalgar Square and the National Gallery.
  • Point A Hotel – This is a hotel within the well-priced Point A hotel range, and this one is well-reviewed and located in Westminster. A 17 minute walk to Parliament Square and Westminster Abbey. We’ve stayed here; rooms are tiny but clean and a great budget option.
  • Premier Inn – This well-rated mid-range 3-star option is located hotel is located near the Borough Market and London Bridge.
  • Hilton Tower Bridge – This well-rated hotel offers a good value for what it offers and is located within a short walk of Tower Bridge, London Bridge, and Borough Market.
  • The Resident Victoria Hotel – A centrally located 4-star hotel offering excellent value for money located near Buckingham Palace. We’ve stayed here; the lower priced rooms are small but the hotel is very well-located.
  • Lime Tree Hotel – A well reviewed boutique hotel, around nine minutes walk from London Victoria
  • Brown’s – If you are looking for a classic 5-star London luxury hotel, you can’t go wrong with Brown’s which provides intimate boutique luxury. It is the oldest hotel in London and is located in Mayfair within a 12 minute walk from Buckingham Palace.
  • The Savoy  – Another classic 5-star luxury hotel, this one much larger, located in central London. Less than 10 minute walk to Trafalgar Square and the National Gallery.

For many more options, see our complete guide to where to stay in London , which also has tips on what to look for and the different neighbourhoods in the city.

Lord Milner B&B London hotel 3 Day itinerary

Have More or Less than 3 Days in London?

If you have less than 3 days in London, we have also written a suggested guide to spending  1 day in London  as well as a  2 day London itinerary . We also have a guide to seeing the best of the city and its royal sites in a  one day London walking tour .

If you have more than 3 days, we also have a 6 day London itinerary  that should give you plenty of ideas of how to spend up to 1 week in London.

If you’re in London for longer than 1 week and want some advice, feel free to leave us a comment and we’re always happy to provide some suggestions based on what you enjoy doing and seeing.

Further Information & London Resources

We have written a lot about London on both of our travel blogs, so you can check out our  London articles on Finding the Universe  and our  London articles  on this blog for more info and to see where we’ve been.

For additional planning resources, the  city tourism website  and  Visit Great Britain  websites also offer tons of helpful information for visitors. If your travels are taking you beyond London, you can check out Laurence’s suggested  2-week UK itinerary  to get you started.

If you are looking for a London guidebook, we recommend either the latest Rick Steves guidebook or Lonely Planet guidebooks .

Most of our suggested itinerary has you walking and using the Tube, so we recommend picking up a decent walking map for London. We really like the London  laminated Streetwise map  (it also includes a central Underground Tube map), but you can also probably find a free paper map at your hotel or at a visitor center.

If you are looking for packing tips for your trip, check out our suggested  London packing list .

Tower Bridge 3 Days in London 3 day London itinerary England

3 Day London Itinerary: How to Spend 3 Days in London

Now, we’ll share our suggested 3-day London itinerary. Our itinerary is geared to the first-time visitor to London who has 3 days in London (or more), and is interested in visiting a number of historic and cultural attractions as well as some green spaces and scenic viewpoints.

As with all of our suggested itineraries, we recommend that you use this as a guide for your trip and tailor it to suit your individual interests, needs, and speed of travel. If you have any questions as you are planning your trip to London, please feel free to leave us a comment in the Comments section at the end of this post.

Be sure to check on the opening dates and hours for any must-see attractions before you set out as many attractions close for one day per week, or may be closed due to renovation or a special event.

For all attractions with an entrance fee, we’ve noted there is an entry fee by writing “(fee)” next to them. Since many visitors use the  London Pass , the attractions that are included on the London Pass are starred (*) denoting that passholders receive free entry so these attractions have “(fee*)” next to them. We do our best to keep this information updated, but things change so you may want to double-check fees and London Pass inclusions before your trip.

The map below shows the suggested walking routes for each of the three days in London with all major London itinerary locations noted. Click  here  or double click on the map below for a closer look and to see exact locations in Google maps:

3 days in London map London itinerary

London Itinerary Day 1 – Explore Westminster

We recommend starting your trip to London in Westminster as it is the geographical, cultural, and political center of the city. The City of Westminster is actually its own city within London! Here you’ll find some of London’s most iconic buildings, including Buckingham Palace, Palace of Westminster, and Westminster Abbey.

Many people enjoy taking a sightseeing bus or walking tour to get a good overview of a city before heading off to explore on their own. If this is you, I’d recommend doing it on your first day in London to get a good orientation.

  • If you like hop on hop off buses, the City Sightseeing bus covers many of London’s highlights. A  free sightseeing bus is included for those with a London Pass.
  • If you enjoy walking tours we can recommend  Take Walks which offers several tours in London as well as many other locations in Europe. We have used them several times and all their tours are well-rated.
  • If you are looking for a full day walking tour that will cover most of the highlights of Westminster, we recommend this one  or this one . Both cover many of the highlights including a visit to Tower of London , a Thames river cruise, and seeing the Changing of the Guard. You can read a full description of the full day London walking tour I did on my very first visit to London to get an idea of what these are like.
  • If you are looking for a half day tour, you might consider this 4 hour tour .
  • If you are a Harry Potter fan, consider a Harry Potter guided walking tour like this one
  • If you are looking for a private walking tour of London or a customized tour, we recommend checking out the London tours offered by Context Travel.

Our suggested Day 1 London itinerary starts and stops near Parliament Square, but you can begin it at any point along the route. Today’s route is walkable but you can also get around via public transit, taxi, or a sightseeing bus as well.

Parliament Square & Houses of Parliament

We’re going to start off our itinerary at Parliament Square which is a well known public square in Westminster that is easy to get to via public transport and is a stop on all the main sightseeing buses as well. Around the square you’ll also find the statues of a number of famous people, including Winston Churchill, Abraham Lincoln, Robert Peel, and Gandhi.

This popular square is surrounded by famous buildings, including Westminster Abbey, St. Margaret’s Church, the UK Supreme Court, and the Palace of Westminster. The Palace of Westminster, better known as the Houses of Parliament, is probably best known for its famous Big Ben bell which sits within the iconic golden Elizabeth Tower.

The large government building is named after the former medieval palace of the same name. A few sections of the medieval palace of Westminster still remain, including the 14th century  Jewel Tower  (fee*) which you can visit.

Although perhaps not a priority stop with only 3 days in London, the public can tour the  Houses of Parliament  (fee) on certain dates. Tours include visits to the Westminster Hall, St. Stephens Hall, Commons Chamber, and the Lords Chamber. UK residents can contact their local MP or a Member of the House of Lords to arrange a free tour. Otherwise, you can  book a tour ticket online  for a self-guided audio tour or guided tour. Tours must be booked in advance.

Palace of Westminster 3 Days in London 3 day London itinerary England

Westminster Abbey

Westminster Abbey  (fee*) is one of the most famous and impressive churches in England. It dates back to 1245 and was mostly built in the Gothic style. Inside the church are tombs and memorials to a number of the most famous British people from the past 1,000 years, including royalty, scientists, aristocrats, and artists. It has also been used for all English and British coronations since William the Conqueror in 1066 as well as being the site of numerous royal weddings, including the 2011 wedding of Prince William and Catherine Middleton.

If you plan to visit Westminster Abbey be sure to leave extra time to get in and see everything as it is a popular place and it takes a while to explore. An audioguide is included and will help you make the most of your self-guided visit. You can skip the line and get fast track entry by booking your ticket online in advance here .

In summer 2018, the  Queen’s Diamond Jubilee Galleries  (fee) via the new Weston Tower of Westminster Abbey Tower was opened. The galleries house exhibits about the history of the abbey as well as a number of priceless artifacts. Admission to the Galleries is currently an extra £5.00 and you will receive a timed ticket since space is limited.

Guided tours of the main sections of the Abbey are also possible for a small extra fee (currently £5/person), check at arrival or on the Abbey website for tour times.

Churchill War Rooms

The  Churchill War Rooms (fee) is made up of two connected museums: the Cabinet War Rooms and the Churchill Museum. The Cabinet War Rooms allows visitors to explore the huge underground secret bunker where the majority of the World War 2 effort was directed from 1939 to 1945. An audioguide and interpretive exhibits help visitors understand the maze of underground rooms and what happened here.

The Churchill Museum is a large room dedicated to the life of Winston Churchill. It provides information on his life from his early years to his death in 1965, with a focus on his long political career. This is the most comprehensive museum I’ve ever visited on Churchill and our favorite site of the many  Winston Churchill sites in London . Book your tickets online in advance here .

For those with an interest in the London Blitz, we can also recommend the  London Churchill War Room tour  (save 10% off any Context tour using this link) by Context Travel which includes a guided visit to the Churchill War Rooms as well as a guided tour of parts of London related to the Blitz.

Those interested in military and war related history, should check out this list of London war museums and memorials .

london weekend trip itinerary

St. James’s Park

We now recommend walking through St. James’ Park in the direction of Buckingham Palace for a bit of greenery. The 50-acre park is one of the city’s 8 Royal Parks and is known for its famous pelican residents. There is a café located within the park if you need a tea or coffee break or a light lunch.

Near the park is the  The Guards Museum  (fee*) which tells the history of the British Army Guards regiments as well as St. James’s Palace , a 16th century palace that was once the main residence of the British monarch. Today the palace is still used as a residence for members of the British royal family (although not the monarch) and as a meeting place. The palace is not open to visitors.

Buckingham Palace

Buckingham Palace is the most famous palace in the UK and serves as the primary London residence for the reigning sovereign of the United Kingdom. The royal palace dates back to 1703 and was originally built as a townhouse for the Duke of Buckingham, but was later acquired by King George III. Queen Victoria was the first monarch to officially reside in the palace.

If you want to see the Changing of the Guard ceremony, you’ll need to skip either the morning visit to Westminster Abbey or the Churchill War Rooms (you can visit one later in the afternoon instead) to get to Buckingham Palace before 11am. The Changing of the Queen’s Guard ceremony takes place on most days at the forecourt of Buckingham Palace around 11am, and lasts about 45 minutes. If you want to see the Changing of the Guard ceremony, check the  schedule online  in advance (may be cancelled last minute due to weather or security issues) and show up early to get a good viewing spot.

If you want a spot to watch part of the Changing of the Guard with fewer people, you might consider watching from in front of Friary Court in front of St. James Palace (the Old Guard normally lines up and starts here). Another alternative is to watch the Changing of the The Queen’s Lifeguard (horse guards) at the  Horse Guards Parade .

Most visitors are happy to just get a look at the palace and perhaps see the Changing of the Guard, but you can also tour the State Rooms at Buckingham Palace (fee) in the summer (generally August and September only). You need to book tickets in advance if you want to tour the palace, you can get tickets here for a tour and self-guided tours include audioguides.

Even if you can’t visit the State Rooms of Buckingham Place, there are places on the palace grounds that are open to the public year round. At the  Royal Mews  (fee) you can see a large number of royal carriages and coaches, including the Diamond Jubilee State Coach. At the Queen’s Gallery  (fee*) you’ll find excellent art exhibitions from the royal collection which change regularly throughout the year.

Piccadilly Circus

We now recommend heading to Piccadilly Circus en route to Trafalgar Square. Piccadilly Circus  doesn’t have any clowns, but it is a famous circular road junction well-known for its neon signs and advertising. You’ll find the well-known Shaftesbury Memorial Fountain  here.

From here, it is a short walk to many of London’s West End theaters (head up Shaftesbury Avenue) or to London’s West End shopping area (follow Regent Street).

Trafalgar Square & the National Gallery

Trafalgar Square is one of the most popular public squares in London and is home to Nelson’s Column (a monument to Admiral Horatio Nelson) and London’s famous stone lion statues. The square also features performing street artists and contemporary art (a changing featured piece of art occupies the square’s Fourth Plinth ).

Here you’ll also find two of London top art museums, the  National Gallery  and the  National Portrait Gallery . We’ve spent a lot of time in both over the years and they include world-class art from artists such as Picasso, Turner, Titian, and Monet. If you love art, I’d plan to spend some time at one or both of these museums. Entry is free (special exhibitions may cost extra) at both museums although donations are greatly appreciated.

If you are traveling with kids, they may enjoy creating a brass rubbing they can take home with them at the nearby  London Brass Rubbing Centre (fee) located underground within St. Martin-in-the-Fields. Note that this isn’t always available, check the website for when you can do it.

Nelson's Column 3 Days in London 3 day London itinerary England

Now we recommend walking down Whitehall, which is the street running south from Trafalgar Square towards Parliament Square. Whitehall is so named for the Palace of Whitehall, a large medieval royal palace complex that stood here until it was destroyed by fire in 1698. It was the largest palace in the world at one time with over 1,500 rooms!

A small well-preserved section of the Whitehall palace complex, the  Banqueting Hall (fee), can still be visited today. The Banqueting House was designed by Inigo Jones and features a beautiful ceiling painted by Peter Paul Reubens.

Today Whitehall is still the center of the UK Government and you’ll pass a number of government buildings along your walk. You’ll also pass the  The Household Calvary Museum  (fee*), a small museum dedicated to the history of the Household Cavalry which is located in the 18th century stables of the Horse Guards. In the middle of the street, you’ll also see The Cenotaph , the UK’s national war memorial.

You’ll also pass by the entrance to Downing Street which is where the Prime Minister (at 10 Downing Street) and other UK government ministers reside. The street is gated and guarded, but you can peek through and should be able to get a glimpse 10 Downing Street, which is the headquarters of the UK government and official residence of the UK Prime Minister.

As you continue your walk, you’ll end back in Parliament Square where we started our day.

Westminster Bridge

Now we recommend walking across Parliament Square and onto Westminster Bridge. This bridge dates back to 1862 but there has been a bridge here since 1750. From the bridge, you’ll have a fantastic view back of the Houses of Parliament and the River Thames. You can then take a walk along the Thames or head off to dinner.

London Dungeon

If you still have time and stamina you might want to continue on across Westminster Bridge to where you’ll find several attractions located along the Thames, including the London Dungeon and the London Eye .

The  London Dungeon  (fee) is a popular interactive walkthrough attraction that uses costumed actors, special effects, and rides to share some of London’s darker and more gory history and provide some laughs and screams along the way.

The educational and historical part of the experience here is a bit questionable, but if you enjoy amusement parks and haunted houses, you’ll probably enjoy this. Not recommended for young children or those with a nervous disposition.

Next door to the London Dungeon are two family-oriented attractions, the Sea Life London Aquarium  (fee) and  DreamWorks Tours: Shrek’s Adventure  (fee).

If you are wanting to visit these attractions, none of them are currently covered by the recommended London Pass.

The  London Eye  (fee) is Europe’s tallest observation wheel and a great place to get some nice views over London and the Thames. Visitors stand in large enclosed glass pods on this giant ferris wheel like attraction and it spins very slowly to give visitors expansive views. You can also add champagne to the experience or even get a private pod.

The London Eye is open late (depending on the time of year) making it a great last stop or even after dinner visit. Around sunset is a nice time to do this ride. Great in good weather, I’d skip if the weather is too bad as it will spoil the views.

You can save money (and time) by purchasing your tickets in advance. Online prices are usually much lower than if you buy at the ticket desk.

You can buy tickets for the London Eye from the official site here . We also have a complete guide to visiting the London Eye here .

London Eye 3 days in London itinerary

London Itinerary Day 2 – City of London & Southwark

Today we recommend exploring the City of London. The City of London is another “city within a city” like Westminster. It is home to much of the city’s financial and banking services, and is also the oldest part of the city. This area was named “Londinium” by the Romans and you’ll find an interesting mix of the city’s oldest landmarks and most modern buildings here.

Across the River Thames from the City of London is the London Borough of Southwark. A number of top London attractions and landmarks can be found here including HMS Belfast, the Tate Modern, The Shard, Southwark Cathedral, the Imperial War Museum, and Borough Market.

You can get around and do this itinerary on foot, but you may want to take public transit to get from the Sky Garden to St. Paul’s Cathedral to save time. If you are planning to do a Thames river cruise, you may want to do it today after your visit to the Tower of London. 

Tower of London

The  Tower of London  (fee*) was first built by William the Conqueror in 1078 as a royal castle and defense tower. It was then expanded over the centuries and served many purposes, including a fortress, prison, armory, and Royal Mint. Today is it a UNESCO world heritage site and it is famous for serving as a prison and execution site of famous people like Queen Anne Boleyn and Lady Jane Grey, and for housing the Crown Jewels.

The Tower of London is definitely one of the most popular (and one of our favorite) attractions in London, so we recommend being there near opening time if you can. Once inside, we recommend visiting the Crown Jewels first as this part can get very crowded.

There is a lot of to see here but some of the highlights are the Crown Jewels, the White Tower, the Tower Green, and the tours given by the Beefeaters ( Yeoman Warders ). For more information, see our complete guide to visiting the Tower of London .

The Tower of London is included on the London Pass, or you can book tickets in advance here .

Tower of London Visiting the UNESCO World Heritage Sites in London

If you enjoy nice views, we recommend a stop at Sky Garden, London’s highest public garden. The terraced garden area is laid out over three storeys (level 35 to 37) and there is an observation deck, bar, and open air terrace.

Although the Sky Garden is technically a public garden and can be visited for free, we recommend booking a space in advance as they are often fully booked and can’t always accommodate walk-ins. Tickets are generally released each week and can be booked up to 2 weeks in advance. If the free slots are already booked out and you still want to visit and enjoy the views, you can generally still get in by making a restaurant reservation and eating at one of the several restaurants located here.

Nearby, we recommend stopping by to see The Monument , a 202 foot Doric column monument designed by Christopher Wren and Robert Hooke to commemorate the Great Fire of 1666 . The column stands approximately at the spot the fire started. Visitors can actually go inside (fee*) and climb the over 300 stairs to the viewing platform on top.

You can then walk to St. Paul’s (about 15 minutes) or take the Underground from The Monument stop to the St. Paul’s Cathedral stop.

St. Paul’s Cathedral

St. Paul’s Cathedral  (fee*) dates back to 1697 after the previous one was badly destroyed by the Great Fire of London in 1666. It was rebuilt by Christopher Wren in the English Baroque style, but a church dedicated to St. Paul has been on this site since the 7th century!

The dome of the cathedral is a recognizable feature of the London skyline and the church has long been seen as a symbol of the spirit of the British people, especially during World War II. The church is an active place of worship with regular Anglican services, and has been the site of a number of notable events including the wedding of Prince Charles and Diana, the state funeral of Winston Churchill, and Jubilee services for Queen Elizabeth II.

The church can be visited and tour and admission prices include an audioguide for a self-guided visited. Guided tours are often given throughout the day by church staff.

Visitors have the option to visit the main parts of the cathedral, the dome, and the crypt. There is often a line to visit the dome as only a certain number of visitors can climb the steps at a time, so allow extra time if you want to climb the dome to visit the Whispering Gallery and/or the Stone and Golden Galleries.

If you don’t have the London Pass (free entry included), we recommend booking your ticket online in advance to save money and to skip the ticket line.

Alternative: An alternative (or additional) attraction in the area that you may want to visit is the Museum of London . A great free museum that we’d highly recommend to anyone interested in the history of the city (note, closed until 2026).

Winston Churchill in London sites attractions England UK

Shakespeare’s Globe

Now we recommend heading across the Millennium Bridge, a steel pedestrian suspension bridge, to the other side of the Thames to see Shakespeare’s Globe (fee*).

This is of course not the original Globe Theatre (built in 1599) used by William Shakespeare, but it is as faithful of a modern construction as could be produced of the open-air theatre where Shakespeare staged many of his famous plays. The Globe is located near where the original would have stood. The original Globe Theatre stood about 200 meters away and you can go see the site and it is marked by a plaque.

The reconstruction of The Globe was the dream project of American actor/director Sam Wanamaker. If you want to see the inside of the theatre, you can visit the museum exhibition, learn how it was constructed, and do a guided tour of the open-air Globe where you get to see the stage and seating areas.

You can also enjoy open-air performances here in the summer or at the indoor candle-lit Jacobean style Sam Wanamaker Playhouse year-round. A great venue to see a Shakespeare play in London. Just be sure to book your performance ticket in advance.

Alternatives:  Other nearby attractions include the Tate Modern (free, charges for exhibitions*), HMS Belfast  (fee*), Southwark Cathedral (free, donations welcome), and  The Old Operating Theatre Museum  (fee*).

Borough Market

Borough Market is the best known and one of the oldest markets in the UK. It is believed that a market has been in this area since around 1014!

Today the market is filled with fresh produce, fresh meats and fish, baked goods, cheeses, flowers, wines, spices, and other food stuff. There are also cafes, demonstration kitchens, and restaurants that are part of the market as well as many food stalls selling ready-to-eat foods, including sandwiches and all kinds of street foods from Ethiopian wraps to Galloway beef stew to vegetarian pastries. This is a great place for a snack or meal!

If you are really interested in food, we’d recommend considering cutting out some of the other stops in the itinerary today and doing a food tour here, such as this one . A food tour will allow you to understand the history of Borough Market and allow you to sample and taste a wide selection of local products and dishes.

The market is normally open from 10am to 5pm and is closed on most Sundays during the year. Check the hours ahead of time when planning your day.

Borough Market 3 Days in London 3 day London itinerary England

London Bridge & Tower Bridge

From this area you can admire London’s two most famous bridges, London Bridge and Tower Bridge. Both are active road bridges over the River Thames that can be crossed by vehicles and pedestrians.

Given time, you probably only have time to admire them today, but both do have associated attractions if you want to visit them. You’ll also have a good view of HMS Belfast (fee) moored in the Thames, a WW2 era Royal Navy light cruiser that is now a popular tourist attraction.

London Bridge has existed in some form since Roman times, although the current one was built in the 1970’s. Next to London Bridge is the  The London Bridge Experience  (fee*) which tells the darker history of the London Bridge over time through the use of interactive exhibits and theater and is geared towards families and young adults that don’t mind a bit of a scare.

Tower Bridge is the more iconic bridge, although often mistakenly referred to as London Bridge. It is a Victorian bascule and suspension bridge built between 1886 and 1894, and is very photogenic with its iconic bridge towers.

If you want to learn more about the Tower Bridge (and have extra time) you can visit the  Tower Bridge Exhibition  (fee*) which covers the history of the bridge and allows access to the towers and walkways, including a glass walkway you can walk across that extends 138 feet above the Thames!

The Shard  is a modern pyramidal shaped skyscraper that is home to several restaurants, a hotel, offices, shops, and a viewing gallery. It was completed in 2012 and is currently the tallest building in Western Europe at 1,017 feet (309 meters) with 87 floors.

The viewing gallery, called The View from the Shard (fee*), is the highest public viewing gallery in London located on floors 68, 69, and 72. The building offers spectacular 360 degree views over central London and you can see just about all of the city’s major landmarks. On a clear day they say you can see up to 40 miles away, and it definitely offers the most expansive views over London we’ve every seen! Good views both during the day and the evening.

Now, The View at the Shard is fairly pricey (currently £37/person) for what it offers. So I’d carefully consider your visit here especially if you have already visited the London Eye and/or Sky Garden which both also offer good city views. If you do want to visit book your tickets online in advance for the best prices.

The View from the Shard is also included on the London Pass , so if you have one of these then it is definitely worth visiting.

Another way to enjoy the view is to head to the GONG Bar on Floor 21, and while not as high as the viewing platform, still offers sweeping views of the city for the price of a cocktail. This is a great spot to enjoy a before or after dinner drink. You can book ahead but they also take walk-ins at the bar. The Shard also has several other restaurants and bars, reservations recommended or required for meals.

View from the Shard 3 Days in London 3 day London itinerary England

West End Show

The West End is one of the most world-renown places in the world, along with New York City’s Broadway, for professional theatre. Over 30 theaters can be found in the West End offering a wide variety of musicals and plays. Here is a good list  of the theaters which also denotes the current main production being shown at each.

If you are wanting to go to a West End theater performance, you can book tickets in advance online before your trip (recommended if there is a specific performance you want to see) or try to find a deal once you are in London if you are flexible in what you see. Here are some  tips for buying theatre tickets,  and London Pass holders have access to  theater ticket discounts  on several West End shows.

But if theater and musicals are not your thing, there are a number of nighttime performances in London every day, from rock concerts to opera to films to comedy shows. For operas, symphonies, and classical music, you can find a list of upcoming performances here .

London also has a great nightlife scene with hundreds of bars, pubs, discos, and clubs. No matter what your taste, you are sure to find something of interest!

London Itinerary Day 3 – Kensington & Windsor Castle

So now you’ve seen some of the BIG highlights in London like Westminster Abbey, the Tower of London, Big Ben, Buckingham Palace, and the National Gallery. For your last day we’d suggest exploring a neighborhood like Kensington in the morning and then head to Windsor Castle in the afternoon.

Alternative London Neighborhood Options. We are going to recommend Kensington as the neighborhood to explore today, as we feel it offers something for every type of traveler and also has a large number of attractions, including several free museums. But if you are wondering about other neighborhood options we can also recommend Greenwich or Camden.

Each of these 3 neighborhoods are interesting and have a number of attractions and are worth a day of exploring. If you’d prefer to explore Greenwich or Camden, you can find a day itinerary for both of these neighborhoods as part of our suggested 6 day itinerary .

Or you can instead use this day to visit sites of interest to you that didn’t make it into our 3 day itinerary, such as the British Museum (free), Kew Gardens (fee*), the London Zoo (fee*) or a tour of the FC Chelsea stadium (fee*). Indulge in a particular passion or just enjoy a leisurely day of shopping or pub hopping.

Or head out of London for a day trip (see “Possible Day Trips from London” section at the beginning of the post for ideas) to visit popular sites in southern England such as Stonehenge or Oxford. It’s you last day, so spend it however you like!

You can get around Kensington today by foot, but you will need to take a train to reach Windsor Castle.

Kensington Palace

Kensington Palace (fee*) is a grand 17th century home that was first used as a royal residence by King William II and Queen Mary II. It continued to be used as a royal residence by a British monarch through the reign of King George II. Since then it been used as the residence and workplace of “minor royalty”, and is still an active working royal palace.

One of the people most associated with the palace is Queen Victoria although she never lived here as queen. Victoria was born at Kensington Palace and it was here that she learned that she was queen. Fittingly, outside of Kensington Palace is a large marble statue of Queen Victoria, designed by her daughter Princess Louise, that depicts her at the age of 18 in her coronation robes.

In more recent times, it has been the home and workplace of Princess Margaret, Prince Charles, Princess Diana, Prince William, and Prince Henry. It is still the official London residence of Prince William and Prince Henry and their wives, Princess Eugenie, and several other members of the Royal Family.

Despite it being a working royal palace, visitors are able to visit many of the rooms in the palace year round. There is a lot to see here and you can easily spent a few hours wandering around the warren of rooms. I would recommend taking a look at the different self-guided routes that the palace staff recommend and these are color coded and mapped out. The routes are based on different themes (e.g., Queen Victoria, King’s Apartments, Queen Victoria, royal fashion) so you can be sure to see the parts of most interest.

Note, the palace currently has a very popular Princess Diana fashion exhibition (entry is included with the palace ticket but expect additional lines for this exhibition). This has led to increased visitor numbers.

If you don’t have a London Pass I would recommend purchasing your ticket in advance here and if you do have a London Pass, I’d recommend arriving near opening time. I’d also recommend visiting on a weekday rather than a weekend if you can.

There is a  café here serving meals and refreshments, and also a garden worth exploring if you have time and the weather is good.

Kensington Palace 3 Days in London 3 day London itinerary England

Kensington Gardens

After visiting the palace, we recommend spending some time exploring the surrounding Kensington Gardens. The gardens are another one of London’s royal parks and covers 265 acres. It’s a beautiful green space and we recommend a little wander if the weather is nice.

Some of the highlights of the park are the two Serpentine Galleries (free contemporary art galleries), an ornamental water garden, the Albert Memorial, the Elphin Oak (carved hollow oak tree), and the Princess Diana Memorial Playground.  Food and drinks are also available at cafés in the park year round.

Probably the most striking memorial in the park is the Albert Memorial, a giant ornate memorial to Prince Albert who died of typhoid in 1861, leaving his wife Queen Victoria grief stricken. From the memorial, you’ll have a good view of the Royal Albert Hall.

Royal Albert Hall

The Royal Albert Hall (fee*) is the top performance venue in London and the hall hosts everything from classical concerts to rock bands to sporting events. The world-class concert hall was the idea of Prince Albert and was first opened in 1871. Everyone from the Beatles to Winston Churchill to Nine Inch Nails have made appearances or performed here, and each year it hosts the BBC Proms .

If you are heading off to Windsor Castle this afternoon, you may not have time go inside and can just admire it from the outside. But if you do have time, visitors can join a guided tour of the hall. Guided tours of the Royal Albert Hall help you understand the history of the concert hall and take you to see the auditorium, gallery, and the private suites of the Royal Family.

If you want to do a guided tour, we recommend booking these online in advance, as they are very popular and do sell out.

If you are looking for an evening entertainment option during your time in London, there is almost always something happening at the Royal Albert Hall. You can book a ticket online or stop by the Ticket Office.

Now we recommend deciding between a visit to Windsor Castle or spending the rest of the afternoon exploring more of Kensington.

Royal Albert Hall 3 Days in London 3 day London itinerary England

Afternoon Option #1:  Windsor Castle 

Windsor Castle  (fee*) is the oldest and largest inhabited castle in the world and still an active royal residence. It was originally built in the 11th century as a defensive motte-and-bailey castle by William the Conquerer and has been a royal residence since the reign of King Henry I. Today the castle is a favorite weekend home to Queen Elizabeth II, a place where state visits are often hosted, and a popular tourist attraction.

During most of the year, parts of Windsor Castle are open to the public. This includes the castle’s  magnificent State Rooms which were mostly designed and built in the 19th century. Other highlights include the Queen Mary’s Dolls’ House, the 15th-century St. George’s Chapel, and the Changing of the Guards ceremony (a much smaller version of the ceremony that takes place in front of Buckingham Palace). 

Most visits are self-guided and there is a good audioguide included with admission. You can also join offered guided tours at the castle, I’d check the website in advance for tour times. Note that the castle can get very busy, especially in the summer months. 

If you want to visit Windsor Castle, the afternoon is currently the recommended time as the castle gets very crowded in the morning. We’d recommend getting on a train to Windsor at least 3 hours before closing time (it varies by season so check the website) to ensure you have enough time to visit. We’d recommend allowing 1 hour to travel to the castle and at least 2 hours for the visit.

To get here you need to take a train out of London (about 1 hour ride each way). You cannot use your Oyster Card to travel to Windsor as it is outside London, so you will need to buy a rail ticket at the station. Paddington Station is a 25 minutes walk (or slightly shorter Tube ride) from either Kensington Palace or Royal Albert Hall.

Windsor Castle 3 Days in London 3 day London itinerary England

Afternoon Option #2: Afternoon Tea, V&A Museum, Shopping, & Hyde Park

If you decide to continue to explore Kensington, we recommend considering an afternoon tea break, visiting the V&A Museum (or one of the other free museums in Kensington), doing some shopping, and taking a stroll through Hyde Park. Check our guide for more things to do in Kensington .

Afternoon Tea in Kensington

The tradition of afternoon tea originated in the aristocratic homes of England in the 19th century, and there is no better place to have afternoon tea than in London. You’ll be spoiled for choice in London as there are thousands of places that serve tea from casual cafés where you can get a cuppa and a scone to luxury hotels offering a 3-tiered silver tray fancy afternoon tea experience.

If you are just looking for a casual tea, you’ll be able to find that at many cafés in this area. One suggestion is to break for tea within one of the cafés at the Victoria & Albert Museum , which include both opulent Victorian era rooms as well as casual outdoor courtyard spaces. Once a week, The Victoria & Albert Museum also serves a formal Victorian afternoon tea that recreates the afternoon tea experience of Queen Victoria, and for this one you do need to book in advance.

But if you want a more luxurious experience, you’ll want to make a reservation in advance. Luxury spots to enjoy afternoon tea in the Kensington area include The Berkeley and The Lanesborough . Also a few to consider in nearby Mayfair (west of Hyde Park) are The Ritz , The Dorchester , and Claridge’s .

We have oddly had a lot more afternoon teas in Paris (see our Paris afternoon tea guide ) than London so far. But we can suggest in this area that if you are looking for something a bit different, you might want to check out the fashion-inspired Prêt-à-Portea afternoon tea at The Berkeley. This fun and colorful tea is designed for those who love fashion and the tea menu changes each season along with the fashions on the catwalk.

Kensington fashion afternoon tea 3 Days in London 3 day London itinerary England

Victoria & Albert Museum

The Victoria & Albert Museum , often referred to as the V&A, is one of the world’s leading museums of art and design. The museum collection is extensive and items range from Chinese embroidery to John Constable paintings to Baroque furniture to Alexander McQueen gowns. It’s a must visit for anyone interested in art or design.

The museum is also known for hosting a lot of really interesting exhibitions which often attract a large number of visitors. The museum is also known for its current café and restaurant located within the beautiful Morris, Gamble and Poynter Rooms, which is the oldest museum café in the world.

Entry to see the permanent collection at the V&A is free. Some temporary exhibitions are also free but there is generally a fee to enter the major ones. If you have a London Pass, you get free entry into one of the paid exhibitions.

Alternatives: Kensington is home to several other well-known museums, including the   Science Museum  and the Natural History Museum . Both are free (donations appreciated) and both are good alternatives if you aren’t excited by the V&A. The Science Museum in particular is a great family-friendly option.

V & A Museum 3 Days in London 3 day London itinerary England

Harrod’s

Now if you are in the mood for some shopping or just some window shopping, Kensington has some excellent shopping areas. The most concentrated areas are along King’s Road, Kensington High Street, and Sloane Street. You can find everything from more budget friendly international brands like Zara and H&M to high-end luxury department stores like Harrods and Harvey Nichols.

Harrod’s is one of the most famous luxury department stores in the world. It was founded by Charles Harrod in 1835 and grew to be the best known British department store in the world, being patronized by celebrities, politicians, royalty, and the British elite. Although in recent years it has been bought by the state of Qatar and has suffered from some bad press, it is still a luxury store worth checking out for those who enjoy shopping. Other department stores in this area are Harvey Nichols and the more traditional Peter Jones.

If you are more into antiques, you’ll want to head to Church Street where you’ll find a number of antique stores like Andrew Nebbett Antiques and Designs, Alfie’s Antique Market, The FM Gallery, and Church Street Antiques.

Hyde Park is yet another of London’s great Royal Parks, covering 350 acres. It used to also encompass Kensington Gardens, but the two are now divided by the Serpentine Lake and Carriage Drive. The park offers lots of tress, ornamental flower gardens, a large lake, walking and cycling paths, sport facilities, and a playground. 

Attractions with the park include The Serpentine Bridge, Holocaust Memorial, the Diana Memorial Fountain, Speaker’s Corner, and several war memorials. Located at the northwestern and southwestern corners of the park are the Wellington Arch and Marble Arch.

Each Sunday at Speakers’ Corner , located on the northeast edge of Hyde Park (near intersection of Marble Arch and Oxford Street), you can hear people give speeches and hold debates about a variety of topics in the name of free speech. The tradition dates back to the mid-1800’s and anyone can participate.

The park is a great place to get active as you can boat, cycle, play tennis, skate, ride horses, or even swim within the park. In the summer boating is popular and you can rent a rowing or pedal boat to enjoy the Serpentine Lake or you can take a ride on the solar-powered Solarshuttle. There are also a few places to grab coffee or have a meal, including lakeside dining.

Enjoy your final evening!

It is your last night in London so plan something you’ll enjoy and remember. This could be a nice dinner out, a pub crawl, attending a late night museum opening, a sunset River Thames cruise, a creepy Jack the Ripper tour , seeing an event at the Royal Albert Hall, a sporting event, a  classical music performance , or just relaxing after 3 busy days of sightseeing!

London at night 3 Days in London 3 day London itinerary England

Save Money on your 3 Days in London with the London Pass

We wanted to give you an example of the cost savings over 3 days in London if you were using a London Pass. The following calculations are based on the above itinerary although it doesn’t include every single attraction we suggested but includes what we believe is a realistic number for someone planning to actively sightsee based on the above itinerary.

Here is the cost savings for 3 days in London for 2 people using the London Pass.

So in the above example, visitors would have a cost savings of £97.30 per person for a total cost savings of £194.60 for 2 people. This is definitely a considerable savings on entry fees for three days of sightseeing!

Even if you change some of the attractions or take away a couple of them, you would still save money with a London Pass if doing a similar amount of sightseeing. In general, you need to visit an average of 2 to 3 higher priced attractions per day to save money with a 3 day London Pass.

We highly recommend that all visitors check out the London Pass, especially if it is your first visit to London. The pass covers free entry to over 90 attractions and museums, plus a number of discounts on tours, restaurants, souvenirs, and theater tickets. Not only will it save many visitors money, it can also save time as it provides fast track entry into certain busy sites.

You can check the latest prices and purchase the London Pass at the official website for the pass here . We also recommend checking prices on and GetYourGuide here as sometimes one will be better value than the other.

However the London Pass is not a good fit for all travelers, and if you are not sure if it is a good fit or not, read our  full review of the London Pass to help you decide if it is worth it. Our review breaks down the features, ways to purchase, how to calculate your cost savings, and more.

London Pass three days in London itinerary

There you have our suggested London itinerary on how to spend 3 days in London!

Planning a trip to London? Pin this article to Pinterest to read later:

Our 3 day London itinerary helps you see the highlights of London and helps you with planning your 3 days in London. Our itinerary includes London's most famous attractions (e.g., Tower of London, Windsor Castle) as well as some of the city's lesser known attractions. In addition to the 3 day itinerary, we also provide tips on how to get around London, a walking map, and money saving tips for your trip to London. #London #Londonitinerary #Londontravel #3daysinLondon #UK #travel #England

How many of these attractions would be on your London itinerary? If you’ve visited London, what were you favorite spots in London? If you have any questions about the itinerary or visiting London, just ask them in the comments below and as always we are happy to help!

Share this Post!

There are 158 comments on this post.

Please scroll to the end to leave a comment

Michelle Post author

February 25, 2024 at 1:11 am

Hi There, the map above is AWESOME! Just wondering if there’s a list of the numbered points on the map, rather than having to comb through the information, like a quick reference? Thanks 🙂

Jessica & Laurence Norah Post author

February 26, 2024 at 12:46 pm

Hi Michelle,

I am so happy that our London map and 3 day London itinerary have been useful in planning your trip. So I think you are just referring to the image, but if you double click on the image or the link above it (look at the paragraph above it where it says click here) that will take you to the map I created within Google Maps so you can see all the points on the map that are numbered in the picture. Does that help?

But just note that you should definitely consider reading through each day of the itinerary as these are just suggested routes and places to visit and you should modify it per your own time and interests. You may not have time for everything on each day so best to know which places are must-sees for you and which you are OK just seeing from the outside and all that.

Hope that helps, and just let me know if you have any further questions as you plan your trip to London!

Best, Jessica

Kai Parker Post author

December 27, 2023 at 6:26 am

I thoroughly enjoyed reading your insightful 3-day London itinerary! Your detailed suggestions and personal experiences really add a genuine touch. I followed your recommendations and had a fantastic time exploring the city. I’d like to share an additional budget-friendly tip: consider staying at Serviced Apartments in London. My recent stay there was both comfortable and affordable, making it an ideal choice for anyone looking to make the most of their London trip without breaking the bank. Thanks again for your fantastic suggestions!

December 28, 2023 at 1:31 pm

So glad that you enjoyed you stay in London!! Thanks for taking the time to let us know that you found our itinerary and advice helpful in spending 3 days in London. And thanks for sharting your tip about having a good stay in a serviced apartment. I hope you get a chance to return to London again soon!

Alan Post author

August 22, 2023 at 3:22 am

just wanted to say a big thank you for all the work you put into this itinerary, we used it to plan our own 3 days in London, got the pass, had a wonderful time! your advice made our time much easier and less stressful!

August 23, 2023 at 12:47 pm

Thanks for taking the time to comment and glad you found our 3 day London itinerary helpful. Very happy to hear that you had such a wonderful trip to London!

Hapy travels, Jessica & Laurence

Mary Jo Lauscher Post author

July 31, 2023 at 1:15 pm

Hi there, I found your three day itinerary very helpful.

We are going to London at the end of September. My question is about getting advance tickets for any of the sites. If we plan on using the London Pass, how do I order advance tickets, make a reservation, or skip the line ticket, etc? I have not been able to find any information on that. Also with the London Pass can we use the Hop on hop off both days of the 2 day pass? Thanks for all your information, it was very helpful!

August 2, 2023 at 8:04 am

Hi Mary Jo,

Glad you are finding our 3 day London itinerary helpful in planning your upcoming trip. So if you decide to go with the London Pass, you do not need to make advanced reservations for most attractions. But you do need to book for most walking tours, bus tours, and other types of guided activities. You can find all the details for the attractions and tours that need to be reserved and how to do that on this page .

The hop-on hop-off sightseeing bus ticket included with the London Pass is only valid for 1 day (no matter the length of your pass). This is the same with the Thames boat cruise ticket.

For skip the line access, you can skip the ticket line for most attractions with the pass but you can’t skip the security lines. Your London Pass essentially acts as your ticket for most attractions. I don’t think since COVID that there have been many attractions that have a specific line for pass holders, but generally you get in the same line as those who have prebooked tickets.

For popular attractions not included on the London Pass, such as the London Eye , Churchill War Rooms, UK Parliament tours, Madame Tussauds , etc. then it is best to buy tickets in advance for these. I would check on any must-see attraction if reservations are recommended or required. But if you only have 2 days, I suspect that the London Pass will cover your admission fees for most attractions that you plan to visit.

For any attractions or tours that you want to do in London that recommend or require reservations (with or without the London Pass), I would start booking those soon if you have your dates set for next month.

Hope that helps and let me know if you have any questions as you plan your trip!

Katie Post author

July 6, 2023 at 11:32 pm

Hello! Your itinerary is awesome!! I was wondering if you could help me with mine for four days in London in November. Is it doable or too packed? What should I take out or add? Should I buy an Oyster card? What should we actually go in and see? We are most likely staying at the Hoxton Holborn, AMANO hotel, or Wilde Aparthotel. Any dinner recommendations or cocktail/ house music places? 🙂

Day 1: Friday On and off bus tour Buckingham Palace Churchill War room Big Ben Westminster Abbey Dinner dishoom Shoreditch neighborhood for dinner/drinks

Day 2: Saturday St Paul’s Cathedral Borough Market Tower bridge South bank river walk Tower of London Leadenhall Market Soccer game

Day 3 Sunday Walking Notting Hill Kensington Palace Hyde Park Bond Street Regent street/Park Camden Market Abbey Road Hampstead Heath

Bermondsey neighborhood to eat?

Day 4 National Gallery Seven dials market Tennis museum?

July 9, 2023 at 7:05 am

So Day 1, I think all that is doable. Doing HOHO bus, visiting the Churchill War Rooms and Westminster Abbey. Seeing Buckingham Palace and the Parliament/Big Ben from outside. Also lots of other things you can easily see in that area such as St. James Park, Parliament Square, Westminster Bridge, London Eye and National COVID memorial. Dishoom is a great restaurant to try for atypical Indian food, we love it and just be sure to make a reservation as they are often fully booked. Although I’d also recommend trying a typical British curry place at some point too if you want the typical British Indian experience. The closest Dishoom to you (if stay in Holborn area) is the location in Covent Garden as its within walking distance. But if you are wanting to go to Shoreditch that night, then there is a location there as well, just note you’ll be looking at a 30 minute Tube/bus ride each way. Shoreditch might make more sense on the day you plan to visit Tower of London and be in the City of London.

Day 2 – I’d probably start with the Tower of London in the morning as it is normally worse with crowds than St. Pauls Cathedral. So I’d reverse the order and go from the Tower of London then to Tower Bridge and Borough Market before heading over to St. Paul’s. You can have lunch at or near Borough Market. Leadenhall Market is nice but limited options there compared to Borough Market. I think it would be hard to fit in a soccer game today if you want to visit all those places unless there is an evening football game on that day, might be better to try to do on Day 4?

Day 3 – If Kensington Palace is the only place you really want to visit the inside of, I think this is doable. Just note if walking it is about a 1 hour or so walk from Kensington Gardens to Hampstead Heath (so may want to take public transit as well). So if wandering on a more relaxed day today except for the palace, I’d just priortize your day for what you really want to see most and if you don’t make it to everything, you won’t be disappointed. The other thing to note is that Bermondsey is very far from any of the places you are planning to visit this day.

Day 4 – This might be a good day to also include the British Museum, especially if staying nearby. Its free, donation only and you can book time online in advance. Also easy to visit in the same day as the National gallery and Seven Dials Market. For a tennis museum in London, I am guessing you mean Wimbeldon – this is doable but it is well oustide central London and will take you about an hour each way to visit so I would just be sure this is something you really want to see. You could try to do the soccer game this day instead perhaps? Or consider a West End play or musical?

In terms of timing, I would go back through your itinerary and just make sure the timings will work out when you check the opening times/days and how long you expect to spend at each one. So say you expect to spend 2 hours at Tower of London, 1.5 hours at Westminster Abbey, 1 hour Borough Market, etc. plus the amount of time you think it will realistically take you to get from one place to the other. I’d then build in a bit of extra time so you don’t feel rushed. That should help you decide if there is too much on any one day. You want to try to balance seeing all the must-see things on your list without feeling rushed and having a little down time to relax and make unexpected stops.

London has so many restaurants, cafes, cocktail bars – I would just think about where you are going to be/want to be and look for well-rated options nearby. It sounds like you are going to be staying in the Covent Garden area and there are lots of options there that would likely be within walking distance of where you are staying. For a cocktail bar with live house music (and also food), you might check out STEREO. If looking for a historic pub for a typical pub lunch or dinner, you could try Lamb & Flag in Covent Garden or Museum Tavern across from the British Museum. Just note that for meals, especially for dinner you’ll want to be sure to book a table in advance.

In terms of Oyster Card, you can read our Oyster Card review post here . Based on your itinerary, I would say you will be taking public transport quite a few times so you can either get Oyster Cards or use your credit cards if they are PIN & Chip ones. You would also probably save money with the London Pass , and you can order your Visitor Oyster Card with the pass if you want. For a London Pass, I’d probably do a 3-day pass and just be sure to fit anything in that you want to see included on the pass on the first 3 days, and stick to free or not included attractions on Day 4. But that would cover all the big attractions you have listed (Westminster Abbey, London Bridge, St. Paul’s, sightseeing bus, Kensington Palace, etc.) except for Churchill War Rooms which sadly is not currently on the pass.

Hope that helps and just let us know if you have further questions as you plan your trip to London.

Wishing you a wonderful trip! Jessica

katie Post author

July 12, 2023 at 6:34 pm

Thank you so much for the info!! What restaurant would you suggest for a traditional curry? Also out of my day 1 and day 2? Which do you think I should visit vs just see? Anything overrated? Are the markets worth it? Anything more local that I should include?

July 13, 2023 at 4:11 am

You’re very welcome, happy to help.

You can find good Indian curry places all over London, Brick Lane is famous for them but I’d just go some place that is convenient. I’d just check reviews or ask a local person of best curry place nearby. Chicken tikka masala is probably one of the most classic British Indian dishes and one of the most popular dishes eaten in the UK (of all foods!), but there are lots of popular curries. Indian curry is one of the most popular takeaway foods in the UK.

For Days 1 and 2, I would recommend visiting all the places you want to see (see my prior comments on each day). The places you listed are some of the most popular places to visit and all are worth visiting. But of course it depends on your specific interests, time, and budget.

Leadenhall Market is OK – it’s a beautiful setting (I think most tourists come here for the Harry Potter connection as it was used a filming location) and there are several places to eat here. But if you are looking for more of an actual fresh food market, then Borough Market has both fresh food/produce stalls as well as prepared food stalls and restaurants. So I would recommend Borough Market over Leadenhall but they are both different. You can walk through either fairly quickly (although Borough Markets gets really busy around lunch time) so if on your way, they are easy enough to visit but if you want to try food or buy food, I’d recommend Borough Market over Leadenhall.

I would just build your itinerary based on what you are most interested in seeing and doing. Just make sure to allow yourself enough time and build in some flexibility.

Hope that helps! Jessica

TF Post author

June 27, 2023 at 4:41 am

Hello there! Just finished reading your article on the “3 Days in London” itinerary, your detailed itinerary and insightful recommendations have truly sparked my wanderlust.

Thank you for putting together such a comprehensive and well-thought-out itinerary. Your passion for travel and your love for London shine through in your writing, making it an enjoyable and informative read. I can’t wait to plan my own trip to London using your recommendations. Keep up the great work, and I’ll be eagerly following your future travel adventures!

June 28, 2023 at 7:58 am

You’re very welcome, glad you enjoyed reading our London itinerary, and just let us know if you have any questions as you plan your trip to London!

Happy travels, Jessica

Lyn Fields Post author

May 26, 2023 at 6:08 am

LOVE all this info about London. We will be following the three day walking tour. We would like to have high tea/afternoon tea on Day 2. Do you have a recommendation for a location that would be in the vicinity of our Day 2 itinerary?

June 2, 2023 at 4:28 am

So glad that you are finding our London itinerary and info helpful!

So in terms of afternoon tea options in that area, you have a lot of them. Fortnum and Mason at the Royal Exchange would be a good bet in the City of London. Others in that area you might check out are The Four Seasons Hotel at Ten Trinity Square, The Ned, and the Rosewood Hotel. Another option could be the Helix Restaurant at The Gherkin for a more contemporary setting with a city view. But pretty much any nice hotel in that area serves afternoon tea (although some only on weekends) and you can also find more informal and less pricey afternoon tea options at cafes and such in the area (one is Cafe Rouge near St. Paul’s Cathedral). Just be sure to check dates and times, and make sure location makes sense with your schedule. And be sure to book your time in advance.

Enjoy! Jessica

Henry Cris Post author

February 5, 2023 at 7:05 pm

Amazing tips on London travelling. Hoping to visit here soon. And really liked your article about London. It will help me a lot on visiting here. Thanks for sharing.

February 13, 2023 at 7:24 am

Thanks for taking the time to comment, and so glad to hear our article was helpful to you! Wishing you a great trip to London and just let us know if you have any questions as youplan your visit to London.

Amy Bull Post author

January 7, 2023 at 9:22 pm

Hi J & L, I have read your advice for many cities we visit and it is WONDERFUL! I am actually going this week and we are celebrating a 60th birthday. I wanted to know if you recommended a few restaurants that are note worthy of a memorable birthday dinner for two. Maybe with a view or great environment? I want to make the entire day memorable and his biggest request is to see Stonehenge. Any thoughts would be very helpful! Thank you so much for sharing your experiences! Amy

January 11, 2023 at 1:03 am

So happy to hear that you have found our travel blogs helpful in planning your travels to various cities!

So for London, I don’t have any specific recommendations as it would depend a lot on budget, type of food, part of London, etc. There are just so many restaurants you could choose. Some thoughts might be to go to one of the old historic pubs for a pub lunch or dinner one day. For something fancy, the 5-star hotels (Savoy, Dorchester, Grosvenor Hotel, Claridge’s, Browns’, Ritz, etc.) all have very nice restaurants & bars and some of the top rated ones in the city. In terms of views, that is much harder but you could consider a restaurant near the top of The Shard as there are a few restaurants and bars there with great views over central London, and the nicer ones would make a good potential b-day dinner spot. Another option is the Sky Garden which has a restaurant. Or you might consider a restaurant along Thames with nice view of river. Anyway, hope that gives you some options and ideas to research.

For Stonehenge, it really depends if you are planning to drive yourself, take public transit, or join a guided tour from London? We’ve done all three at one point or another. Laurence has written a guide to visiting Stonehenge that might be helpful. Last visit, once we arrived, we took the free Stonehenge shuttle to the end to walk to the site, and then walked back through the field using the little map there to see some of the other prehistoric remains on walk back through fields. There is also a good visitor centre/museum that is worth spending some time to learn more.

If your husband is specifically interested in stone circles and prehistoric stone sights, Avebury might be a good secondary stop which is nearby and much less crowded (you can walk up and touch stones). There are also lots of other prehistoric sites in the region. Other places that people might combine on a day trip to Stonehenge are Oxford, Salisbury, or Bath. But I would just be careful to not pack in too much, especially if traveling on your own as it can make for a long day. But if doing a day tour, then at least you are not doing the driving. The only drawback to a guided tour is to make sure you will have a enough time in the places you visit for what you want to see/do.

Hope that helps, and just let me know if you have more questions as you plan your specific bday trip! Jessica

Florence Post author

November 1, 2022 at 8:15 pm

Hi Jessica & Laurence, This is Florence and i am making my 1st trip to the UK soon. May i know what’s the best site that i can look at for booking of train tickets in advance for travelling within UK? Apprecaite any advise. Thank yo.

November 2, 2022 at 7:04 am

Hi Florence,

So I am assuming you are meaning for travel outside of London? As within London itself, you don’t need to book in advance for the public transit Underground trains, buses, etc.

There is National Rail website which is the official UK train website which has info on the trains in England, Wales, and Scotland. But since there is not actual national rail service operator (but several independent operators), there are a number of website operators where you can book trains online in the UK so you can also go directly to the train service website (LNER, ScotRail, Avanti, Lumo, NI Railways etc.). The local operator will depend on where you are going in the country.

One convenient website to compare times and prices you can book on a website like Trainline . This is what we normally use for convenience to book online and they also have a mobile app.

You can also of course buy and book tickets in person at the actual train stations but we recommend booking in advance if you can for any longer journeys. You are often not guaranteed seats if you don’t book in advance on many trains. It depends on the company but tickets are often available to purchase 90 days in advance.

Another good website for figuring out how to get from one place to another and general travel info and connections (also works for buses and such) is the Traveline Info website . It is a very helpful website.

Anyway, hope that helps get you started. If you have any specific questions about booking train tickets in the UK, just let us know.

November 3, 2022 at 2:58 am

Great! Thanks Jessica. I will look into it and will inquire again if I have any other questions with my travel plans. Have a great day!

Bart Post author

October 3, 2022 at 12:53 am

Top tip if you’re visiting Borough Market… don’t venture there on a Saturday. It’s crazy busy, rammed full of people from very Early on! Visiting during the week is a far more pleasant & leisurely affair – you won’t feel like you’re being rushed off of your feet.

October 3, 2022 at 7:09 am

Thanks for sharing your tip for visiting Bourough Market in London – it is definitely busier on the weekends. But it is also the most lively so it can still be interesting to visit on the weekends if that is when you plan to visit, but you do have to expect the crowds and be more patient than on weekdays.

Also on Saturdays is usually opens earlier (8am) so going near opening time is a great way to enjoy the market on Saturday.

Shelley Post author

September 20, 2022 at 11:29 am

Hello! I love your 3-day itinerary and plan to use most all of it. Is there link where I can download it? Maybe I missed it but I am trying to work smarter, not harder and am copying and pasting a ton. Thanks in advance!

September 21, 2022 at 4:16 am

Hi Shelley,

Glad you are finding our London itinerary helpful for your trip. Is there a reason you need to copy it? We’d recommend just using it directly from the website for best functionality.

But you can also print or download it as a PDF file for offline personal use as long as you are a newsletter subscriber (it is free and easy to sign up). Once signed up you can then click on the Printer icon on the sidebar or at the end of the article.

Hope that helps and just let us know if you have any questions as you plan your trip to Lonon!

Bright A Post author

September 15, 2022 at 12:04 pm

Great tips to hear from you for 3 days itinerary. You blog is awesome to read also to explore London within the days. Thanks!

September 16, 2022 at 4:01 am

Hello Bright,

Thanks for letting us know our London itinerary is helpful.

Obviously if planning to visit London in the next few days, things are a bit crazy because of the Queen’s passing and upcoming funeral. So be sure to check opening dates/times and closures. Many businesses and attractions will be closed on Monday for the funeral.

Wishing you a great trip to London! Jessica

Suzie Post author

July 15, 2022 at 1:52 pm

Wow so glad I stumbled across your blog . So informative. I will be visiting London this July and am taking a lot of tips from your blog . For shopping , what would you recommend? Any outlets where I can get a good deal on bags ? Thanks so much

July 18, 2022 at 5:51 am

Glad you are finding our London articles on our travel blogs helpful in planing your upcoming trip.

In terms of shopping in London, Oxford Street is probably the best known shopping street. Also Regents Street, Bond Street, Mayfair area, Knightbridge area (Harrods). So lots of shopping opportunities, but not sure about great outlet stores in the city or where to get a good deal. London is generally an expensive city so we find shopping is often less expensive elsewhere. But you can often get good deals if you shop the sales and pay attention to discounts. It just depends on your budget and the types of stores you are prefer.

Bicester Village is a shopping outlet located near Oxford (about 1.5 hours from London) which has a lot of outlet stores all together and is a popular place for shopping for tourists. So that might be a place for your to consider.

Hope that helps, and just let me know if you have any other questions as you plan your trip to London!

tuhina roy Post author

June 27, 2022 at 11:56 pm

wow…great info….wud be visiting in Oct’22….might add perfect fit for me at one glance/place…have been asking so many people around for last one month abt London n places to visit n here its given in such a nice n informative way….wonderful:-)….thanx much for collating these kind of info for people like us who r visiting from other countries….thanx again

June 28, 2022 at 10:41 am

You are very welcome, and so glad to hear that you are finding our London itinerary helpful! If you have 3 days in London, this should definitely give you some good ideas of where you might want to visit on your trip.

But if you have any questions as you plan your trip about things to do in London or elsewhere in the UK, just ask us and we are happy to try to give advice.

Rebecca Post author

June 12, 2022 at 5:34 am

Jessica & Laurence, We just returned from an awesome visit to London and we used your recommended 3 day itinerary. Thank you SO MUCH for your work in preparing the itinerary. All of the information you provide from the London Pass, Oyster Card, the description of places to visit and how to get there helped our visit to go smoothly. We didn’t waste too much time looking for things or figuring out how to get there and we were able to fit in everything we wanted to do! Having the London Pass helped us avoid lines, plus everything was already paid. The Oyster Card was also a huge benefit because we didn’t have to keep buying tickets. THANK YOU! Rebecca

June 12, 2022 at 6:11 am

Hi Rebecca,

So happy that you had such a great trip to London! And we are happy that our tips and advice were helpful in planning your trip.

Yes, I think that if you have limited time on a trip, you want to plan ahead and do what you can so that you can spend as much time as possible doing things and visiting places rather than having to plan and figure things out on the go.

Thanks for taking the time to comment and let us know about your trip. We always love hearing that our advice was helpful!

shelly v Post author

April 27, 2022 at 8:12 pm

Hello Jessica, Wow! Thank you for all the valuable info in your planning tips and itineraries. We are traveling to London and Paris this June. It is our first visit and traveling with teenage daughters so are focused on the most iconic sites. Based upon your 3-Day Itinerary for London, we have selected our “Must-See” London List ( most likely the minimum time to tour the area for each site since I’ll be traveling with teenagers). – Explore Westminster: Buckingham Palace w changing of guard; Piccadilly Circus, Trafalgar Square, Westminster Bridge, Westminster Abbey – City of London: Tower of London, St. Paul’s Cathedral, Borough Market, London Bridge & Tower Bridge, – Windsor Castle & Kensington: Windsor Castle, Kensington Palace, Royal Albert Hall, Shopping at Harrod’s

1) Based upon our Must-see list, will the 3-day London Pass cover the attractions we plan to visit? 2) We are staying close to Earl’s Court Station – do you recommend we also purchase the Travelcard? 3) Since we arrive 6/9 midday into London (after overnight flight), what might you recommend for day 1 itinerary?

April 28, 2022 at 9:27 am

Thanks very much!

So based on your itinerary we have the following feedback if you are trying to visit them all in 3 days:

– For Westminister: Make sure you check Westminster Abbey opening dates and hours. It is closed on Sundays to visitors and for certain occasions/holidays so you’d want to make sure to schedule around any closures if you want to visit here. – For City of London sites: I would probably choose to do either the London Bridge OR Tower Bridge experience. I think otherwise you’ll be rushed for time as the Tower of London, in particular, can take a while to visit. But you can of course see both from the outside without paying but as far as doing the full attractions on them, I’d probably do one or the other. – For Windsor & Kensington – Because you will need to travel out to Windsor, this could be a lot to fit into one day, but depends of course on how long you spend at each place. For the Royal Albert Hall, the tours are only given at certain hours so you may want to make sure that will fit in with your day. – Note that it looks like you are planning to visit a few days after the Queen’s Platinum Jubilee (June 5th) so we expect things will be busier than usual during this general period. Although luckily you are arriving after the Jubilee weekend itself when things will be super busy and hard to visit I think. It may make sense to book timed tickets directly for some attractions that have limited capacity such as Windsor Castle, Kensington Palace, and Royal Albert Hall so you are guaranteed entry within a certain time period.

1 – Yes, the 3-day London Pass will cover all the paid attractions you plan to visit, which are Westminster Abbey, Tower of London, St. Paul’s Cathedral, Tower Bridge Exhibition, London Bridge experience, Windsor Castle, Kensington Palace, Royal Albert Hall. If you were to pay adult (16+) entry to all those it would cost around £178, whereas a 3-day adult London pass is normally £123. However, as noted above, you may not have time to do everything on your list so keep that in mind. The price saving will also depend on the age of your daughters, if they are under 16, then they can use a child pass so I would do those cost-savings separately. If you plan to take the sightseeing bus at any time during your visit, that would also add to the cost savings.

2 – You are definitely going to use public transport during your time in London, so will need a travel card. Bundling the travel card will save you some time and is convenient, although it costs the same as buying a Visitor Oyster Card separately. It’s really just for convenience, there’s no saving or extra cost to buying it with the London Pass. You can see more about getting around London here.

3 – For your first day, it sounds like you will just have probably a half day once checking in at hotel. I am guessing this is not a day you plan to use the London Pass? If not, I’d recommend maybe the British Museum and/or London Eye, both of which are not included on the pass. You’ll likely be pretty tired so I wouldn’t plan too much that first day.

April 9, 2022 at 5:07 pm

Hi Jessica, The information you provide in the 3 days itinerary is amazing, so detailed and informative! We will be getting off a cruise in London on a Friday and will stay until Monday.

We have reservations at Point A Hotel in Paddington. What would you recommend for transportation from the port to our hotel? We’ve already purchased the 4 day London Pass and Visitor Oyster card. Is our hotel near public transportation? It looked like it when we checked, but would like to verify. What would you recommend for getting to the airport on Tuesday morning? We need to arrive at the airport at 6:00 A.M. Transportation begins at 5:00 A.M. Is it feasible to use the public transportation and arrive to the airport on time? Our Oyster Card will be expired so we’ll need to pay for the transportation to the airport.

On Day 2 you recommend the river cruise right after visiting the Tower of London in the morning. If we do that, will we have time to visit the other sites recommended for that day? Might it be better to take the cruise in the evening? I looked at the times and it looks like it runs later on weekends, but stops in the afternoon during the week. Am I reading that right? Is the Thames River Cruise the same as the Uber Boat by Thames River that’s included in the London Pass?

If I download the London Pass app on my phone prior to the trip, will I use data as I access it while in London?

April 10, 2022 at 6:35 am

First, glad you are finding our London itinerary helpful in planning your upcoming trip! Sounds like you have already got a lot of your trip planned.

Yes, the Point A Hotel (a good budget option) is near a lot of public transit options. You have Underground stations (e.g, Edgware and Paddington), bus stops, a train station (Paddington), and the Heathrow Express service (at Paddington) all under a 10 minute walk from your hotel. So you should not have any issues accessing public transit.

For getting to the airport, probably the best option, if flying out of Heathrow (I assume you are flying out of Heathrow? there are 6 airports around London) would be to do the TfL Rail train from Paddington Station to the airport. It takes about 30-40 minutes. I would just double check the timetable for your specific date to make sure it works for when you need to leave.

You should be able to still use your Oyster Card by just adding some credit to it if you have used up your prepaid credit (you can do it at the machines at the stations) as the Oyster Cards do not expire. Or you can buy tickets at the station or in advance online.

Other options would be to take the Heathrow Express (a bit faster but more expensive) or the Underground/Tube (but you would have to change stations).

Yes, we do mention taking the boat after visiting the Tower of London just because it is very convenient to do so there as there is a boat pier just next to where you exit the Tower of London. But you can of course do it later in the day from elsewhere along its route. It can be a good late afternoon or evening activity as it keeps running after many of the other attractions close. But just make sure that you will be near one of the piers where you can use the London Pass (you can only start a journey from 4 of the piers). And yes, there are a few options for taking Thames River Cruises but the one included with the London Pass is now called the Uber Boat by Thames Clippers. So you want to make sure to get on that one.

I think you may be reading the timetables wrong on the boat schedule as that doesn’t sound correct as I think the boats run until 10pm/11pm all week. Some of the boats don’t run as much on weekends, especially the routes focused on commuters, but the more tourist-oriented routes generally run regularly all week. I would double check the schedule and specifically look at the times for the 4 stations where you could start your journey with the London Pass. The boats are normally about every 20 to 30 minutes. You can choose how long you want to stay on the boat as there are regular stops and you can do hop-on, hop-off if you wish.

In terms of how much you can do, it will just depend on which places you intend to visit and for how long, and which you just plan to stop and see during your day. The Tower of London for instance will likely take up all or most of your morning. I would not plan for more than 3 big visits per day. So you may need to pick and choose and prioritize certain attractions over others. I would write down which places you want to visit, how long you think you’ll spend at each, and the time it takes to get between them to get a good idea of what is feasible. Everyone goes at their own pace. You also want to work in some flexibility and free time so you aren’t too rushed and also leave a little time for getting lost/waiting in lines, etc.

If you download the London Pass app and install it prior to your trip, you should then not need to use any data to access the app on your phone. You just need data to download it and set it up. The only reason it would need data would be if the app needed an update. We also recommend downloading your QR code to a separate local place on your phone so you will have access even if you can’t open the app for any reason. We also recommend printing the QR code and London Pass # so you also have a paper copy you can use to access sites in case your phone battery dies or something.

Anyway, hope all that helps and makes sense! Happy to answer further questions as you plan your trip to London.

April 15, 2022 at 10:53 am

Thank you so much for taking the time to provide thorough answers to all of my questions! You are an amazing wealth of information! Rebecca

April 15, 2022 at 11:20 am

You’re very welcome and just let us know if you have further questions as you plan your trip to London!

April 29, 2022 at 12:13 pm

Hi Jessica, I’m trying to finalize our plans for our trip to London. We’ll be getting off a NCL cruise. What do you suggest is the best transportation option for getting from the port to our hotel, Point A Hotel in Paddington? We’ve purchased the Oyster Card. Thank you, Rebecca

April 30, 2022 at 4:29 am

It depends on where specifically your cruise ends, where is the cruise terminal? You say the cruise goes to London but does it actually end in London itself?

Most cruises end in either Dover or Southhampton, and if that is the case, you would need to catch a train from either to London. For a journey to London from either of these cities, you would need to pay for your train tickets separately (can’t use Oyster Card) since that journey would be well outside of greater London. Then once in London, if you are not arriving into Paddington station, you would probably want to get the Tube to your hotel and you can use your Oyster Card for that. Or you can of course take a taxi if you have a lot of luggage.

May 1, 2022 at 3:30 pm

Trish Post author

April 8, 2022 at 9:40 am

Thank you for your article on visiting London! I’m doing research for a trip I’m planning in early 2023. My question is, are there any of the locations you mention that could be unsafe for an older lady traveling alone? Or any special tips for me related to this?

April 8, 2022 at 10:37 am

London is considered a pretty safe city in general for travelers. I’ve generally felt safe when in London, even in the “less nice” neighborhoods. So I would not worry too much about it when visiting London.

However, as with any large city, there are pickpockets and thieves, and you should always use normal caution (e.g., not carrying large amounts of cash, securing your valuables so difficult to pickpocket, being aware of your surroundings, trust your gut). Most crimes against tourists are opportunity ones where a theif will steal someone’s wallet, smartphone, or purse. Thefts and muggings tend to take place in London’s busiest tourists areas, including Westminister, Camden, and Kensington.

And of course, more serious things do happen (we were in London during the 2017 London Bridge incident for instance) but these are unusual. Violent crimes against tourists are pretty rare in London (and the UK in general).

The only thing I would say other than regular safety advice would be to be more cautious if walking around the city at night after dark, such as after dinner or after leaving an evening West End play or something. But it is generally pretty easy to stay in well-lit main streets and around other people. If you need to go a longer distance, you can always take a taxi/minicab/Uber or get a bus instead of walking. Also a good idea to have your route and transport planned out in advance before leaving the attraction/restaurant/hotel.

If it’s late at night (after 10pm), particularly on Friday and Saturday evenings, I tend to avoid the Tube. It’s not necessarily unsafe but a lot of drunk people tend to be riding on these evenings and it can be more unpleasant.

In terms of planning your time, our suggested London itinerary is pretty geared to someone trying to do a lot each day. But if you like to go at a slower pace, I’d just recommend planning a bit less each day so you have plenty of time to enjoy each attraction and get from one place to the other.

Hope that helps, and feel free to reach out if you have further questions as you plan your London trip!

tatiana Post author

March 2, 2022 at 12:21 pm

HI. I saw the London Pass includes a walking tour, any reviews on this tour?

March 3, 2022 at 2:49 am

Hi Tatiana,

Yes, the two general London walking tours: 3 hour Palaces and Parliament Tour and then the 5-hour 30+ London Sights Tour are newer additions to the London Pass. We haven’t done either of those tours or taken any tours yet with the company that runs those two tours but the company has a 5-star rating on Google. The tours are pretty similar to ones we have taken in London with other companies and seem like they would both be good intro tours to London.

Just note that the tours don’t include entry into any attractions. If choosing one of them, I would choose the 3-hour tour as 5 hours is pretty long without visiting any attractions. But both of them have very good reviews online.

If you decide to take any of the walking/bus/bike tours with the London Pass, just be sure to make your reservation in advance once you have your Pass. I believe that all the guided tours required advanced bookings.

Marina Teramond Post author

February 11, 2022 at 3:09 am

I can subscribe to everything mentioned about London because it is truly an incredible place with its unique atmosphere and I think that if you have an opportunity, this city should be in your list of places which you plan to visit. It is so cool that you devoted your article to a detailed plan for implementing a trip to London. I really like this idea to cover London for three days because if you plan it in a smart and thoughtful way, you will be able to spend this time eventfully and it will be enough for you to observe wonderful landscapes there. Your plan seems so elaborate and convenient in all respects because it provides you with a great deal of opportunities. I think that it is important to put exploring Westminster first because it is a real calling card of this city and it has its own individuality at the same time, being truly unique. I also want to visit Trafalgar Square because I think that it perfectly conveys the vibe of London.

February 11, 2022 at 9:35 pm

Glad you are finding our 3 day London itinerary helpful in planning your trip. You will want to tailor it to your interests, pace, mobility, time, etc. but this should be a good starting point for what you might want to see on a first time visit with 3 days to visit London. Just let us know if you have any specific questions as you plan your trip!

Kitkat Post author

February 5, 2022 at 1:42 pm

So glad I found this article! I live in UK and my family is visiting soon but was having a hard time planning on what to see in London. This is perfect! Although I would like to ask, roughly how long or how many hours does the daily itinerary last? As I have to factor in touring with a child and a 60 year old. 🙂

February 6, 2022 at 5:28 am

Glad you are finding our 3 day London itinerary helpful in planning things to do with visiting family. For each day, we list a lot of potential places you could see and things to do; however, you would want to pick and choose what is of the most interest. We give some of the main sights as well as alternatives. The itineraries are definitely designed with those packing in a lot for a full day from after breakfast in morning to about dinner time, but you can adjust to suit your own pace and interests.

I would say visiting 3 major sights per day is going to be plenty with children but you could also see additional things along the way (without taking the time to go inside and visit). I’d try to estimate amount of time you’d want to spend at each and plan day accordingly with plenty of time for breaks and plenty of time to get in between each place, depending on how far away. Most of the places we list each day are within a reasonable walking distance from one another, but it will depend on everyone’s physical mobility.

Since you have a child visiting, I’d maybe pick at least one place that would be particularly fun for him or her. Depending on age and interests, this could be a place like the London Dungeon (not for young children), Sea Life, London Eye, Shrek’s Adventure, Tower of London, London Zoo, Science Museum, etc.

Some places you could easily spend a few hours (such as the Tower of London or National Gallery) whereas another place you may only be interested in a brief visit. If you have London Passes , this can save you a lot of money if visiting several places. We used them when we had family visiting over the summer and they were great. Note that a few places in London (including free museums) require reservations due to COVID-19 precautions so be sure to check in advance if reservations or time slots are needed to visit.

Our 6 day London itinerary may also be helpful as it includes a couple more areas of London you may want to explore in addition or instead, depending on how long your family is staying.

Hope that helps, and just let me know if you have further questions. Wishing your family a fun visit to London!

elena gilbert Post author

December 28, 2021 at 9:22 pm

Amazing blog on visiting London, really interesting I loved reading it.

December 29, 2021 at 8:12 am

Glad you enjoyed our London itinerary and hope you found it helpful. Do let us know if you have any questions if you are planning a trip to London!

Vicki Copeland Post author

October 2, 2021 at 5:08 pm

Hi Cats- This is a fantastic travel site! Thank you so much. There are 2 of us headed to London for 3 days and your itinerary is perfect! I think we should definitely get the London Pass. Being that we are going in October, do you think there will be fewer people already booked for the places that are currently selling tickets for specific times? I’m guessing that even if we have a pass, if the time we arrive is booked we will have to wait? We are so looking forward to some pints and Shepard’s pie!

Laurence Post author

October 3, 2021 at 1:55 am

London is a busy city year round but there should be fewer visitors in October. A lot of tourist attractions have not been very busy this year due to Covid and travel restrictions. We last used the London Pass in late August and never had any long waits when we visited (including Tower of London & Westminister Abbey) but it does just depend as some have security checks. So just be sure to book those places that require it and you should be OK. But I would leave a little extra time in your itinerary just in case.

Note that most of London’s free museums currently also require pre-booking a time slot due to COVID to ensure entry so be sure to check in advance.

Wishing you safe & happy travels to London! Laurence

Elena Post author

September 24, 2021 at 4:18 am

Amazing blog about London, really interesting and very informative!

September 26, 2021 at 6:03 am

Glad you enjoyed our suggested 3 day London itinerary! Just let us know if you have any questions if you are planning a trip to London.

vertoe Post author

August 26, 2021 at 4:21 am

Thank you for this amazing itinerary on 3 days to spend in London. London is a beautiful place to visit .

August 29, 2021 at 3:58 am

Thanks Vertoe, glad you enjoyed our London itinerary and had a good visit to the city! We were just back in London ourselves just yesterday and spent 3 days there – so much do there!

Johani Ponce Post author

August 19, 2021 at 6:49 am

I am planning to go to London next year. Very good guide

August 20, 2021 at 4:55 am

Thanks for taking the time to let us know that you enjoyed our London itinerary. Just let us know if you have any questions as you plan your trip to London for next year!

Vertoe Post author

March 25, 2021 at 5:52 am

Wow what an amazing London itinerary and list of things to do! Thanks for sharing this valuebale information.

March 25, 2021 at 8:44 am

Thanks very much, and just let us know if you have any questions if you are planning a trip to London!

GG Post author

January 19, 2021 at 4:00 am

This was so useful in planning my first trip to London! Thank you so much.

January 23, 2021 at 8:31 am

You’re welcome GG, just let us know if you have any questions as you plan your trip to London!

Raleigh Truitt Post author

September 17, 2020 at 9:12 am

Will you publish a fold-up plasticized (rain-proof) version of your 3-day London guide? I could use one.

September 20, 2020 at 5:34 am

Hi Raleigh,

Glad you like our 3 day London itinerary. We do not have any published guides (waterproof or otherwise) of our itineraries but you are welcome to print (and laminate!) it. Just let me know if you have any questions as you plan your trip to London.

Vernon Post author

April 15, 2020 at 10:22 pm

Great blog, very helpful! If you’re visiting Europe and would like to stop over in London, but only have a 3 days to spare this blog get you covered it contains all the information.

April 16, 2020 at 5:24 am

Glad you found our 3 day London itinerary helpful and wishing you safe and happy travels!

Lia Post author

February 26, 2020 at 2:30 pm

Hello, Me and my mom are going to travel to London next week, we arrive on the 4th at about 3pm and we leave on the 7th at about the same time, so that means we have 2 full days and 2 half days…we have a lot things we want to do but we are kinda short on time and we need to stay with a budget…This time, I’m really lost and it has been really difficult to plan this trip….Do you have any tips or suggestions for our trip? Thank you ^-^

February 27, 2020 at 5:13 am

It really depends on what you want to do, your budget, and where you are staying in London. But I would recommend considering getting a London Pass or London Explorer Pass if many of the places you want to visit are included on those passes. They can help save you money and also help you organize your time – the London Pass also includes a sightseeing bus and boat tour you can do.

I’d make a list of the places you really want to see and can realistically see in the time you have and then group them together by where they are in London. The half-days are going to make it harder to plan around, especially if you are arriving into London via the airport as most places will be closing by the time you get in so I’d focus on the evening only activities that night (London Eye, theatre shoes, late night museum openings) so you don’t feel rushed.

I would also focus on some of the many free and low-cost attractions in London – many of London’s best museums have free entry (donation only) and there are of course the parks, gardens, and you can do your own walking tours of neighborhoods of interest.

If dining out is not a must-do, you can definitely save money in London on food and drink by picking up sandwiches, salads, snacks, etc. on the go rather than dining in. Grocery stores, Marks & Spencer, Greggs, Pret a Manger, fast food, etc. Museum cafeterias can also be great places to stop and eat that are normally good value without taking up too much time (if you are there already). It can also save you time, especially in the day, if you are trying to see a lot in one day.

Hope that helps and wishing you a great trip! Jessica

Karen Gilbert Post author

February 8, 2020 at 8:23 pm

Good Morning My friend and i will be in London (first time) on 14th April departing 18th April from Gatwick to South Australia. I have looked at so many things and have got myself very confused. We woud like to see Buckingham Palace, Changing of the Guard, the Mews, Kensington Palce, Tower of London, Windsor Castle, Westminster Abbey, Parliment Houses, Harrods and Portobella Markets and a cruise on the Thames. Is this realistic??We have a hop on hop off bus ticket for the 15th only. Is it worth getting the London Pass or would it be better to pay as we go in case our wants exceed our endurance. We are both in our 60’s. We dont want to do too much walking (ie a complete walking tour)but we can manage some walking. Should we get an oyster Card? we are staying at Hyde Park Executive Apartments which is close to a train station and bus line i understand. Any help you can give 2 older ladies would be appreciated very much.

February 9, 2020 at 5:38 am

I would look at how much time you have from arrival to when you need to depart London for Gatwick airport. Do you have 4 full days for instance? 3.5 days?

Then I’d break down the places you want to see by day and think about how much time you wan to spend at each. For instance do you plan to tour Westminster Abbey or do you just want to see the outside of it? Most things are not time specific except for things like the Changing of the Guard so you will want to take that into account when planning our your days.

For the busiest places, like Tower of London you’ll want to try to get there first thing in the morning to make the most of your visit.

Given the number of places you want to see, I would suggest that you’d probably save money with a 3 day London Pass. The London Pass allows you to be flexible as it sounds like you don’t want to pre-purchase your tickets for attractions in advance? So then the pass would be ideal if you plan to visit several places on it.

The Oyster Card can also make transport easier for you if you plan to use the public transit and you can also use it to get to and from the airport.

The apartments it looks like you are staying are near some metro and bus stops. The Paddington train station is about a 15 minute walk away. However, if you are flying into Gatwick Airport, you might be better off staying near Victoria Station in London as the bus and train connections to and from Gatwick are better to Victoria train station. But you can of course just transfer and change trains to get there as well.

Veronica Webster Post author

January 28, 2020 at 11:17 am

Hi Jessica, I love your blog!! My husband and I are travelling in March to London-Paris-Amsterdam and your blog has been very useful. Very well organized, the information is fantastic. Here gomy questions. Based on your 3 days itinerary we have planned the London part. My “problem” seems to be fitting Saint Paul’s Cathedral in a more efficient way, on day 2, as we also plan to take the river cruise that day. I’m breaking down the draft so maybe you have some suggestions

Day 1, we arrive 10:50 am in London, we are giving ourselves like 2-2:30 hours to arrive to hour hotel (customs, picking up Oyster card, London pass, etc), our hotel is very close to Saint Pancras station (5 minutes walk, on Argyle square). As it will be the afternoon, we’re trying things not included in the London Pass. If we make it to he museum well, if not we will just take time to walk around and enjoy the evening by Picadelly Circus.

Day 1 Arrival Hotel British Museum Picadelly Circus

Day 2 (we start the London Pass) HopOnOff (we actually use it as transportation to Westminster) Parliament Square Westminster Abbey Big Ben ( I know it’s under renovation, just watch) Churchill War Rooms Trafalgar Square Buckingham palace

Day 3 Tower of London Tower Bridge/London Bridge (we walk to St Paul’s and views of bridges) St Paul’s Cathedral (here we would use the tube to go back to almost where we started to take the cruise) Cruise Tower of London-Westminster Westminster Bridge to London Eye London Eye

Day 4 Kensington Palace Hyde Park Harrods

Thank you very much!! Veronica

January 29, 2020 at 6:34 am

Hi Veronica,

Yes, I would probably leave yourself 3 hours for everything just to be on the safe side for everything as it is hard to predict time it takes for security etc. and you don’t want to feel rushed on your first day.

Day 1 – The British Museum is a great place to visit and entry is by donation only and there is so much to see that you could spend most of the day here if you wanted. From there you could also wander around the Covent Garden area and go to Picadilly Circus. If you don’t get to Picadilly Circus your first night, it is very close to Trafalgar Square on your second day so easy to fit in there between Trafalgar and Buckingham Palace. Day 2 – Looks good, yes, I think they’ve uncovered Big Ben finally (it was under wraps for a while) but it is still under construction. But you will see it from as soon as you step off the bus into Parliament Square. You’ll also see it from Westminster Bridge which you cross to get to London Eye on Day 3 which is our favorite view of the Houses of Parliament. I am guessing you are going by Buckingham Palace just for the view, correct? The palace is not open to the public in March but you can visit the next door Queen’s Gallery (royal art gallery) and the Royal Mews (royal carriages). Both are included with your London Pass if you have extra time that day. Day 3 – I think St. Paul’s is fine as you have it and it is only about a 30 minute walk between the two sites if you go along the river and it is a nice walk along the Thames (provided weather isn’t too bad!). Just note that the London Eye is not included as part of the London Pass so you’ll want to buy tickets for that separately. Day 4 – Looks good. If you are staying near St. Pancreas train station, you are a fairly short walk away from the Eurostar station if you are taking the train from London to Paris.

If you are still planning your Paris part, this suggested 3 day itinerary may be helpful.

Hope that helps and wishing you a great trip to London, Paris, & Amsterdam!

Leslie Post author

December 1, 2019 at 5:25 am

Thank you so much for your 3 day itinerary! I visited London for the first time in October and only had 3 days; I followed your itinerary almost exactly (with just a few slight variations). London seemed a little overwhelming as I was planning my trip and your itinerary made it so easy to figure out how to organize and spend my time. I was able to see all of the highlights I wanted to without feeling rushed. It turned out to be one of the best trips I’ve ever taken!

December 1, 2019 at 6:28 am

Hi Leslie, So happy to hear that you had a great trip to London and that our 3 day London itinerary was helpful in planning your trip. Thanks for letting us know! Feel free to share any highlights from your own trip or tips for future readers visiting London as I know a lot of other visitors only have a few days to explore. Best, Jessica

December 2, 2019 at 2:30 pm

I think the highlight of my trip was the morning spent in Kensington; walking through Hyde Park and Kensington Gardens, touring Kensington Palace, then walking by Royal Albert Hall and on to the History Museum. One thing I did that was not on your itinerary was take the Thames Clipper (you can use your Oyster card) from the Tower of London to Greenwich. I enjoyed walking around Greenwich, visiting the market and a pub there, and of course see the Royal Observatory and standing on the Prime Meridian!

December 3, 2019 at 9:38 am

So glad you enjoyed Kensington so much. Yes, it is nice a nice area of London to wander around and there is a lot to do and see while still being fairly relaxing with lots of green spaces and free museums.

We enjoy Greenwich too, especially the historical sites and market! We have it as part of our 6 day London itinerary but not on our 3 day one. But yes for those wanting to take a Thames river cruise, to any destination, the Tower of London is a great place to do it as the boat stops just a short walk from the Tower.

So glad you had a great trip and thanks so much for sharing some of your favorite places and tips!!

Trevor Hall Post author

September 25, 2019 at 7:10 am

I’m glad London has great transportation that I can take all around the city. My wife and I are taking our kids to the UK soon to make some fun memories. I’ll try to incorporate public transportation into our plans.

September 26, 2019 at 12:55 pm

Yes, it is very easy to get around London using public transportation and you can check out this guide to London public transit for some more information and tips. You can explore just about all of London using a combination of public transportation and walking. Best, Jessica

Sanjay Kadam Post author

September 7, 2019 at 8:17 pm

Dear Team, Excellent information provided for visiting London. I am sure with such descriptive and in-depth study of spending 3 days in London anyone as per his/her budget can explore London . it will be much more easier and convenient to a first time traveler. Thanks and keep up the good work.

September 8, 2019 at 2:24 am

Hi Sanjay, Thanks for taking the time to comment, and glad it was useful to you. Wishing you a wonderful trip to London! Jessica

Taryn Hristova Post author

August 27, 2019 at 5:55 am

Thanks for this awesome article! My daughter and I just spent three days in London earlier this month and your itinerary was a lifesaver! We used it as ours. We did a ton of walking and feel like we packed so much in. Thank you so much for all of your research and advice 🙂

August 27, 2019 at 6:10 am

So glad you had a great visit to London and thanks for letting us know that our itinerary was helpful in planning your visit!

John William Post author

August 26, 2019 at 9:49 am

nice article, thanks for sharing.

August 26, 2019 at 11:33 am

Hi John, Thanks for letting us know you enjoyed it! Wishing you a great trip to London, Jessica

Tiffany Bui Post author

August 12, 2019 at 10:46 am

My friend and I are going to London Sept 14-18. We’ll arrive at Heathrow airport noon the 14th and travel to Paris morning the 18th from St Pancras station. We already got 3 days London Pass (mobile). Which London transportation pass do you recommend for our stay?

August 12, 2019 at 11:34 am

Hi Tiffany,

For your time in London, I’d recommend the Oyster Card if you are looking for a transport card. You can read our Oyster Card guide for more info – you can purchase it in advance (the Visitor Oyster Card which can be purchased here ) or get one once in London.

For tips on using the public transit in London, you can read this London public transport guide .

For your trip to Paris, you’ll want to book your EuroStar tickets in advance for the train if you haven’t done so already.

Hope that helps, and wishing you a great trip to London & Paris!

Tiffy B Post author

August 12, 2019 at 1:04 pm

Thank you so much for the prompt response and all the helpful tips. I really appreciate your work. May you and Laurence be blessed in everything that you do!

Have a wonderful week!

August 9, 2019 at 3:58 pm

Great itinerary, thank you so much for your recommendation. I’m going to buy 3 days pass and how should I best fit Hop on hop off bus and the river cruise to this itinerary?

August 10, 2019 at 2:47 am

Glad you are planning to use our London itinerary. You can modify the itinerary as you wish but we would suggust maybe doing the sightseeing bus on the first day you arrive to get an overview of the city (rather than so much to get from place to place) by taking one of the routes. This can be a nice way to get an overview of a part of the city. But you can take a look at the routes and see what will make the most sense for you as it could work on other days as well.

We recommend doing the Thames River cruise on Day 2, perhaps after a morning visit to the Tower of London. There is a stop located near the Tower. You can also check out Day 2 suggestions as part of our 6 day itinerary as we have the Thames cruise included as part of it.

Simone Post author

August 6, 2019 at 5:38 am

Hey Laurence and Jessica, Thanks for the content, it has helped me a lot to craft the best route for my short-visiting.

August 7, 2019 at 5:44 am

Hi Simone, You’re very welcome and wishing you a great trip to London. Best, Jessica & Laurence

Claudel P Post author

June 11, 2019 at 8:57 am

Great post! We will be heading to London for 5 full days during Thanksgiving this year.. so I am loving reading on your 3 and 6 day posts! Will there be christmas decorations or christmas markets during this time (november 27-december 2). if so, do you know where and what we should hit? We love Christmas! Have you seen either plays: Harry potter & cursed child, wicked, or matilda? which would you recommend?

Thank you so so much! I’m sure I’ll have more questions once I continue reading 🙂

June 11, 2019 at 10:14 am

Hi Claudel,

Glad you are finding our London posts helpful in planning your trip.

Some Christmas decorations should be up by the beginning of December, especially in the stores. Some of the larger Christmas markets also start around this time. One of the biggest is the Winter Wonderland in Hyde Park and it is expected to begin in late November so you should be able to catch that which has Christmas market, decorations, ice skating, rides, circus shows, etc, but it is a bit early for exact dates for most of these so I’d check a bit closer to your trip. You can see the official website for the Winter Wonderland here .

I have personally seen Wicked and enjoyed it but not the other two, but all have really good reviews. I doubt you’d be disappointed with any of them and I would go for the one that is of most interest to you. Or if you are on a bit of a budget, you can see if you can get discount tickets for any of the shows once in London. If you are getting a London Pass, then Wicked is currently one of the shows that pass users are eligible for discounted tickets, you can see more about this here .

Note that the Harry Potter & Cursed Child is a long two-part show (either both shows on same day or 2 over 2 days) and tickets often sell out well in advance, and you are very unlikely to get a discount for that show. So if that one is your fave, I’d book it in advance to guarantee a seat.

If you enjoy Harry Potter, Laurence has a Harry Potter filming location in London guide that you might enjoy, as well as a guide to the Warner Brothers Harry Potter Studio Tour .

Olga castillo Post author

May 29, 2019 at 12:49 pm

Great tips and great 3 day pass information.

On the London pass does that include theater tickets? Any recommendations for a nice pub for lunch and for a good place for fish n chips. Also if you can help me out or give me some suggestions. I purchased London eye tickets for the wrong date, now it seems that I can’t change therefore will lose my money what can I do please help. Also can we wear shorts and go into the churches and the museums? Please advice if all possible. O. Castillo Miami Fl

May 29, 2019 at 2:23 pm

Glad you finding our London itinerary helpful in planning your upcoming trip. Sure happy to try to answer your question.

– The London Pass does not include free theater tickets, but it gives you up to 50% off on certain shows so you can purchase theater tickets at a discounted rates through their concierge service with your Pass. For example, there is usually 4-5 shows discounted (e.g., Aladdin, Thriller Live) and the discounts are usually between 20 to 50% off the normal ticket price. You can see more about this here . -BTW, I assumed above you were referring to West End performance theater, not movie theaters / cinemas as the London Pass does allow free entry to see films in a few area Curzon movie theaters right now. You can see those listed under the included attractions.

-There are LOTS of good pubs in London and many also serve fish and chips so you can get both at the same place in many cases. I’m not an expert on good fish n chips, but I would just do a search online depending on where you are and you’ll find lots of recommendations. The Clarence in Whitehill (Westminster) is a long-standing central pub where many Prime Minsters have had a pint including Winston Churchill. One popular spot for fish n chips is Ben’s Traditional Fish & Chips. But as I said, there are lots and lots of pubs, you’ll run into them everywhere as you walk around.

-For London Eye tickets, I can’t really help with that. You will need to call or email the London Eye or ticket seller where you purchased the tickets to see if they can change the date for you. Where did you purchase them?

-Appropriate shorts (e.g., not too short) should be OK in London. Most of the churches in London are active places of worship and so you should dress respectfully and act as you would in churches in your own country. You are asked to dress respectfully and modestly (e.g., avoid wearing things like skimpy tank tops, midriff baring tops, really short shorts/skirts) and for men to remove hat upon entry, etc.

-Note that if you are from Miami you might find London a bit chilly depending on the weather when you visit, as it can be cool and rainy even in the summer at times (or it can be pretty hot). So be sure to check the weather before your trip and make sure you bring some clothes for layering.

Stanley Post author

May 18, 2019 at 8:58 pm

Hi Jessica,

We, a party of 4 adults and 6 teenagers, will be in London this December. First arrival on the 18th, then off to Europe the next day, and back to London for a few days from the 31st to the 2nd

My questions are:

1. Would moving around London (mainly using tube, HIHO, and walking) during New Year’s eve and New Year’s day itself be congested, meaning we may have to scale down on the number of places that we plan to visit?

2. Will the attractions be open on New Year’s day?

3. For the above reasons, and to avoid the crowd, we are actually considering the option of taking a day trip to Bicester Village on New Year’s eve for some shopping. But, can you advise if we would have problems returning to London due to overcrowding on the trains and tube?

May 19, 2019 at 3:42 am

Hi Stanley,

Sounds like a fun family trip to Europe.

1. Yes, things will likely be congested on New Year’s Eve, especially towards evening as many people will be heading off to eat, celebrate, and party. So expect it to be busy and the Tube may not be the best place to be later in the evening (e.g., plenty of loud drunk people). But New Year’s Day shouldn’t be too bad as most people in the UK are off work and sleeping in as it’s a public holiday.

2. Some attractions will be closed on New Year’s Eve and/or New Year’s Day so I would be sure to double check the ones you plan to visit to be sure they are open. Some may just have reduced hours. But you should still find plenty to do in London on these days as many attractions stay open.

3. Bicester Village is definitely an option and I think it only closes on Christmas. You can get there by train or you can book one of the dedicated shuttle buses that goes back and forth from central London to Bicester Village if worried about the trains/Tube. It is a very popular destination with the Chinese and other international tourists so it will likely still be busy but not more busy than usual. Other non-shopping options is to book a day tour to some place like Stonehenge, Stratford-upon-Avon, Kent, Cambridge, the Cotswolds, etc. Since you have such a large group, a private tour is likely to be less expensive than joining a group tour and most private tours will pick you up and drop you off at your hotel so you don’t need to worry about transportation.

May 19, 2019 at 9:15 pm

Many thanks for the speedy response and useful tips, much appreciated.

Warmest Regards,

Vicki Baker Post author

May 17, 2019 at 6:51 am

So informative. Thanks so much. I have planned our UK trip from your suggestions. What SIM card for my cell phone do you recommend for the UK. We are coming from Canada.

May 17, 2019 at 7:33 am

Hi Vicki, Glad you are finding our London itinerary and other UK content helpful. For a SIM card, perhaps the easiest is going to be the Three SIM card , which you can pick up at the airports in booths or once in London. Then you can just add data to it as required, and they come with unlimited texts and minutes. Three is our provider here in the UK.

Another to consider is the SIMS and SiM stickers by KnowRoaming which is a Canadian company and you could get one before your trip. We’ve used them as well before.

But you can read more about these and other options for getting online and staying in touch internationally in this article .

May 17, 2019 at 7:56 am

Thank you Jessica for the quick response. Will look up the article you suggested. Great help. Keep up the good work!

May 17, 2019 at 9:03 am

Hi Vicki, Glad it was helpful and just leave Laurence (my husband who wrote the article about SIM cards, hotspots, etc.) a comment if you have further questions as he is more of an expert on UK SIMs 🙂 Wishing you a wonderful time in the UK. Jessica

Tim Riley Post author

April 5, 2019 at 10:10 am

Wonderful web site. We are going to be in London 2 days prior to a Princess Cruise around the British isles. There are 8 of us, ranging in age form 62-82. We arrive Heathrow, June 4 @ 6:45am and will be staying 2 nights 6/4 & 6/5) at the Grange Tower Bridge Hotel. Boarding the ship on Thursday, June 6. Would like your suggestion of how best to make the most of 2 these days.

Thanks for your time.

April 5, 2019 at 1:04 pm

Your hotel is well suited for exploring the central highlights of London. I would recommend doing Day 1 and Day 2 of this itinerary. And then I’d recommend taking a few things out and slowing it down since you’ll be traveling in a bigger group. Getting a 2 day London Pass can help as it will allow you to bypass ticket lines at many attractions.

I’d also recommend asking everyone for 1 or 2 must-see things to do or see in London and see if you can incorporate at least one thing everyone really wants to do. Hopefully most will fall within the main highlights (Tower of London, Buckingham Place, etc.) of the itinerary, but may also include changing the itinerary a bit to visit the British Museum, going to a particular shop, or making sure to stop for a fish and chips pub lunch or going to a West End performance.

It may also make sense for a group of this size to split into 2 if there are differences in interests (e.g., one wants to spend the day in museums and one wants to go shopping).

If you have any specific questions about how to modify the itinerary, let me know!

Ken Post author

March 25, 2019 at 10:09 pm

Hi Jessica, we are planning 4 and half days in London and then 3 days and nights starting in Bath and Cotswold. Any suggestions on a mid range hotel/ bed and breakfasts . We are taking a train to Bath and I’m asking for help on the transportation to the Cotswolds area, places to stay for 3 nights,tours and rentals car to get around. Thanks in advance, Ken

March 26, 2019 at 11:29 am

I’d book your train ticket in advance to Bath to save money and also ensure a seat reservation. You can see schedule here .

For exploring the Cotswolds, you can either explore on your own by car or you can take a half day or full day tour from Bath. So if you stay within walking distance of central historic Bath (e.g. Roman baths) you could probably do it without a car if you wanted and rely on public buses and day tours. Or you can rent a car in Bath but you don’t really need a car to explore Bath itself as the highlights are located within walking distance of each other.

If you rent a car, there are a few agencies in Bath including Europcar and Enterprise, we normally use Enterprise, you can check prices here . Just note you need to take a short bus or taxi ride from central Bath to many of the car rental agencies, including Enterprise, as most are a little outside the city center.

For activities and day trips from Bath, I’d check out this list . Some good day trips might be Stonehenge, Cotswolds, Oxford, Bristol, Cheddar Gorge, but I’d recommend spending one day just exploring Bath itself.

We haven’t personally stayed in Bath overnight so I don’t have any personal recs, but there are a number of mid-range hotel and B&B options, I’d just pick something near the city center. Some to check out might be Annabelle’s Guest House , Henrietta House , or The Rising Sun Inn .

Menaka Post author

March 18, 2019 at 5:06 pm

hi Jessica This is super awesome…all your blogs have helped me tremendously in planning my itinerary. Would greatly appreciate your inputs on a few of my questions below: 1- as part of the London pass, I believe we get one day of HOHO bus and River Thames cruise option. Assuming the 24 hour clock for HOHO starts the moment we take the bus but do we also have to take the River Thames cruise within that 24 hours or can we do it any time within the 3 days of London Pass validity? 2- how did use the HOHO option with the 3 day pass itinerary? 3- we want to do the stonehenge, bath and windsor day trip as a part of a tour so I’m assuming the admission fee to Windsor would be a waste for us? 4- we are a party of 6, 2 kids (5 and 9) and 4 adults (2 over 60)- how family friendly would you consider the 3 day itinerary, also considering, we will be jet lagging first couple of days. We are staying a total of 6 days in London and 3 in Edinburgh- London 4 days, Edinburgh 3 days and London 2 days.

Your thoughts are much appreciated.

thanks Menaka

March 18, 2019 at 6:05 pm

1. The HOHO bus ticket is good for 1 full day, so not for 24 hours. Just for one full operating day of the sightseeing bus to whenever the bus service begins to when it ends. The HOHO River Thames cruise is good for 24 hours, and I would probably do this a different day than you are using the bus ticket. 2. You can use the HOHO bus anytime/day you want, but I’d probably do it the first day so you can listen to the commentary and learn more about the city and sightsee from the bus before you start visiting a lot of places. If you are feeling tired the first day from jet lag, this can also be a nice break from walking. Since our itinerary is designed for walking, you don’t really need the bus or public transit too much to get around so you can also use it more to just sightsee than to get from place to place, but it is up to you. 3. For the day trip, yes, the price of the entry fee for Windsor is probably included in your tour cost. I’d try to do the day tour on a day when you don’t have the London Pass if you have days when the pass is not going to be valid. 4. With 2 younger kids and a group of 6 people, it is going to take you longer and you’ll need more breaks. So I’d cut out a little bit from each day or just take it at a relaxed pace and do what you can each day, without trying to rush too much. Maybe just set priorities to make sure that everyone in the group gets to visit their top attraction. I’d get some info from everyone what their must-see thing to do in London is so you know it ahead of time and can make sure you can fit it in.

Elaine Post author

February 24, 2019 at 8:54 am

Hi Jessica and Laurence, My friend and I are traveling to London and Paris from 4/19 (land at 9am) – 4/26 (leave at 6:40 pm) . My son is studying abroad in Bologna and will be meeting us in London for the weekend. We are in London from 4/19-4/23 but are going on a day trip to Highclere Castle on 4/22. What days’ itinerary would you suggest for Friday, Saturday and Sunday. Sunday is Easter so hope that doesn’t impact our stay too much. We were planning on attending Mass(Covent Garden) around 9ish that morning then continuing on from there. We are staying at the Doubletree Hilton – Victoria. Thank you, Elaine

February 24, 2019 at 10:15 am

I think our suggested 3 Day itinerary will work for you since you essentially have 3 full days with one day going to Highclere Castle. I’d just check on the opening dates for each attractions you want to visit. Some may be closed (or have reduced hours) for Easter Sunday. Many attractions are closed certain days (Westminster Abbey closes on Sunday) so I would just plan as you would any other trip. If you plan to follow our itinerary (at least loosely), I’d recommend considering the London Pass.

Covent Garden is a good area as you are within walking distance (or short ride) from several good attractions including St. Paul’s Cathedral, London Transport Museum, The National Gallery, and the West End theatres.

At Highclere Castle be sure to take time to stroll the gardens and visit the museum – the focus of the visit here has become on Downton Abbey but I think the true life story of the family is more interesting.

I would expect that London will be busier than usual that weekend as many people, locals and tourists, will be enjoying a long weekend in the city. But it should not be as busy as summertime.

For Paris, it looks like you may have at least 2 full days there. Here is a suggested 2 day Paris itinerary that may be helpful.

Hope that helps, and let us know if you have any specific questions as you continue planning your trip to London!

Cindy Post author

January 13, 2019 at 1:05 pm

I am researching my first trip to London. I think that our flight will come in around 11:00 am. Is this too late to start with the day 1 itinerary? Is there something else that you would recommend for this day?

January 13, 2019 at 3:22 pm

Hi Cindy, If your flights lands around 11am and then you go through security, baggage claim, travel into London, and check into your hotel to leave your luggage, you’ll probably have about half the day left. So you could probably fit in part of the day’s itinerary, but you won’t be able to do it all.

I would suggest just picking one big attraction that you want to visit and head there after you get into London and drop off your luggage, perhaps in Westminster. Then after your visit you can see how much time you have left. I’d do some walking around and visit one or two of the attractions that are open later hours, such as the London Eye and the the Shard or you can do a tour such as the Jack the Ripper tour or get tickets for a West End show. Some of the museums also are open late one night of the week (Fridays is a popular day) so you can check that as well.

Hope that helps, Jessica

Cindy Dunlap Post author

May 6, 2019 at 3:01 pm

Hi Jessica, I think this was my post to you from January. Now that I have solidified my itinerary a little more, it raises more questions. You were so good with your last reply I am reaching out to you again. We land at Heathrow at 10:10am on May 12th, with transportation to our hotel in Bloomsberry already covered. Should we purchase our Oyster Pass at the airport? We will be in London May 12th, 13th, 14th, then Paris on the 15th for a one day visit. (Already have tickets for EuroStar) Back in London 16th with a 1:15 Harry Potter Tour and 17th with an afternoon tour of Stonehenge. We fly back home at noon on Saturday the 18th. We are planning to get a two day London Pass since my understanding is they have to be used on consecutive days. Should we pick up the pass at their Center? We love your 3 day itinerary but how can we tweak it to fit our schedule, any suggestions? Also, we want to do the London Eye, any idea as to when would be best time to squeeze it into our time in London? So much to see so little time???? Any help you can give would be greatly appreciated. Thank you in advance, Cindy

May 7, 2019 at 1:11 pm

Hi Cindy, Yes, I think getting the Oyster Card at the airport make sense and then you can start using it right away. Otherwise you can purchase the Oyster Card at just about any Underground station (the standard one, not the Visitor one).

Yes, the London Pass has to be used during consecutive days so it does sound like you would want the 2 day London Pass. I would then to try to visit all the main attractions you want to visit covered by the London Pass on those 2 days. You can often save money by purchasing the London Pass online and then you could pick it up in central London. Otherwise, you can purchase it at the Heathrow airport Information Center, but the lines here can sometimes be a bit long.

If you like the itinerary and you only have 2 days, I would just do Day 1 and Day 2 of the itinerary as that covers most of the central highlights of London. The London Eye is already included as a suggestion for something to do in the evening of Day 1. Since the London Eye is not included on the London Pass, it is good to do in evening when other attractions are closed. It is also nice for sunset views and is open late.

Grace lee Post author

October 17, 2018 at 5:46 pm

Wow! I can’t believe how helpful this site is! You’re amazing. We will be in london in June for about 5 full days and will follow your 3 day itinerary. We want to explore Cotswolds area. Is there a way to do it without a tour guide? Sounds like it’s not an easy area to visit on your own? We will rely on public transportation. Any suggestions please? Thank you! Sincerely, Grace from Chicago

October 18, 2018 at 12:19 pm

Public transport is generally very good in the UK, particularly England, but it is not the best in the Cotswolds area. You can take a train to get there but a train will not get you around efficiently. There are several bus companies that operate within the area but you can spend a lot of time waiting and changing buses to see the main towns with tourist appeal unless you only want to stop in one or two of them. It is doable though to see the area by bus, and best if you have 2 days from London to explore just so you have adequate time to really explore. If you decide to do public transit, I’d recommend taking a train to Oxford and then taking buses from there.

But probably the two best ways to explore the area, especially as a day trip or overnight trip from London, are by renting a car or taking a guided bus tour (or private tour). If you are only doing a day trip, it is probably not worth renting a car unless you have a bit more time. Taking an escorted tour of the Cotswolds is very time efficient as you don’t have to worry about driving or parking, can visit several villages in one day, and they will take you to some of the most scenic and popular spots.

Check out our article on visiting Blenheim Palace and the Cotswolds , as it goes over the various options in how to get to Oxford and the Cotswolds from London (car, train, bus, guided tour, self drive). It can also help you decide what villages and attractions you may want to visit on a day trip.

Hopefully that helps, and just let us know if you have any further questions as you plan your trip to London!

Julie Post author

October 17, 2018 at 12:00 am

Hello I will be arriving at Gatwick airport next month. It is my first trip to London and I am very excited! Can I know where can I buy the London oyster card and London pass in Gatwick airport? Will the shop be opened? Also how much to rent a wifi router there? My arrival time is 5am. I will need the card to go to St Pancras station. Thanks in advance!

October 17, 2018 at 1:23 pm

Sounds like an exciting trip to London!

You can buy the London Pass at Gatwick Airport at the travel concierge and reservations desks. I don’t know for certain their hours, but it says here that there are 2 and both open at 4:00am. I would call in advance just to double check their times and what they have available if you need to purchase something there and you can find all the phone details here: https://www.gatwickairport.com/at-the-airport/shopping-eating/shops/airport-concierge/

But I would actually recommend buying the London Pass online in advance if you can. It is currently on sale so it will save you a little money – you can then have it delivered to your home (for a shipping fee) or pick it up once in London (for free).

If you are planning to get a Visitor Oyster Card , you need to purchase it in advance. You can purchase it alone or in combination with the London Pass.

The regular Oyster Card can be purchased at the concierge desks in Gatwick North Terminal or Gatwick South Terminal or at the Gatwick Airport train station (or most Underground stations once in London).

I am not sure about mobile WiFi hotspots, but you can certainly rent them if you need to. If you can’t rent one in the airport (or they seem too pricey), you can certainly rent them once you get into London. Here is a guide to getting online while traveling that might be helpful. But you might also look into options before your trip. Prices generally range from about $7 to $12 per day depending on the company.

Hope this helps and do let us know if you have more questions as you plan your trip to London!

October 19, 2018 at 10:35 pm

Hi Jessica, thank you for your quick reply. 🙂 Could you let me know if our itinerary (first week of Nov) is feasible? We do not want to wear ourselves out, yet do not wish to miss out on any interesting sights.

DAY 1 (5pm onwards) – Watch a musical. Which do you recommend? And any tips on getting a cheaper tic? I have watched The Wicked, Lion King, Phantom of the Opera and the Les Miserables at my hometown. Would love to watch one that I have not seen before in London itself!!

DAY 2 – 1) Free & easy day trip to Stonehenge. Love to see the magnificent wonders of nature! Is it the most convenient way to go by the tube? Can I just use the Oyster card?

2) Leicester Square to see the Christmas lights (heard it will be up already?)

DAY 3 – 1) Sky Garden, 2) Imperial War Museum, 3) Westminister Abbey, 4) Churchill War Rooms, 5) Thames River Boat Cruise @Westminister Pier, 6) London Eye.

DAY 4 – 1) St. Paul’s Cathedral, 2) Tower of London, 3) Tower Bridge, 4) Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre, 5) Borough Market, 6) View From The Shard.

DAY 5 – 1) Kensington Palace, 2) Windsor Castle.

DAY 6 (Need to leave for Gatwick around 6 – 7pm) – 1) British Museum, 2) London Zoo.

I am thinking to get a 3 days London Pass to use from Days 2 ~ 4. Is the free transport to Windsor Castle still valid on Day 5, after the 3 days?

We are also keen in the following: Is it possible to squeeze into the above?

1. Mudchute City Farm (If we go for this, should we skip London Zoo?) 2. Chinatown 3. Museum of Brands, Packaging & Advertising 4. Brick Lane visit 5. Big Ben (Is it under renovation?) 6. B Bakery Afternoon Tea Bus Tour

We are also on a tight budget as have spent most on the airfare and accommodation. It would be great if you can recommend any affordable and nice places to eat, shop (for souvenirs, snacks, etc) or apps that can use to get discounts? Is UK Groupon good for tourists? Our budget is around 20 pounds/pax for lunch and dinner.

Thank you in advance!

October 21, 2018 at 9:33 am

There are a lot of musicals (and plays) always playing in London – you’ve seen some good ones, some other popular ones include Kinky Boots, Book of Mormon, Aladdin, Matilda, Mamma Mia, Thriller, Hamilton, and School of Rock.

If you are flexible about the performance you see, a good way to save money is to check in at the TKTS booth in Leicester Square which offers half-price and discounted theatre tickets or you can go directly to a theatre’s box office on the day for cheap standby tickets and returns. But you can also save money often by booking online (just be sure to book with a reputable ticket seller). You can also get discounted theater tickets with the London Pass (performances change but currently includes Thriller, Kinky Boots, and Aladdin) as well and you can see more about that here .

If you want to go to Stonehenge, you will need to book train tickets (and then take a shuttle) or book a bus trip. Stonehenge is far from London so you cannot use your Oyster Card or take the Tube. You can read all about that in our Stonehenge day trip post. I’d recommend booking a day tour for the most convenient option.

Day 3 – This will be a busy day and a bit spread out. I’d start early and perhaps consider starting at either Westminster Abbey or Churchill War Rooms as those are the busiest 2 attractions. Or start really early at Sky Garden (breakfast or coffee) so you can get to one of the others by opening time.

Day 4 – Tower of London gets very busy, so you may want to go there first. St. Paul’s is also busy but absorbs crowds a bit better. Just a thought.

The London Pass will definitely save you money on your time in London if you do all the above. I’d consider the 6 Day London Pass (especially since it is currently on sale) as I think it will be worth it as you’ll save money on entrances to Windsor Castle, Kensington Palace, and the travel to Windsor and back. Otherwise you will need to pay for these entrances and the travel.

I would probably not try to squeeze much more into your itinerary as it is already pretty full. If you find yourself with extra time, it is always good to know what else is around you but I would maybe not try to do too much more. Having some time to relax and enjoy just wandering around and enjoying a pub lunch is always nice 😉 Big Ben is under renovation and is not expected to reopen to the public for tours until 2021.

Some budget tips: London Pass will save you money on attractions and theatre tickets. Grab sandwiches and snacks from places like Boots or Marks & Spencers during the day – most UK grocery stores and convenience stores offer grab-and-go meals deals around £10 which include sandwich or pasta, side or snack, and drink. Compare menus for sit-down meals before you sit down – traditional pub meals usually offer a good value in London as well as ethnic food spots like Indian, Thai, and Pakistani. London has great Indian food! I have not used Groupon in the UK but it is here.

October 24, 2018 at 12:21 am

Noted on your tips.

If I buy a 3 days London Pass, do I have to activate the HOHO bus and transport to/from Windsor Castle during the same 3 days? Or can they be used outside of the 3 days?

Also what is the current theatre 1 for 1 promotion on the Visitor Oyster card? I read up online and it seems that the train play (can’t remember the name) has finished? Does it offer discount for Aladdin and the other plays that you mentioned?

If not, would it better if I just buy a standard Oyster Card at Gatwick airport’s concierge counter upon arrival? Is it for sale there? I emailed them but no response.

Where are the places that I can get affordable souvenirs and snacks?

October 25, 2018 at 12:51 pm

Yes, you do need to get and use the HOHO ticket while your London Pass is valid, you use your London Pass to get a same-day ticket to get on the bus. It is the same for Windsor Castle as if the person checks your London Pass date and it is expired they won’t let you though the gates (they are manned by a staff member). So for your itinerary, I’d recommend the 6 day pass as it will probably be a better value than the 4 for what you want to do.

For the discounts with the Visitor Oyster Card, you can see them here . They change regularly so not sure which theater tickets are currently on offer. For the London Pass, you can see the discounted tickets on offer here (currently includes Aladdin).

The Oyster Cards are essentially the same but the Visitor Oyster Card provides discounts so it is normally the pick for most visitors. But if you don’t plan to use any of the discounts, then either will work exactly the same. Just remember the Visitor Oyster Card would need to be purchased before your arrival to London.

As noted before, there are several locations you can purchase the regular Oyster Card at Gatwick. If you need to get a hold of the airport concierge counter, I’d recommend calling them rather than email them. The phone number to both desks is on the page I sent earlier.

For discounts on passes and cards, you won’t find them in person, only online. So if the London Pass is on sale, I’d definitely recommend buying it online. The London Pass has fairly regular sales online. As far as I know there are not sales on the Oyster Card as it is a transport pass.

A good area for budget souvenirs is actually where you pick up the London Pass (if you buy it online, and don’t have it mailed) around Leicester Square as there are several shops there. But it depends on what you are looking for as you’ll see souvenir places all around as you travel in London. Snacks can be found all over – grocery stores like Boots, Sainsburys, Aldi, Tesco, etc. all have affordable snacks.

Wishing you a great trip to London!

Sulastri Gunawan Post author

October 14, 2018 at 7:33 am

We’re interested to follow your 3 days itinerary and buy a London Pass for 4 people. Please advise which 3 stars hotel should I stay which is close to the HOHO bus so we can save transport cost.

Many thanks and best regards, Lastri

October 14, 2018 at 2:37 pm

Hi Sulastri,

Glad you found our 3 days in London post helpful in planning your trip itinerary 😉 In terms of hotels in the 3 star range a few to check out are Premier Inn (located near the Borough Market and London Bridge), Hilton Tower Bridge (within walking distance of Tower Bridge, London Bridge, and Borough Market) and Nadler Victoria Hotel (a 4-star near Buckingham Palace). All are centrally located and within a 10 minute walk of a HOHO bus stop – all work well with the itinerary and will minimize the amount of public transport (or taxis) you’ll need to take.

Those should give you some good places to start, but you have loads of lodging options in London near bus stops as the buses stop near almost all of the major centrally located tourist attractions.

sergio Post author

October 10, 2018 at 10:58 pm

This itinerary is amazing. The best one I’ve seen while researching my London trip next week. Is there a way to get this in a PDF or hard copy so I can keep it with me while on the road? Or should I just print it from my web browser. I feel like it may get too cluttered that way. Thanks!

October 12, 2018 at 7:28 pm

Hi Sergio, So happy you found our 3 day London itinerary so helpful in planning your trip! We don’t have a great way to get a PDF of our content at this time, but since a lot of people have asked over the past year, we are trying to come up with a solution soon.

But can definitely print it if you wish and the best way to do that might be to scroll to the bottom of the post and then find the “Share this Post” social icons. If you then click on the “More” button, you’ll find a print option.

Wishing you a wonderful trip to London! Jessica

Karen Post author

October 10, 2018 at 9:50 am

Hi, We will be visiting London October 25-28. I am having a hard time deciding on how to plan out our days. We arrive October 25th at 10:00 am from Los Angeles. I would like to do some sightseeing that afternoon. What would you recommend doing that day? Th next day we will try to see a lot!! Then on the 27th I would like to go to Windsor and if you have other recommendations I would greatly appreciate it. Do you think we should book any tours? Sorry for all the questions. It’s difficult to cram so much in a short time. I appreciate your help. I love your site!! Its been very helpful.

October 10, 2018 at 10:53 am

I would recommend following the Day 1 suggested itinerary on your first afternoon in London. Since you will have a later start, you won’t be able to go inside too many places, so prioritize any of the sites you want to visit the interiors, but there is lots to see by just following the walking tour. Then on Day 2, I’d start at Tower of London if you want to visit there. On Day 2, you can also go back and visit anything on Day 1 that you missed and prioritize the places you really want to see/visit. Then Day 3 you can follow the Day 3 itinerary as it includes Windsor.

Since it sounds like you have about 3 full days, I’d just modify the 3 day London itinerary into how it fits your time in London and interests. The more you plan ahead, the more you’ll be able to see. Just make sure to leave in some flexibility so you are not too rushed and have some time to explore and enjoy!

Let me know if you have questions as you put together your itinerary.

Anais Hernandez Post author

October 1, 2018 at 5:42 pm

My brother and I will be spending 3 full days in London in November. After sooooo many reading of London itinerary, this one is the most complex. I feel it covers everything and most importantly at my pace. Love it! Well done!

October 3, 2018 at 8:31 pm

Hi Anais, Thank you so much for taking the time to leave us a comment and thanks so much for the kind words. We are so happy that you found our 3 day London itinerary helpful for planning your trip to London. We wish you and your brother a wonderful 3 days in London. Please let us know if you have any questions as you plan your trip – we will be back in London in November ourselves for a week 😉 Best, Jessica

Hugh Post author

August 25, 2018 at 4:49 am

Hi Jessica & Laurence,

Simply wow….!!! Your efforts are really appreciable, this is an amazing itinerary for spending 3 days in London. I love all the images that you have shared. Thanks for sharing this!

August 25, 2018 at 5:45 am

Thanks Hugh, thanks for taking the time to comment and wishing you a great trip to London! ~ Jessica

Rio Post author

August 25, 2018 at 4:00 am

This is a great itinerary. As a native Brit I only visited the Tower of London last year and still have yet to visit The Churchill War Rooms (it was closed the last time I was there). I used to visit London several times a year as I had family living there at the time and we would rarely do any tourist attractions. It’s only in the last few years that I’ve actually managed to properly explore our Capital.

August 25, 2018 at 5:43 am

Hi Rio, Glad you enjoyed our London itinerary and hopefully you get a chance to visit some more attractions on your next trip. It is so true that we often don’t properly explore our own home. My husband lived in central London for a few years, and only went to a few of the major tourist attractions while he was there. Now, with me, he’s been to just about all the highlights over the past few years 😉 Best, Jessica

Rob+Ann Post author

August 21, 2018 at 8:55 pm

We’ll definitely be using both this itinerary and the London Pass on our next visit. Sadly, we have yet to actually dedicate a trip to explore the city properly! Fixing that is high on our list. Thanks for all of the ideas and details – pinning this one for later! Only thing is, so much to see we’ll have to repeat several times. At least, that’s our plan! 🙂

August 23, 2018 at 5:40 am

Hi Rob & Ann, Hope you get a chance to visit soon and the London Pass is definitely a great way to explore the city. Yes, there is so much to do in London that it can take a few visits to do all the things you might want to do. We visit at least once a year and always leave with things we want to see next time 😉 Best, Jessica

Seana Turner Post author

August 20, 2018 at 6:10 am

The last time we were in London I was surprised at how crowded it was. It had been awhile since I’d been there, and I found it pretty packed. If I were to go back, I’d love the side trips. I’ve never done any of them. I would love seeing Highclere Castle and the Harry Potter world. I wonder what I would think of Stonehenge, but hey, why not? I love the detail of all of your posts.

August 20, 2018 at 6:29 am

Hi Seana, Yes, London is just one of those cities that is busy and popular year round – it can particularly be busy in the summer months. We tend to visit in the autumn, winter, or Spring although you can get some amazing weather in summer. Day trips are pretty easy to take from London and we’ve done all three of those ones and really enjoyed them – I am not even a huge Harry Potter fan but the Harry Potter Studio is still really interesting and well done. Best, Jessica

Anna Post author

August 19, 2018 at 7:43 am

London is such an awesome city and what a great itineary! I´ve spent a month there for my masters thesis 6 years ago and really wanted to go back to do more of the sightseeing ever since! Especially the day trips like Stonehenge or Oxford!

August 19, 2018 at 11:11 am

Hi Anna, Thanks, and hope you get a chance to return to London to do some of the day trips and explore more of the country. Stonehenge and Oxford are both great places to visit in England – we particularly really love Oxford. Best, Jessica

Michael Post author

August 19, 2018 at 3:26 am

Wow what an extensive list of things to do! WE live in London and are meant to be planning 3 days here for our friends later this year. I think I might just send them the link to this and then spend my afternoon in the pub!? Thanks for sharing!

August 19, 2018 at 4:59 am

Hi Michael, So you can just print the 3 day London itinerary, have them buy a London Pass, and meet up with them after their sightseeing in the evening for drinks and dinners – all sorted 😉 It can be hard to show people around a popular destination, I used to live near San Francisco and we now are in Edinburgh (Laurence used to live in London as well) and most people want to go do/see many of the same things but how many times do you really want to ride the cable cars or visit Edinburgh Castle. Enjoy your friends’ visit to London and hope this helps you a bit in your planning! Best, Jessica

Wendy Maes Post author

August 18, 2018 at 7:00 am

It’s been 16 yers since I was in London, but next month I am finally going back with my BFF. This itinerary is perfect! I am going to pin it to use it next month.

August 18, 2018 at 7:59 am

Hi Wendy, Thanks for pinning and so happy to hear you are getting a chance to visit London again next month. I hope you have a wonderful time and glad our London itinerary came at such a great time – enjoy your vacation in London! Best, Jessica

California Globetrotter Post author

August 17, 2018 at 7:20 pm

We thoroughly enjoyed using the London Pass and would highly recommend it again! And probably get it again on a future return to do more! So convenient, and it’s so nice to be able to visit as many locations as you wish without any limits, unlike Nashville.

August 18, 2018 at 7:47 am

Hi Lolo, Yes, the London Pass is one of our favorite city discount passes and we’ve used it a few times now. It would definitely save you money (and time) if spending three days in London and visiting many of the places on this itinerary. It along with the Paris Museum Pass are our two favorite city passes we’ve used.

There is a limit with the London Pass (there is a maximum purse value) but it is pretty high so very few travelers would be able to visit enough places to max is out, and we’ve never heard from anyone about this being an issue. Best, Jessica

Cynthia Post author

August 17, 2018 at 6:41 pm

This is a great itinerary! I was in London for 5 days a few years ago. My favorites were the National Gallery, the British Museum, and the Tate Modern. Also went to a couple other museums can’t remember names of! One had pre-Raphaelite art. Wonderful collections. The Tower of London and other iconic sights were faves as well. I liked seeing the sparkly jewels. 😉

August 18, 2018 at 7:41 am

Hi Cynthia,

Thanks, yes, London has some amazing museums and art galleries and you could easily spend 3 full days just visiting them! Sounds like you visited a number of great ones. Umm, for the pre-Raphaelite art, it may have been The Tate (not the Tate Modern) but it could have been one of several museums. Yes, the Tower of London and the Crown Jewels is always a popular favorite 😉 Best, Jessica

Anda Post author

August 17, 2018 at 6:15 pm

London is one of my favorite travel destinations. We’ve spent a week there a few years ago, but my sweet memories started to fade. I think it’s time for another trip. Your 3-day itinerary gave me the idea to add London to our trip to Italy this fall.

August 18, 2018 at 7:36 am

Hi Anda, Ours too! Although I didn’t have a very good impression of London on my first day there, it was raining, windy, and there was tons of some sort of debris in the air that kept blowing into our faces. One of our first stops was also visa related which didn’t add to the appeal. But I’ve come to really love the city and there is just so much to do there, which is a good thing since is it one of the places we visit the most 😉 Hope you get a chance to stop in London in the fall. Best, Jessica

Katherine Post author

August 17, 2018 at 2:35 pm

I lived in London for a few years, and the best thing about it is that you’re never done seeing everything there. There’s always something new and different to check out, and your London itinerary is an awesome first taste! I miss it so much 🙂

August 18, 2018 at 7:34 am

Hi Katherine, I hope you get a chance to get back to London soon 😉 Laurence also used to live in London but saw very few tourist attractions while in London so he enjoys returning with me and seeing all the museums, historical attractions, etc. We’re excited to head back for a week in November! Jessica

Anisa Post author

August 17, 2018 at 1:46 pm

I have spent a fair amount of time in London but I still have so many things I want to see! I need to go to the Churchill War Rooms and do the tour of the Houses of Parliament. I still need to go to the Sky Garden too, but I never plan enough in advance.

August 18, 2018 at 7:31 am

Hi Anisa, Both the Houses of Parliament and Churchill War Rooms are great sites in London and both are easy to visit on the same day as they are a short walk from one another, but you do need to plan ahead for the Parliament. There are also some similar threads between them that make them good stops for the same day. We’ve visited the War Rooms twice, once with a guide and once without and found it interesting both times. Best, Jessica

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Notify me of replies to my comment (just replies to your comment, no other e-mails, we promise!)

Subscribe to our monthly Newsletter where we share our latest travel news and tips

We only ask for your e-mail so we can verify you are human and if requested notify you of a reply. To do this, we store the data as outlined in our privacy policy . Your e-mail will not be published or used for any other reason other than those outlined above.

Greta's Travels

London 2-Day Itinerary: 25+ Epic Things To Do In London In 2 Days

Posted on Last updated: July 1, 2023

Having lived in London for 9 years I never thought I’d write about it in my blog from a travellers point of view.

But despite considering myself a Londoner I’m not actually a local, and I enjoy a touristy sightseeing day in London as much as anyone.

I get a lot of questions from people that want to visit London in a weekend, so this London 2-day itinerary focuses on all the best things you can do in London in 2 days.

It’s a packed itinerary with lots of walking, but for anyone wishing to maximise their time in the British capital, this guide has all the information you need to make the most of your 2 days in London.

So without further ado, let’s dive in and plan the perfect two days in London!

Before you go, have you booked your hotel in London already? If not, check out my guide on where to stay in London

  • 1 Do you need travel insurance for 2 days in London?
  • 2 How to get into London
  • 3 How to get around London
  • 4.1 Oxford Street
  • 4.2 Piccadilly Circus
  • 4.3 Leicester Square 
  • 4.4 Covent Garden
  • 4.5 Trafalgar Square
  • 4.6 Westminster Abbey, Houses of Parliament & Big Ben
  • 4.7 London Eye
  • 4.8 Borough Market
  • 4.9 The Shard
  • 4.10 Tower Bridge
  • 4.11 Tower of London
  • 4.12 Sky Garden
  • 5.1 Portobello Market
  • 5.2 Notting Hill
  • 5.3 Hyde Park
  • 5.4 South Kensington & the museums
  • 5.5 Harrods
  • 5.6 Buckingham Palace
  • 6.1 Shoreditch
  • 6.2 Camden Town & Market
  • 6.3 Chinatown
  • 6.5 Afternoon tea bus tour
  • 6.6 British Museum
  • 6.7 Go for a showboat dinner cruise
  • 6.8 See a musical!
  • 6.9 Regents Park
  • 6.10 St Pauls Cathedral
  • 6.11 Do a Harry Potter walking tour
  • 6.12 Visit the Harry Potter Warner Bros Studios
  • 7 What to pack for two days in London
  • 8.1 Budget accommodation
  • 8.2 Mid-range accommodation
  • 8.3 Luxury accommodation
  • 9.1 Street food
  • 9.2 Eat on the go
  • 9.3 Chain restaurants
  • 9.4 Fancy or Michelin-starred restaurants

Reflections of St Paul's Cathedral at One New Change in London, UK

Reflections of St Paul’s Cathedral at One New Change in London, UK

Do you need travel insurance for 2 days in London?

After my personal experience spending two nights in a private hospital in Tenerife, and having to pay for it out of pocket (it wasn’t cheap), I always recommend getting travel insurance.

You might not end up needing it, but for a small fee you can travel without worries. Personally, I suggest getting your travel insurance with  Heymondo .

Heymondo offers tailor made travel insurance, providing the best value for money for your specific trip. You can also buy it once you’re already abroad and have forgotten about it before flying (which, if you’re anything like me, is quite likely).

Besides the usual cancellation, medical expenses, luggage coverage and general travel insurance services, Heymondo also has a 24/7 doctor chat and instant assistance through their app.

As a Greta’s Travels reader, you get 5% off your Heymondo travel insurance !

Click here to get your 5% off Heymondo travel insurance!

Blonde girl in a grey jumpsuit standing next to a red phone box with London Eye behind her

Exploring Westminster in London

How to get into London

First things first, how do you get into London?

London has six major airports, and depending on where in the city you’re staying, it can be quite the journey getting to your accommodation from the airport.

If you’re flying internationally from a long-haul destination you would usually arrive at Heathrow, whilst if you’re flying from a European destination with a low-cost airline you would usually arrive at Luton, Gatwick or Stansted.

From all of these major London airports you can catch a train that will take you directly into Central London, usually at either Victoria Station, St Pancras Station or Liverpool Street depending on the airport.

However if you’re not a train person, you can also check out these coach transfers:

Bus Transfer from Gatwick Airport

Bus Transfer from Stansted Airport

Bus Transfer from Luton Airport

PRIVATE Transfer from Heathrow Airport – this is preferable if you’re a family travelling with children and don’t want to wait for trains or buses!

If you’re a family or group, getting a private transfer won’t be much more expensive than the train, and it will save you time. If you only have two days in London, you don’t want to waste time getting into the city!

Golden hour over the London Eye and Westminster in London, UK

Golden hour over the London Eye and Westminster in London, UK

If you want to save money I recommend getting the normal train service as opposed to the express airport ones.

For example Gatwick Airport has the Gatwick Express that takes you into Victoria station in half an hour for around 20 GBP.

Instead if you get the normal Southern trains service this usually stops at London Bridge, City Thameslink, Farringdon and then St Pancras International and only costs around 10 GBP.

I prefer this option because it saves me money and time, since even if the train is a bit slower it does more stops in central London where you can get off and be ready to see the city without having to take public transport from Victoria.

Similarly the Heathrow Express costs around 20 GBP and takes you to Paddington, which is pretty far from all the main attractions.

If you get the Piccadilly line you will pay around 6 GBP and it takes you straight into central London. To find the most convenient train I always check online on the Trainline .

| READ MORE: THE ULTIMATE LONDON BUCKET LIST |

Enjoying the sunset over the rooftops of London and St Paul's Cathedral from Madisons Rooftop Bar

Enjoying the sunset over the rooftops of London and St Paul’s Cathedral from Madisons Rooftop Bar

How to get around London

Ok so you’ve arrived in London, how do you actually move around this huge city? You might think me crazy but the best way to get around London is actually walking!

All the main attractions in central London are fairly close to each other, and walking from one to the other actually allows you to see the beautiful architecture around and take in the London atmosphere.

Transport for London actually put together a map with the walking times between tube stations in London (tube – that’s what Londoners call the underground system here).

Admittedly some are pretty far but look at the centre of zone 1, some stops are only 3 minutes away from each other!

| READ MORE: THE MOST BEAUTIFUL & PHOTOGENIC PLACES IN LONDON |

London tube map that shows the walking times between stations, image by TfL

London tube map that shows the walking times between stations, image by TfL

If you don’t want to walk London has a very efficient public transport system. Both the tube and buses run super regularly and cover pretty much every corner of central London.

You can get an Oyster travel card or if you have a contactless credit or debit card you can tap that to get on buses and in the tube.

Per journey you pay 1.50 GBP for the bus or from 2.40 GBP upwards for the tube depending what zone you travel to.

TfL put a daily cap in place at 7 GBP, which means after three tube journeys you’re not paying anymore for additional trips.

You can also find black cabs and ubers everywhere in London but I personally only take them in evenings if I’m going home late.

Getting in a car in central London during the day basically means wasting your whole day given the traffic situation. Ubers are also generally cheaper than black cabs.

Sunset with a view over Tower Bridge and the Shard in London, UK

Sunset with a view over Tower Bridge and the Shard in London, UK

London 2 day itineary: Day 1

Now that we’ve got some of the fussy logistics out of the way, time to jump into the first day of our 2-day London itinerary !

Oxford Street

We’re starting our first day in London at the famous Oxford Street. You want to start your day here fairly early because as time goes on it will get considerably busier.

By considerably busier I mean basically hell on earth for anyone that hates crowds like me.

So get there nice and sharp in the morning and you’ll be able to do some high street shopping without having to queue hours for a changing room.

Red buses in Oxford Street, London

Red buses in Oxford Street, London

Piccadilly Circus

From Oxford Street you can walk to Oxford Circus, down Regent Street and to the popular Piccadilly Circus. This is London’s equivalent of Times Square in New York.

With the big bright advertising billboards, multiple road crossings, street buskers and crowds it’s quite the sight.

An alternative road you can take is the colourful Carnaby Street, it’s just parallel to Regent Street and while it’s always busy, it’s completely pedestrian so it’s a bit more pleasant to walk along.

Exploring Regent Street in London, UK

Exploring Regent Street in London, UK

Leicester Square 

From Piccadilly Circus it’s a very short walk over to Leicester Square. Leicester Square is that place you always see on TV when they do movie premieres in London.

There are a number of very cool cinemas here but if you’re only in London for 2 days, you probably don’t want to spend a couple hours of your time locked up in a dark room.

There are loads of quick takeaway food places in Leicester Square but they will most likely be over priced and not that great.

Covent Garden

Covent Garden is a short 5-minute walk away from Leicester Square and one of the most famous spots in London.

The central covered area of Covent Garden, known as the Apple Market, is full of cool shops, bars and restaurants, and also a few touristy but quirky market stalls.

The Apple Market in Covent Garden at Christmas

The Apple Market in Covent Garden at Christmas

Trafalgar Square

After Covent Garden you can walk down to Trafalgar Square where you can visit the National Gallery. Entry to museums in London is generally always free, you only pay for the exhibitions that are on at that specific time.

If like me you’re not a museum person (I’ll admit I’ve only been inside the National Gallery once) Trafalgar Square is still a nice and famous spot of London that you can admire, and from there walk on to your next stop.

Westminster Abbey, Houses of Parliament & Big Ben

From Trafalgar Square it’s a short walk down to the river, where you will see two of the most iconic London sights.

Big Ben is under restructuring works at the moment, but you can still visit Westminster Abby and the Houses of Parliament.

Click here to purchase your entrance to Westminster Abbey!

The most photographed phone box in London, UK

The iconic red phone box, red bus and Big Ben in the background (even if he’s under construction)

Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament, a must see in your London 2 day itinerary

The Houses of Parliament and Big Ben under reconstruction works

Just across the river you will see the London Eye, it’s hard to miss. In 9 years of living in London I have only been up the London Eye once, but I can say it’s really something.

Yes it’s super touristy, but the view is incredible. You get amazing 360 views over the Thames River, Houses of Parliament and Big Ben on one side, and St Paul’s Cathedral, Tower Bridge and the Shard on the other.

It’s one of the most famous attractions in London, so the queue can get huge. I 100% recommend purchasing tickets online beforehand , so that you can skip the queue.

After all, if you only have two days in London, you don’t want to waste them queuing around!

Click here to purchase your London Eye Fast Track ticket!

View over Westminster from the London Eye

View over Westminster from the London Eye

Borough Market

After seeing the London Eye I suggest walking all along the river to Borough Market.

You could also take the tube from Waterloo to London Bridge, which would save you some time, but the walk along South Bank is one of the most beautiful spots in London in my opinion.

Especially if you’re visiting London in summer or on a sunny day, walking along the Thames and seeing the skyline of London is pretty epic.

You will see some main landmarks along this walk including the Tate Modern, Shakespeare’s Globe and Millennium Bridge.

Millennium Bridge, one of the must see spots if you have only 2 days in London

Millennium Bridge in London, with St Paul’s Cathedral in the background

Borough Market is a great place to try some of London’s famous street food. There are tons of different stalls that sell food from all over the world.

It’s the perfect place to stop for a quick lunch on the go without wasting hours sitting down at a restaurant and waiting to be served.

One of the fresh fruit and vegetables stalls at Borough Market, London

One of the fresh fruit and vegetables stalls at Borough Market, London

Just next to Borough Market is the Shard, a skyscraper with 95 floors and one of the best views over London.

There is a viewing platform on the 70 th floor, the tickets cost between 24 GBP and 32 GBP depending on how far in advance you book them.

However, there are a couple bars in the Shard just a couple floors below that you can access for free.

Cocktails are around 15 – 20 GBP which is expensive, but considering you’re at the highest bar in London, it could be much worst.

I’d recommend going to the bar instead of the viewing platform since you end up paying a similar price, but at least you get a drink while you enjoy the view.

If a cocktail doesn’t fit your travel plans, book your ticket to The Shard viewing deck here!

The view over London from the Shard

The view over London from the Shard

Tower Bridge

From the Shard it’s a short walk across More London Place to reach Tower Bridge.

If you’re visiting in summer they usually have a Mexican food truck down next to the river with sun bed chairs, and they often have shows on in The Scoop (the round theatre-like area along the river).

From along the river you can walk right up to Tower Bridge and then you’ll see a set of stairs that you have to walk up to cross the river.

Prime sunset spot over Tower Bridge and the Thames

Prime sunset spot over Tower Bridge and the Thames

Tower of London

This is where I admit that I haven’t actually visited the Tower of London yet.

I’ve walked past the Tower of London numerous times, been on river cruises that set off from Tower Pier (a lot of university student clubs do that), even been ice skating at the Tower of London, but I’ve never been inside.

If you want to see the Crown Jewels and learn more about the Tower of London you will have to go inside, however if you’re happy with just seeing it walking around it is enough.

Click here to book a visit to the Tower of London & Crown Jewels Exhibition!

Tower Bridge and the Tower of London at golden hour

Tower Bridge and the Tower of London at golden hour

You’re probably thinking these are quite a lot of things to do in one day so don’t worry, we have arrived at the last stop of this London itinerary.

From Tower of London it’s less than a 10-minute walk to Sky Garden. Similarly to the Shard Sky Garden also has epic views over London, just from the opposite side of the river.

Access is always free but if you visit during the day you have to book a ticket beforehand with specific time slot, after 6PM you can visit on a free walk-in basis but there is a fairly strict smart casual dress code.

Drinks are fairly pricey at the bars in Sky Garden but once again, considering the venue it could be much worst.

I recommend trying to get here for sunset since watching the sun go down over London, turning everything golden, and then the skyline slowly lighting up is pretty magical.

View over the rooftops of London from Sky Garden

View over the roofs of London from Sky Garden

I’ve embedded below a map of this walking itinerary, or you can click here to open it in Google Maps. As you can see this big long list of things to do only adds up to about two hours of walking time.

Obviously it depends on how long you decide to spend in every location.

Whether you want to go on a crazy shopping spree on Oxford Street or spend hours inside the National Gallery in Trafalgar Square, but roughly speaking the above itinerary can be done in one day and would make for a perfect start to your 2 days in London.

London 2 day itinerary: Day 2

I hope you’re not knackered by yesterday’s activities, because you have another full day of excitement awaits!

Portobello Market

For your second day in London we’re moving away a bit from the hustle and bustle of central London and starting our day in Portobello.

Portobello is a lovely area of London with cute colourful houses and a popular market.  The market and shops in Portobello sell all sorts of cool vintage things but also the standard street food and touristy souvenirs.

The coloured houses of Portobello Road, London

The coloured houses of Portobello Road, London

Notting Hill

Portobello is just around the corner from the beautiful white houses of Notting Hill.

There isn’t one specific spot that you must see; it’s just a beautiful area of London that you can walk around for a bit and admire the Victorian architecture of these  beautiful London streets .

If you want, you can also join a guided walking tour of Notting Hill . It’s a great way to make sure you see all the prettiest spots, with a local guide teaching you about the history of the area.

Click here to book your Notting Hill walking tour!

The beautiful white houses of Notting Hill, London

The beautiful white houses of Notting Hill, London

After Notting Hill you will arrive at Hyde Park, London’s most famous and biggest park (in central London anyway). If you’re visiting in summer or on a sunny day you will find crowds of Londoners basking in the sun.

Even in winter it’s a very peaceful area and you can enjoy the beauty of it walking around Kensington Palace and the Serpentine.

Click here to book your visit to Kensington Palace in Hyde Park

South Kensington & the museums

Just make sure that you’re crossing the park in the right direction so that when you pop out on the other side you’re right next to South Kensington and all the museums.

Walk past the Royal Albert Hall (a pretty stunning building in itself) and you’ll reach the Natural History Museum, the Science Museum and the Victoria & Albert Museum.

They’re all very different in style and seeing all the exhibitions inside all of the museums would take days.

The Royal Albert Hall, London

The Royal Albert Hall, London

Unfortunately you only have 2 days in London but its still worth popping inside one or two of the museums depending on your interests. I’m a personal fan of the Natural History Museum and their dinosaur display.

Entry to the permanent exhibitions is free anyway you can just go in and wander around for a bit without feeling like you have to see everything in one go since you paid a ticket for it (or is that just me?)

If you’re visiting London at Christmas they always put up a beautiful ice rink at the Natural History Museum where you can try ice-skating.

The Natural History Museum in London from outside

The Natural History Museum in London from outside

Once you’re done exploring the museums it’s time to walk on to the famous Harrods.

Harrods is a huge department store founded in 1824 where they sell all sorts of things. One thing to note is that Harrods is very expensive.

While I wouldn’t recommend buying anything there I still think it’s a pretty cool place to see and wander around for a bit, especially if it’s your first time in London and you only have two days.

Buckingham Palace

From Harrods you can walk through Green Park and arrive at Buckingham Palace in less than 20 minutes. Buckingham Palace is the London residence and administrative headquarters of the royal family.

If you time your visit right you might also be able to see the change of the guard outside the Buckingham Palace gates.

You can also visit the State Rooms of Buckingham Palace . If you’re interested in history and the Royal Family, it’s a very fun and interesting visit!

Book your visit to Buckingham Palace here!

Buckingham Palace in London - a must see if you only have 2 days in London

My first and last trip to Buckingham Palace in 7 years of living in London

That’s all the walking I’ve got in store for you today, wasn’t that bad was it? I’ve included the map with walking itinerary below or click here to see it on Google Maps.

It’s around 1.5 hours of walking but depending on how long you want to spend inside the museums or shopping inside Harrods, it can take up the whole day.

Cool things to do in London not included in this London 2 day itinerary 

As I previously mentioned the British capital is pretty huge and seeing all of London in two days isn’t very realistic.

There are some areas of London that I personally love but haven’t included in my London 2-day itinerary since they’re not considered the main tourist attractions and landmarks.

However, if for example you want to see some markets and aren’t interested in museums you can skip South Kensington and visit the quirky Shoreditch or Camden instead.

Most of these areas are very popular in evenings so you can always visit them after the itineraries I wrote above.

Shoreditch is the hipster and artsy area of London. There are tons of cool bars, restaurants, pubs, clubs and shops all over the neighbourhood.

It’s a cool area to wander around during the day to explore the vintage and design shops and colourful graffiti, but it’s especially popular in evenings. The nightlife in Shoreditch never disappoints.

A very Shoreditch donut shop with colourful graffiti facade

A very Shoreditch donut shop with colourful graffiti facade

Camden Town & Market

Camden was the hipster and edgy area of London before Shoreditch become popular.

There’s a big market with lots of street food, clothes, jewellery, vintage things, home decor, souvenirs and pretty much anything you can think of being sold there.

It used to be the rebel punk area (to give you a better idea, Amy Winehouse used to live in Camden) and even today there are still tons of tattoo and piercing parlours.

It’s become a bit more touristy and less edgy in recent years but is still a cool area to walk around.

The market is closed in evenings but there are loads of bars, pubs and clubs and there is a lively nightlife so you can always visit Camden in evenings.

Camden Market in London, UK

Camden Market in London, UK

Chinatown in London is actually just next to Leicester Square, but I chose not to include it in my London 2-day itinerary as it takes time to explore it properly and it wouldn’t have fit in the day 1 schedule.

Also the best part of Chinatown is the food so I recommend going around dinnertime to try one of the many Chinese restaurants.

Exploring Chinatown in London

Exploring Chinatown in London

Soho is another neighbourhood very close to Chinatown and Leicester Square that I chose not to cover in your day 1 itinerary.

It’s a vibrant and very cool area to explore but you can do so in the evening, discovering all the cool dining and nightlife options.

Afternoon tea bus tour

Afternoon tea is a very British tradition consisting of savoury sandwiches, cakes, scones and obviously, lots of tea.

There are loads of places that do very good afternoon teas in London but inevitably will take up a large chunk of your day (if you’re a fast eater like me, you might not love afternoon tea, it’s one of those things you’re supposed to take slow and enjoy the experience…)

If you only have two days in London a good solution is doing an afternoon tea bus tour . This allows you to enjoy the experience while also touring around London and seeing all the main tourist highlights.

Click here to book your spot on a B Bakery afternoon tea bus tour!

Getting ready for our afternoon tea bus tour in London

Getting ready for our afternoon tea bus tour in London

Our afternoon tea selection on the B Bakery bus tour

Our afternoon tea selection on the B Bakery bus tour

British Museum

The British Museum didn’t feature on my essential London 2-day itinerary since it’s not quite along the walking routes I’d planned out.

However it’s not too far don’t worry, it’s in central London less than a 10-minute walk away from Oxford Street. Entry is free and there are loads of cool things you can see like Rosetta’s stone and more.

Go for a showboat dinner cruise

If you want to spend a bit of a different evening enjoying good food and touring around London, you should definitely do a dinner showboat cruise .

As you might have guessed from the name, this is a cruise along the Thames where you will be served dinner as live music and singing takes place.

We enjoyed a lovely 4-course dinner while admiring the view over main sights of London, such as the London Eye, St Paul’s, Tower Bridge and Greenwich.

It combines good food with sightseeing and live music, the perfect evening out in London!

Click here to book your showboat dinner cruise!

Enjoying my 4-course meal during the showboat dinner cruise

Enjoying my 4-course meal during the showboat dinner cruise

See a musical!

The West End of London is famous for its theatres and musicals. If you have the time I would highly recommend trying to squeeze in watching a show in your London 2-day itinerary.

Over the past 7 years I’ve been to see The Lion King, Aladdin, Wicked, Billy Elliot and The Phantom of the Opera and they were all pretty amazing. There are tons of shows I still haven’t seen myself!

Regents Park

Regents Park is smaller than Hyde Park and a bit more of a local hangout spot. On one of the park you will find Primrose Hill, where all the Londoners go hang out and have picnics on sunny summer days.

View over Regents Park and the London skyline from Primrose Hill

View over Regents Park and the London skyline from Primrose Hill

St Pauls Cathedral

St Pauls Cathedral should have probably featured much higher on my list of things to see in London in two days, however I chose not to include it before since you will be seeing plenty of it even without actually visiting it.

As you walk along the river and from all the viewpoints you will be able to see the dome of St Pauls towering over the roofs of London.

If you have time you can go see the inside of the cathedral but if not, no harm done (in 7 years I don’t think I’ve ever been inside myself)

Click here to book a fast track ticket to St Paul’s Cathedral

St Paul's Cathedral in London, UK

St Paul’s Cathedral in London, UK

Do a Harry Potter walking tour

If you’re a Harry Potter fan, you have to do this. I didn’t list it in my main 2-day London itinerary because I realise not everyone is as Harry Potter obsessed as I am, but it’s definitely worth doing.

It will allow you to not only see all the Harry Potter filming locations in London , but you’ll also learn some fun facts about the movies. It will go past some of the main London landmarks, so you will still see a lot of London.

If you follow my guide, you can easily visit all the filming spots alone, but I personally think it’s more fun to do a guided tour . Sharing the experience with other Potter-heads will make it all the more fun!

Click here to book your Harry Potter walking tour!

Platform 9 and 3/4 in London King's Cross station

Platform 9 and 3/4 in London King’s Cross station

Visit the Harry Potter Warner Bros Studios

This is another activity that is definitely worth mentioning, but given not everyone is a Harry Potter fan, I didn’t want to include it in my main London 2-day itinerary.

Whether you’re a family with children, or a group of millennials who grew up reading the books and watching the Harry Potter movies, the Harry Potter studio tour is great fun.

Even though it spoils the magic a little bit, seeing how the movies are made is really interesting. Plus you can stock up on butter beer, chocolate frogs and fun Harry Potter gadgets!

It’s outside London and planning your transfer there can be a bit complicated, which is why I recommend booking this tour , since it includes both entrance to the studios and transfer there.

Click here to purchase your Harry Potter Warner Bros Tour with Transfer from London!

Me in 2015 visiting the Harry Potter Warner Bros Studios

Me in 2015 visiting the Harry Potter Warner Bros Studios

What to pack for two days in London

Not that there is a shortage of shops in London where you can buy things if you were to forget anything, however there are a couple essentials things that you might want to bring with you for your two days in London.

Umbrella : Yes, laugh as much as you want, but the stereotypes of the British capital are unfortunately largely true. It rains a lot here.

You don’t want to be caught out in the rain so it’s just easier to always carry one of those tiny foldable umbrellas with you.

Power bank : After all if you’re going to be walking around all day, you won’t have time to sit down and charge your phone!

Also you will need your phone to check Google Maps and that you’re headed in the right direction, or what time things close.

Comfortable walking shoes : My London 2-day itinerary has a lot of walking involved, so you wan to make sure you to do so in comfortable trainers to avoid having painful feet at the end of the day.

St Pancras Renaissance Hotel in London, UK

St Pancras Renaissance Hotel in London, UK

Where to stay in London

Despite living in London over the years I’ve stayed in a number of hotels throughout London, whether with family when they came to visit (and couldn’t fit in my tiny student halls room) or more recently with blog collaborations and I can recommend some hotels in London for every budget.

However more than a specific hotel I can suggest areas of London where you can stay.

If you only have two days in London you will want to stay very central or you will waste time travelling around, if you go a bit further out make sure to be within 5 minutes walking distance to a tube station.

Personally I would recommend staying either in Camden, Angel or even more central around Holborn and Bank.

Click here to see the latest prices and availability for accommodation in London!

Leadenhall Market in London, UK

Leadenhall Market in London, UK

Budget accommodation

There are tons of hostels in London. I’ve never personally stayed in one but have heard great things of Wombats .

There are also loads of hotel chains with numerous properties around London like Holiday Inn or the Travelodge that are more affordable than independent hotels.

The more central ones are a bit more expensive but usually still offer good value for money.

Mid-range accommodation

Just like there are budget chain hostels and hotels, there are also a number of mid-range chains you can go for like Hilton or Marriott spread all over London.

My parents stayed at the Hilton in Angel back when I used to live in the area and loved it, Angel is also a great area to stay as its a bit outside the tourist chaos of London but still within easy reach of all the main attractions.

These options are a bit fancier than the previous budget suggestions but at more reasonable prices than the luxury properties in London.

Luxury accommodation

I spent one night at the St Pancras Renaissance Hotel  for a blog collaboration and that was the fanciest place I have slept at in London.

The property is beautiful, the service excellent and the location perfect as base to explore London, especially if you only have 2 days in London.

I also spent an afternoon at Cheval Three Quays where a friend of mine was staying and can highly recommend it, the apartments are new, have a great view of the Thames and are in a great location to explore London.

The Grand Staircase of the St Pancras Renaissance Hotel in London, UK

The Grand Staircase of the St Pancras Renaissance Hotel in London, UK

Where to eat in London

When I first moved to London from Italy everybody told me how the food in London was shit. Having lived here for 7 years now I can strongly disagree with that.

For Italian standards sure there is a lot of junk food out there (I’m looking at you Pizza Hut and your pizzas with burgers in the crust) but there are also a lot of amazing dining options for every budget.

London is a very international city and that’s reflected in the variety of cuisines you can find.

Since you’re only in London for two days I wouldn’t waste too much time sitting in restaurants, but there are cool and cheap dining options on the go.

Street food

The street food in London is awesome.

There are famous street food markets like Borough Market and Camden Market but you will also find street food trucks here and there all over London, especially in the busy touristy spots.

The prices vary massively depending on the cuisine, how big a portion you get, where in London it is and lots of other factors, but I’ve had meals from street food trucks in London for anywhere between 3 GBP and 10 GBP.

The halloumi fries at Camden Market, London

The halloumi fries at Camden Market, London

Eat on the go

If you don’t want to eat street food but you also don’t want to sit down at a restaurant there are tons of places you can eat on the go in London.

All the Pret A Manger, Eat, Wasabi, Itsu, LEON, Pod, Starbucks and other chains you see around serve food fresh and ready to go.

The scotch egg and sweet potato fries of Borough Market, London

The scotch egg and sweet potato fries of Borough Market, London

Chain restaurants

If you want to sit down for a proper meal without spending a fortune, worry not, there are thousands of restaurants all over London, both independent and chains.

As a tourist it can be a bit hit and miss going to an independent boutique hotel, as you can’t know if they’re good or not.

While they’re less authentic, with chain restaurants you’re always sure that a certain standard will be met. The ones of ethnic cuisines are also easier to eat at as the flavours are adapted for Western tastes.

Some of my personal favourites are Wagamama, GBK, Wahaca, Franco Manca, Rosa’s Thai, Nando’s and Pho.

Our choice of starters of Lima Floral

Starters at Lima Floral, a Peruvian chain restaurant in London

Fancy or Michelin-starred restaurants

If you want to go fancy, London can do fancy very well. London has 70 Michelin starred restaurants (and there many more fancy and delicious restaurants that don’t have Michelin stars) that you can try.

I was a student in London  so I can’t say I have much experience with these, so you might want to check out this guide by Secret London instead.

Enjoying the sunset at the London Eye

Enjoying the sunset at the London Eye

Final thoughts on my London in 2 days itinerary

Have you been to London before? How did you find it? Let me know in the comments below!

Conscious this London 2-day itinerary turned into a pretty huge guide so if you have any questions, just let me know, happy to help if I can.

Having lived in London for 9 years I consider myself a Londoner, I hope this post will help you plan your two days in London and that you’ll love this city as much as I do.

Looking for more UK travel tips? Check out these guides:

  • Weekend getaway to Bath
  • The ultimate Brighton weekend itinerary
  • Best things to do in Stratford Upon Avon according to a local

Enjoyed reading how to spend 2 days in London? Pin it!

Photo of the view over London from Sky Garden with text overlay saying

GlobetrotterGirls

How to Spend the Perfect Weekend in London – A 3-day Itinerary

Categories England , London

How to Spend the Perfect Weekend in London – A 3-day Itinerary

Last Updated on January 22, 2024

how to spend a weekend in London

Table of Contents

A 3-day London itinerary

weekend in London

Day 1: Royal London and London’s most iconic sights

I usually start my London explorations with a walk from Victoria Station all the way to St Paul’s Cathedral , or if I’m not too tired yet, a little further into the ‘City of London’ to take in the views from the Monument and to finish with a pint in Leadenhall Market .

From Victoria Station, follow the signs to Buckingham Palace . If you’re really into the royal family, you can visit the palace during the summer months (tickets start at £32). But for most people it is enough to glimpse through the fence and snap some pictures of the guards in their fancy uniforms.

london itinerary

From Buckingham Palace , walk over to Green Park and follow the lake until you reach the Horse Guards building , where you’ll encounter another typical London sight: the Horse Guards, as the name implies. From there, walk down Whitehall, past Downing Street, and you’ll reach Big Ben and the Houses Of Parliaments , across from Westminster Abbey. Cross Westminster Bridge and turn left onto the South Bank, where you’ll follow The Queen’s Walk along the river.

Here’s where you can stop for a ride on the London Eye (£30) or continue on towards Millennium Bridge, a pleasant walk that’s just over a mile long. Before crossing the bridge, make sure to check out the current exhibitions at the Tate Modern , London’s most famous contemporary art museum, which is housed in a former power station. It is one of my favorite contemporary art museums in the world (and it’s free !). Heading up to the cafe is a good idea no matter if you’re a fan of modern art or not, because the views from up there are fantastic.

Once you’ve crossed Millennium Bridge you can decide if you want to pay St Paul’s Cathedral a full visit (tickets from £25) or just peek inside (well worth a peek, I say, even if you don’t want to pay for full access).

london millennium bridge

Most banks and financial institutions have their offices in this part of the city, and bankers, like most other people, tend to enjoy an after work pint (or two). Mingling with them makes for an interesting experience though. There are also some restaurants in Leadenhall Market – if you’re looking for a typical British pub dinner, head to the Lamb Tavern .

Day 2: Notting Hill and Central London

London Itinerary

Head back south on Garway Road until you reach Kensington Gardens , and go for a stroll in this beautiful park which is basically an extension of Hyde Park. If you are into art, I recommend stopping at the small Serpentine Gallery right in the park which has always interesting exhibitions (free admission). Walk eastwards through the park until you hit Marble Arch , the giant arch on the northeastern corner of Hyde Park.

Afternoon Tea in London

You might begin to feel hungry again, and now it’s time for afternoon tea! The classic British afternoon tea consists of mini sandwiches and scones, pastries and fruit tarts in some form – all combined with tea, of course, which you select from an exquisite tea menu. Many restaurants offer a glass of bubbly in addition to tea.

In my opinion, afternoon tea has to be included in a weekend in London itinerary, and luckily there are dozens of afternoon teas to choose from. Among my all-time favorites are the Alice in Wonderland – themed Mad Hatter Afternoon Tea at Sanderson, haute couture Prêt-à-Portea at The Berkeley, or Fortnum & Mason for a very traditional version. Check out this comprehensive Conde Nast Traveler guide to the very best afternoon teas in London .

Afternoon Tea at the Arch London

After afternoon tea, head to Oxford Street for a little shopping spree. After some retail therapy on London’s most iconic (and busiest) shopping street, you might want to get away from the hustle and bustle here. Turn right (southwards) onto Argyll Street (just after Oxford Circus) which leads to the pedestrianized Carnaby Street . Here you’ll find more independent shops, different from the big High Street chain stores, and plenty of options for a quick bite or drink.

Follow Carnaby Street all the way down to the end and you’ll find yourself right in the heart of Soho, which really comes to life after dark. If you’re a theater buff like I am, I suggest ending the day with a West End show . Comparetheatretickets.com is a good place to start looking which plays have good deals, and you can find a comprehensive guide to finding cheap Westend theater tickets here . West End tickets are much cheaper than Broadway tickets, by the way!

If you’re not into musicals or plays, end the day with a drink or dinner in Soho. Places I recommend are: Franco Manca for pizza, Oka for sushi, Bao (to-die-for Taiwanese street food), Fernandez & Wells for tapas and wine, Princi for tasty Italian food, Busaba Eathai (Thai), and Yalla Yalla for Lebanese food and Kapara for Middle Eastern, to give you just a few ideas.

Notting Hill

Day three: Markets and street art in East London

Day 3 is all about East and North London. If you’re visiting over a weekend, I’d plan to do this day on a Sunday. Start with a stroll through Columbia Street Flower Market (only on Sundays), or begin right in Brick Lane , where a massive flea market takes place every Sunday. Take your time and take in the street art around here, the flea market stalls, head into the Old Truman Brewery which is now filled with artsy shops and galleries.

Notting Hill

After lunch, head over to Pettycoat Lane Market if you’re into fashion – you can find some amazing bargain deals here ( note : also only on Sundays).

Street Art in East London

If you love street art, I suggest checking out some of East London’s cool graffiti scene (you will have seen some in Brick Lane already), but it’s a bit tricky to find all of the colorful pieces, which is why I recommend taking a free  London street art walking tour (tipping mandatory!) with a local guide who will also give you some insights on the artists and East London in general. The tour runs five times a week at 2pm, online reservations are necessary. If you can’t make the tour, here’ are two self-guided street art walks:

  • Lady’s Self-Guided Street Art Tour of London
  • Street Art in Brick Lane, London: A Self-Guided Walking Tour

East London street art and Brick Lane

Since this day is all about markets, you can’t miss Camden’s famous markets , which can be an all-day activity – it’s easy to get lost in the giant maze of different markets, all set around the locks of Regent’s Canal. Since I moved to London for the first time in 2005, the markets have become a major tourist attraction and some of them have also seen a revamp.

Camden Town

Tips for visiting London with little time and little money:

First of all: I wrote a detailed guide on how to visit London on the cheap – check it out! It complements this 3-day London itinerary well and has a ton of tips on how to save money on a trip to London.

Get an Oyster Card

– Pick up an Oyster Card , London’s transportation card. It is much cheaper to travel on public transportation with an Oyster Card – with it, a day ticket for Central London will cost you £8.10.

Buy a London Pass

Big Ben and Westminster

A cheap Sighteeing Tour on the Iconic Red Bus

– There are two local buses that pass most of London’s major sights and landmarks, such as Tower Bridge, Hyde Park, Tafalgar Square and Oxford Street. If you’re pressed for time, get an Oyster Card with a day ticket – at £5.25 (buses only) much cheaper than the hop-on hop-off buses that cover pretty much the same route. You can find a list of the best bus routes for sightseeing in London here.

Take advantage of the free London museums

– If it’s raining during your weekend in London, head to the museums. The great thing about London is that most of its fabulous museums are free! My favorites include the National Portrait Gallery, the British Museum, the National History Museum, Victoria & Albert Museum, but have a look at this list for more free London museums .

I hope this article helps you plan how to spend 36 hours in London!

London Itinerary

Related posts:

london weekend trip itinerary

By using this form you agree with the storage and handling of your data by this website. *

Monday 7th of December 2015

Brick Lane is a lovely area for shopping and wandering, but it's the last place I'd recommend a visitor to London for curry. It very much caters for the tourist trade and the quality is much lower than some other areas - have a look at Tripadvisor, and you'll see none of the Brick Lane curry houses come anywhere near being the best rated in London.

Probably the best in that area is Cafe Spice Namaste in Whitechapel (which is about five minutes walk from Brick Lane). Or I'd suggest trying one of the other areas with big south Asian populations - like Southall in West London or Tooting in South London. They are off the tourist trail and mostly cater for Londoners and local residents Indians & Paksitanis, and the food is generally of a better quality.

Saturday 26th of December 2015

Geoff - I did have some great curry in Brick Lane though - it can be hit or miss, which is why I recommended consulting Yelp / Foursquare / Tripadvisor instead of just walking into a place :) I wouldn't travel to Brick Lane specifically for a curry, but when in the area... I agree with you about Southall though - amazing for authentic Indian food! But barely anyone makes the trip out there. I still remember when I went there and everything was in Indian, all the stores, even a cinema with only Bollywood movies, Indian bakeries.. and the food!! Delicious :)

Linda March

Tuesday 8th of December 2015

@Geoff - I haven't gone far away from the city center on my trip. I've ate on a asian restaurant near Picaddily Square on a good price (like 6 pounds - all you can eat). Maybe in other area of London I can found better cafe's and food.

I am very much interested in a place to have my morning tea, somewhere where I can combine some types of tea and of course, have some internet access for my work. Can you recommend something like that in South London ?

Last time I visited London (two years ago), the one day metro ticket was only 8 pounds, I am surprised to learn that now it's almost 12 pounds. Maybe next time I am going to use an Oyster card.

I've walked around in the center of London instead of going with the train, and that was lovely.

But the center of my journey there was the Natural History Museum, we've just passed through there and we've spent like four hours there admiring all the things. The vault was also amazing, with some splendid minerals.

I was shocked when I found out that a day ticket is GBP12 now - and that's just for Zone 1 and 2!! But I agree with you, Linda, Central London is definitely walkable. The Natural History Museum is one of my favorites in London - such a magnificent building!

Local Adventurer » Travel Adventures in Las Vegas + World Wide

How to Spend the Perfect Weekend in London Itinerary

  • England / Europe / In the City / London

Visiting London for the first time? Here’s the perfect 2-3 day weekend in London itinerary.

London has been calling us (from their red phone booths) for some time now. So, we packed our bags to check out one UK’s oldest cities for a long weekend. From Big Ben to Westminster Abbey, London’s historical attractions are endless, and there is always something to see, do, and eat.

the perfect weekend in london itinerary

A big thank you to Go City London for sponsoring this post. All opinions are always our own. This post may contain affiliate links, where we receive a small commission on sales of the products that are linked at no additional cost to you. Read our full disclosure  for more info. Thank you for supporting the brands that make Local Adventurer possible.

Last Updated: September 2, 2023

− − Content Menu

  • Best Things to Do in London

More Things to Do in London

  • Map of the Best Things to Do
  • What to Eat in London
  • Where to Stay

Essential Tips

Planning checklist, 11 best things to do in london for your first visit.

With the Go City London Pass , we had the opportunity to check out a few popular attractions, as well as some other points of interest that were recommended to us by the Go City team.

We organized our days based on area. Here are a few things you shouldn’t miss when visiting London.

london for the weekend

weekend in London itinerary Day 1

For our 3 day weekend in London, we picked what to do each day based on what was nearby in each area.

1. Take a Picture with Big Ben

London SW1A 0AA, UK, map

Speaking of icons, everyone knows what Big Ben is, even if you’ve never been to London. Even though it’s currently closed for renovations and restorations, you can still stop by and snap a quick photo with Big Ben. The Houses of Parliament , a UNESCO World Heritage Site, is attached to the clock tower. It is currently still open for tours.

It’s a 10-minute walk from Westminster Abbey if you want to knock out a couple of places simultaneously.

Local Tip: Best photo spot is under Westminster Bridge, which leads right up to Big Ben. Arrive before sunrise to avoid the crowds.

famous clock in london + the best weekend in london itinerary

2. Westminster Abbey →

Dean’s Yard, London SW1P 3PA, UK, map

Westminster Abbey was our favorite attraction, hands down. It is steeped in centuries of history and has significantly shaped the British monarchy, religion, and culture. It has been the site of numerous royal weddings, coronations, and burials, including that of British monarchs and other notable figures throughout history.

We enjoyed the self-guided audio tour, which provides visitors with detailed information about the site’s history, architecture, and notable features. Check out key areas, such as the Poets’ Corner, the Coronation Chair, and the Royal Tombs.

Local Tip: Entry is free if you’re attending Sunday service, but they do not provide tours during this time.

westminster abbey tours

3. Buckingham Palace →

London SW1A 1AA, UK, map

It’s a longer stroll to Buckingham Palace from Westminster Abbey, but you can walk through Hyde Park on the way. Buckingham Palace attracts millions of visitors annually and holds endless cultural and symbolic importance. It’s a must-visit destination for tourists from around the world. Check out the Changing of the Guard ceremony and admire the architectural splendor.

To get the best picture of Buckingham Palace, you can head to the Victoria Memorial, located in front of the palace. It offers a great vantage point for capturing the grandeur of the palace’s façade.

Local Tip: The Changing of the Guard ceremony typically occurs daily during the summer months (April to July) and on alternate days for the rest of the year. Be sure to check the official website for the most up-to-date schedule. The ceremony usually starts at around 11:00 AM and lasts approximately 45 minutes. Arrive early to secure a good viewing spot!

buckingham palace changing of the guard

4. Kensington Palace

Kensington Gardens, London W8 4PX, UK, map

Glimmering golden gates, opulent State Rooms, and stories of Queen Victoria’s birthplace are just a few things you can’t miss at Kensington Palace. Don’t miss your chance to visit the historic King’s State Apartments and the Queen’s State Apartments.

They’ve been meticulously restored to their former glory, providing a glimpse into the luxurious lifestyles of past monarchs. The historic Sunken Garden, where Diana, the Princess of Wales Memorial Statue stands, also can’t be missed.

Pro Tip: Get there early to avoid huge crowds, especially on weekend days. We made reservations to tour the palace when it opened.

visit kensington palace

weekend in London itinerary Day 2

We started day 2 of our long weekend in London at Tower Bridge. After the bridge, we checked out the Tower of London at one end of the bridge and Borough Market at the other end. Finally, we ended the day with a Thames River Cruise.

5. Tower Bridge

Tower Bridge Rd, London SE1 2UP, UK, map

We relished the hike up the 206 steps and the magnificent views of the River Thames. Tower Bridge is such an iconic symbol of London. Once you reach the top, walk across the glass floor walkways where you can capture great photos of London’s skyline and learn about the engineers who designed the historic structure.

Naturally, we wanted to get some shots with the bridge. Here are a couple of our favorite photo spots:

  • The Queens Walk is the most popular place to take photos with the Tower Bridge as your backdrop.
  • More London Riverside –  this metropolitan area gets crowded, so go early morning if you don’t want anyone else in your photos.

Local Tip: Plan to visit the Tower of London since it’s nearby.

tower bridge london + the perfect weekend in london itinerary

6. Tower of London →

London EC3N 4AB, UK, map

See the Crown Jewels at the Tower of London , a 900-year-old castle and fortress. It was pretty neat to see the crowns, scepters, orbs, and other regalia used in royal ceremonies by the monarchs.

Pro Tip: Consider joining one of the Yeoman Warder guided tours, which your admission includes. Their knowledgeable guides share fascinating stories about the Tower’s history.

tower of london visit

7. Borough Market

London SE1 9AL, UK, map

Where all of your gastronomic dreams become a reality, from farm-fresh produce to yummy street food, your taste buds will rejoice after eating through one of London’s oldest markets. We loved the freshly shucked oysters at Richard Haward Oysters and the piping hot paella from Bomba. I wanted to carry an entire cheese wheel from Kappacasein.

Local Tip: Most food stalls are outdoors, so dress accordingly.

See More: 25 Best Markets in the World to Put On Your Bucket List

borough market in london + best weekend in london itinerary

8. Thames River Cruise →

Westminster Pier, London SW1A 2JH, United Kingdom, map

Embark on a Thames River Cruise with City Cruises of London and immerse yourself in the beauty and history of the city from a unique perspective. We loved the panoramic views of London’s renowned landmarks, such as Tower Bridge and the iconic Big Ben. Throughout the cruise, knowledgeable guides provide fun facts and stories about the landmarks you pass along the way.

City Cruises offers a variety of cruise options to suit your preferences. If you have more time, consider partaking in an afternoon tea or romantic dinner cruise.

Pro Tip: Try to secure a seat on the open-air deck for the best photo opps and unobstructed views.

See More: What You Need To Know Before Your First Douro River Cruise

city cruises london

Weekend in London itinerary Day 3

Because it is a trek to get out to Watford, you want to plan for a pickup and transportation. You will spend half the day here. We returned to London, did some shopping, and ended the long day with delicious food and desserts in London’s Chinatown.

9. Warner Brothers Studio Tour →

Studio Tour Dr, Leavesden, Watford WD25 7LR, United Kingdom, map

The Harry Potter Warner Bros. Studio Tour offers an enchanting and immersive experience for fans of the Wizarding World. Step onto actual film sets and see behind-the-scenes secrets on how they created the iconic film series. The detailed costumes, original film sets, and interactive exhibits utterly blew us away.

Their food court serves up film favorites (think Butter Beer, Hogwarts-themed burgers, and chocolate frogs) and afternoon tea. Check out the very extensive shop where you can purchase a customized wand on your way out. You’ll easily spend half a day here!

Pro Tip: Be sure to book early in advance since they only sell a limited number of tickets daily. Don’t forget to schedule ample time for travel as it’s not in Central London.

london warner bros harry potter tour

10. Check Out Iconic Shopping

87-135 Brompton Rd, London SW1X 7XL, UK, map

London is renowned for its quintessential shopping streets that offer a wide range of fashion, luxury brands, department stores, and unique boutiques. Here are some of the most famous shopping streets in London:

  • Oxford Street: Located in the heart of London, Oxford Street is one of the busiest shopping streets in the world. It stretches over a mile and is home to numerous flagship stores.
  • Regent Street: Just a short walk from Oxford Street, Regent Street is known for its historic architecture and a mix of upscale boutiques and department stores.
  • Bond Street: Bond Street is synonymous with luxury shopping in London. This exclusive street is home to high-end fashion boutiques, prestigious jewelry stores, and renowned art galleries.
  • Harrods on Brompton Road: Slow clap A London shopping icon. Even if you’re just window shopping at this historic department store, we recommend buying a delicious pastry from one of their many cafes.

Local Tip: Take advantage of the famous Christmas light displays that decorate these streets during the holidays.

best shopping areas in london

11. Eat Around Chinatown

Gerrard Pl, London W1D 5QJ, UK, map

I would move to London’s Chinatown for the food! Luckily (or not), our hotel was just a couple of metro stops away from Chinatown, and we ate there every day of our trip.

Be sure to get authentic soup dumplings from Dumplings’ Legend, fresh pineapple buns from The Eight, and Peking duck from The Duck and Rice. Wash everything down with a cold bubble tea at my all-time boba shop, Happy Lemon.

Local Tip: Venture beyond the main streets and explore the side alleys, shops, and hidden gems. These lesser-known restaurants provide a unique dining experience away from the crowds and serve authentic Chinese food.

chinatown gate london

Map of the Best Things to Do in London

If we planned for more time, I wish we got to visit neighborhoods like Notting Hill and Cambridge as well as these things to do in London.

  • Have Traditional Afternoon Tea
  • British Museum
  • Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre
  • The London Eye
  • St. Paul’s Cathedral
  • The Beatles Museum (Liverpool)
  • The Seven Stars, London’s Oldest Pub

london eye champagne experience + best weekend in london itinerary

Best Places to Eat in London

Here are a few places we tried and loved:

  • Dishoom (Various Locations) $$ – At dinner, a limited number of reservations are available for parties of six or more guests. You’ll most likely be waiting in a long line, so prepare in advance. If you’re lucky, they’ll serve you some of their famous chai while you wait. Haidilao Hot Pot $$ – Josh isn’t the biggest fan of hot pot, but he claims Haidilao is the best he’s ever had. We don’t have a location at home, so this place was beyond our expectations. They also provide snacks and drinks in the waiting area. Come hungry.
  • Cafe TPT $ – Known for authentic Hong Kong street food such as beef ho fun and minced pork hot pot. If you’re feeling adventurous, we recommend the lemongrass soft-shell crab.  
  • Evelyn’s Table $$ – A Michelin-star restaurant led by Head Chef James Goodyear. Think intimate tasting menu with 18th-century pub vibes.  

best places to eat in chinatown london

Best Places to Stay in London

  • Book what you want to do in advance. Because London is such a popular destination for so many, we missed out on some things, like Afternoon Tea, because they were already fully booked.
  • You don’t have to tip here, like most countries outside the US, but if you feel inclined, you can round up to the nearest Pound or tip 10-12% of your bill total.
  • Purchase the London Pass for the metro system, bus, and more. You can also use your tap to pay international credit card and pay as you go, but it will cap off at around £8 per day. See more details here . 
  • Always wear layers , pack an umbrella or raincoat, and wear comfy shoes. You’ll be walking plenty. London is known for its rainy and cloudy weather.
  • The UK uses a type G plug for most appliances, so bring a universal adapter for your electronics.
  • Be mindful of the traffic flow as drivers in the UK drive on the left side. Exercise caution and pay attention to the signs at crosswalks and bus stops.
  • Pickpockets are common in London, especially in crowded areas, tourist spots, and on public transportation. Check your surroundings and avoid distractions like using your phone excessively or wearing headphones that might limit your awareness.
  • Get a Go City London Pass to check out multiple attractions. The pass gives you access to over 90 popular attractions, including several on our list, at a fraction of the cost.
  • Get comprehensive insurance for your trip.
  • Download these helpful language apps .
  • Find a great deal on London hotels .
  • Arrange a rental car for your trip.
  • Book a tour for your visit.
  • Get airport lounge access .
  • Buy a travel charger to keep your devices charged.
  • Get a new backpack for your trip.
  • Buy a London travel guide .
  • Pack the appropriate shoes for your trip.
  • Don’t forget your in-flight essentials .
  • Get a London Pass to save money on attractions.

Which of these things to do in London are on your travel bucket list? Anything else you would add to a weekend in London itinerary?

Did you enjoy this post? Pin it for later

things to see in london england + the perfect weekend in london itinerary

SEE More International City Guides

GALAPAGOS ISLANDS

KYOTO, JAPAN

LONDON, ENGLAND

MANCHESTER, ENGLAND

MELBOURNE, AUSTRALIA

NEWFOUNDLAND, CANADA

PARIS, FRANCE

PORTO, PORTUGAL

QUEBEC CITY, CANADA

REYKJAVIK, ICELAND

TOKYO, JAPAN

“Discovery consists not of seeking new lands but in seeing with new eyes ” – M. Proust

about-josh-macy

Josh + Macy

Josh and Macy are creative southern kids who love exploring local and international cultures. They’ve long believed that traveling is about getting out of your comfort zone and trying new things. They are currently based out of Atlanta.

Follow along on Instagram (J + M) , YouTube , and Pinterest.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Full Suitcase Travel Blog

2 Days in London: Detailed Trip Itinerary, Map & Insider Tips

By Author Jurga

Posted on Last updated: October 12, 2023

2 Days in London: Detailed Trip Itinerary, Map & Insider Tips

Have two days in London and wondering how to best plan your time and make the most of your short visit? In this guide, we share a recommended 2-day London itinerary that covers some of the best London sights and attractions that you absolutely have to see if this is your first time in the city. In addition, we include some hidden gems that will make your visit so much more special. Find out!

Packed to the rafters with unmissable sights, attractions, and general points of interest, you could spend weeks in London and only scratch the surface of what’s available there. I should know! I lived and worked in the Big Smoke for years and still discover new places and hidden gems each time I go back! So planning a comprehensive itinerary for just 2 days in London poses something of a challenge…

With just 48 hours in London, you have to be picky with what you do. Falling foul of FOMO and trying to squeeze too much into your trip is a recipe for trouble! You risk being rushed off your feet, exhausted, and unable to truly enjoy each stop along the way.

So to help you make the most of your two days in London, we put together this itinerary with some insider tips and advice to ensure that you see as much as possible, without going overboard. This guide is written with the help of a fellow travel writer, Danny Newman of  What’s Danny Doing , who lived in London for several years and knows the city really well.

Good to know: At the end of this article, you can find a short overview of this itinerary, a map indicating all the places mentioned in our guide, tips for getting around, and suggestions for the best area to stay for this London itinerary. Read on!

How to see the best of London in two days

Please keep in mind that it’s really impossible to see all the best places in London in just two days… So there’s no standard itinerary for 2 days in London or one ‘best’ way to do it. This is just one of the possible options, a good first introduction to the city if you want to see the best of London in two days.

Whether you’re planning a short city getaway, a stopover, or a weekend in London, and no matter if you are visiting London with kids , with a group of friends, or traveling alone , this guide will help you make the most of your time and see most of the ‘musts’ of London in just 2 days. Find out!

Here’s how we recommend spending 2 days in London:

Day 1: London must-sees

On your first day in the UK capital, we recommend taking the chance to see most of the classic London tourist attractions that everyone visiting for the first time shouldn’t miss. Here’s how you could plan your day:

For an amazing way to start the day in London, I suggest taking a leisurely stroll around the famous Hyde Park . The morning’s usually the best time to see it, especially when the weather’s good. With sunshine glazing the greenery and a relative paucity of people, you’ll have some space to relax and ready yourself for the busy schedule ahead.

There are several cafes in the park – mostly around the lake, The Serpentine, where you can get breakfast or some coffee to start your day.

Don’t hang around too long though! Make sure you’ve taken the short walk from Hyde Park and through Green Park to the iconic Buckingham Palace well in time for the 11 am Changing of the Guard ceremony!

Italian Gardens in Hyde Park in London

Buckingham Palace & Changing of the Guard

The official residence of the King, Buckingham Palace is a must-see in London. Usually, you can only admire this impressive building from the outside, but in late summer – usually from the last week of July to the first week of October – it is also possible to visit inside (you can find more info and tickets for the State Rooms here ). However, with just two days in London, you’ll have to plan your itinerary really well and doing this would mean less time for the other places.

If you enjoy pageantry and tradition, then don’t miss the Changing of the Guard ceremony at Buckingham Palace. Since this is a very popular attraction, be sure to arrive in time so that you can secure a good spot to see everything! This is a free event and you can see it from the street.

Good to know: This ceremony takes place daily at 11 am in June and July, and on Mondays, Wednesdays, Fridays, and Sundays during the rest of the year. More info here .

TIP: Alternatively, you can also see a similar ceremony at the  Horse Guard Parade . This would be a good option if you want to make the most of your day time-wise. More info below.

If you are not sure where to go, you can also take a Changing of the Guard tour .

Buckingham Palace

St. James’s Park & Horse Guards Parade

After seeing Buckingham Palace, continue on foot through St. James’s Park (another rather lovely royal patch of land!) toward the Horse Guards Parade. The walk through the park is very pleasant and is just about 15 minutes.

Horse Guards Parade is a big parade ground at the Whitehall where The Household Cavalry Museum is located. This is one of the best places to see the famous Horse Guards. And there’s also a daily Changing of the Guard ceremony here at 11 am (at 10 am on Sundays).

TIP: This ceremony is shorter than the one at Buckingham Palace, and it’s also located closer to the other landmarks that you’ll want to see next. So if you want to start your day earlier and make the most of it, you could see Buckingham Palace first and come here for the Change of the Guard. This would give you a bit more time for the other attractions afterward.

St Jame's Park in central London

10 Downing Street

Just nearby is the famous 10 Downing Street , the official residence of the UK’s Prime Minister.

You won’t be able to get very close to the building since the street   is closed to the public by huge guarded gates. But you can see the famous 10 Downing Street from a distance.

I wouldn’t go out of the way just for this, but it’s such an iconic place in London and you’ll be passing here anyway, so take a peek!

Downing Street London

Westminster Abbey

Next, head to the inimitable Westminster Abbey , the site of many of Britain’s most important historic moments.

A gothic building of incredible beauty and scale, Westminster Abbey is a popular venue for royal weddings and coronations. Since 1066, every British monarch has been crowned here. Don’t miss the Coronation chair in St. George’s Chapel !

The Abbey is also the burial site of countless famous British historical figures, including Charles Darwin, Isaac Newton, and David Livingstone, one of the famous explorers , just to name a few…

PRO TIP:  If you want to actually visit Westminster Abbey and not just see it from the outside, be sure to  book your timed-entry tickets in advance .

Good to know: If you visit all the other places mentioned before and want to visit Westminster Abbey inside , you’ll probably not have enough time to get to the Tower of London by the end of the day. So either skip the Changing of the Guard, choose just one of these two places – Westminster Abbey or the Tower of London, or adjust the itinerary in such a way that you visit Westminster Abbey on day 1 and The Tower of London on day 2.

Westminster Abbey in London UK

Houses of Parliament & Big Ben

A mere stone’s throw from Westminster Abbey, you’ll find another must-see landmark, the equally impressive Houses of Parliament , aka the Palace of Westminster. This beautiful gothic building sits proudly on the banks of the Thames and makes for a mightily impressive sight.

The Houses of Parliament is home to the British government, where the House of Commons and the House of Lords assemble. Political meetings have taken place here since 1066!

This is also where you’ll find Big Ben , the infamous bell tower that rises like a magnificent ornate monolith and forms part of the Palace of Westminster.

There are tours available to visit the Houses of Parliament, but with so much to see in London and so little time, just take some pictures of these iconic buildings and move on to your next destination. It’s time to cross the river via the famous Westminster Bridge and walk to one of my favorite parts of the entire city, London’s South Bank!

Big Ben London

South Bank is one of the liveliest and nicest places in the heart of London. The views are stunning and walking along the South Bank, you can see some of London’s most iconic buildings and cityscapes.

There’s also a lot to do here! From art venues to aquariums and, of course, the famous London Eye, you could easily spend an entire afternoon enjoying all that the South Bank has to offer. But on your first visit and trying to squeeze in as many of the nicest places in a day as possible, we recommend just one activity – London Eye.

London Eye is the highest observation wheel in Europe, offering easy access to some of the nicest views in London . From the top, you’ll get a birds-eye view of central London and all the places you saw up to now – from Hyde Park and Buckingham Palace in the distance to Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament almost at your feet.

PRO TIP:  The London Eye is one of the most popular tourist attractions in London, so be sure to  get timed-entry tickets online in advance . We highly recommend  fast-track tickets  as this can save you several (!) hours. With just two days in London, this is really the best way to do it, especially if you want to see all the other places recommended in this itinerary.

Otherwise, just admire the structure and the views from the ground, and enjoy the views from The Shard at the end of the day (see further below). Of course, you can also do both – the views and the experiences are totally different.

Good to know: There are some nice restaurants and cafes in this area, so it’s a good place for a quick late lunch. You could also take a quick look at The Vaults , one of the hidden gems of London . However, you can’t afford to spend too long embracing the joys of the South Bank. At this point, it should be early afternoon, and you’ve got one more unmissable stop to go to – the Tower of London.

London Eye and the South Bank

Thames Cruise

Taking a cruise on the Thames River is one of the musts in London. And even though your schedule will be quite full already, you can easily squeeze this into your itinerary because the fastest way to get to the Tower of London from the Westminster area is indeed by boat.

Another option is taking a tube (metro) from Westminster to Tower Hill. But we recommend the boat because it allows you to see more of the city!

TIP: One of the fastest and cheapest ways to get from the Westminster area to the Tower area is by taking this boat cruise from Westminster Pier (the opposite side of the river from the London Eye). Boats run on a regular basis throughout the day. You can get one-way tickets or round-trip, depending on where you have to be in the evening.

This hop-on hop-off cruise also stops at the London Eye Waterloo Pier (so you don’t have to cross the river). If you are thinking of taking the boat both ways anyway, this can be a more convenient option (and you can take advantage of the hop-on-hop-off ticket to see more places along the river after visiting the Tower of London).

Thames river cruise in London

Tower of London

Yet another striking and iconic London landmark, the Tower has a central (if grisly) place in the city’s history. This is where Britain’s most infamous prisoners of old were held captive before being publicly executed. But this fortress was also built to show off the power of British royalty and it’s also a royal palace, with luxuriously furnished apartments and staterooms.

The Tower is home to  Crown Jewels  and a vast collection of over thousands of gemstones. In addition, you can meet the Yeoman Guards, aka Beefeaters, who are the ceremonial guards of the Tower.

A truly epic sight to behold, the sense of history here is palpable. A visit here is a great opportunity to learn all about the fortress’s long, tumultuous, and fascinating background, as well as the stories of the people imprisoned there. Along the way, you’ll see the Crown Jewels, the Battlements, the White Tower, and many more.

TIP: The Tower of London is one of the most popular tourist attractions in the city, so be sure to book your tickets online in advance .

These days, you can choose between a ticket that is valid the whole day or a timed-entry ticket, which can save you some time (but you have to get there on time). Also, keep in mind that you need at least 2 hours to see the main sights (3 hours would be better). So ideally, you get here by 3 pm at the latest because the museum usually closes at 6 pm. Or plan to visit first here thing in the morning on your second day in London.

The Tower of London is a must in any London itinerary

St Dunstan in the East

TIP: If you still have some energy left after visiting the Tower of London, you could take a short detour and see one of the nicest hidden gems of London, St Dunstan in the East .

This impressive church ruin and garden is really picturesque and you won’t believe that such a tranquil place can be found in the heart of London, just a few minutes from the crowded Tower area.

Originally built in the early 12th century, the church was expanded and repaired throughout the centuries until it was seriously damaged by the Great Fire of London in the 17th century and then again during WWII. It was decided not to restore the church, but to protect the ruin as a monument.

It is now a public garden that you can visit free of charge.

Good to know: We indicated this place in our map below, so you can easily find it. Please keep in mind that it’s open until dusk or 7 pm, whichever is earlier. So, depending on the season, it might be difficult to squeeze it into your itinerary if you only have two days in London and want to see as many of the main places as possible. But if you are visiting in summer when the days are longer, you could come here after visiting the Tower of London. It’s definitely worth a detour.

St Dunstan in the East Church Garden in London

Tower Bridge

Just near the Tower of London, you’ll see Tower Bridge , probably the most recognized bridge in the world. Even if you don’t feel like visiting inside the Tower of London on such a short visit, you definitely have to come to this area for this iconic bridge!

You’ll see it from the boat when you arrive here, and you can also take some nice pictures from the pedestrian waterside promenade. But we highly recommend walking over the bridge as well. It’s such an impressive structure! It’s also possible to visit Tower Bridge inside , but with just two days in the city, the Tower of London is probably worth your time more.

And, by crossing the bridge, you can also see it from the other side of the river where you can find many nice cafes for a drink or restaurants for dinner. In addition, you can see HMS Belfast, a WWII navy ship that now serves as a museum.

London Tower Bridge

Amazing city views from The Shard

Just a short walk from the southern side of Tower Bridge, you’ll find one of the iconic skyscrapers of London, The Shard . The tallest building in the country, the Shard has several viewing platforms with dazzling views of London.

There are two indoor viewing platforms and an open-air sky deck all the way at the top. The 72nd floor of the Shard offers an amazing 360º view over London and up to 64 kilometers (40 miles) around the city. The views here are amazing at any time of the day, at sunset, or even after dark. So this is a great place to end your first day in London.

TIP: In summer, the viewing platform is usually open until 10 pm, and the rest of the year – until 9 pm. But be sure to check this for the most up-to-date info. Also here, you have to book timed-entry tickets in advance .

Good to know: The Shard also has several excellent restaurants, and you can find plenty of dining options nearby.

London at night views from the Shard

Day 2: Bustling cool areas & amazing museums

London has a reputation for being an expensive place to both live and travel. And it’s true! From food to accommodation, you can expect to stretch your travel budget during any stay. However, there are also innumerable things to do in London that are 100% free!

So on the second leg of your London 2 day itinerary, you’re going to sample a selection of some of the best free attractions in London…

Here is what your second day could look like:

Trafalgar Square & The National Gallery

Start off day 2 at the famous Trafalgar Square , a bustling heart of London, and one of the must-see landmarks. If you are staying further away, take a metro to Charing Cross in order to get here in the morning.

With Nelson’s Column guarded by four huge bronze lions at the center of the square, grand stone waterfalls on both sides, and the emblematic National Gallery at the rear, Trafalgar Square is quintessential Great Britain. The atmosphere is at odds with the architecture though, and the place heaves with people from all walks of life. Usually, you’ll find lots of talented street performers here, and it’s a nice place to simply sit back, do some people-watching, and soak in the electric atmosphere.

If you feel the need for some peace and quiet, then be sure to step into the National Gallery to wander through silent rooms filled with artistic masterpieces. It’s usually open daily from 10 am and there’s no entry fee, making it one of the best things to do in London for free.

You could spend hours just wandering around this museum, but on such a short visit to the city, you’ll have to make choices. As a minimum, go inside for half an hour or so, even if just to admire the beautiful architecture and see for yourself how amazing this place is.

Trafalgar Square in London

Leicester Square, Chinatown & Piccadilly Circus

After leaving Trafalgar Square, walk a little way north until you hit another well-known public space, Leicester Square . Crowded and over-priced, it won’t be everyone’s idea of fun. But I still think this lively spot’s worth seeing! Walk around, embrace the busy tourist vibes, and visit one of the cool stores, such as M&M’s London, the LEGO Store, and many others.

Just nearby, you’ll find London’s Chinatown. Don’t miss the impressive Chinatown Gate .

Afterwards head to the nearby Piccadilly Circus , which is sometimes compared to Times Square in New York. It’s a very busy road junction with shops and restaurants and colorful billboards all around you. At its center, you’ll find a bronze  Shaftesbury Memorial Fountain , aka Eros Fountain.

You can spend as little as 20-30 minutes exploring these areas, or a couple of hours, but we recommend not lingering here too much since there’s so much more to see!

Swiss Court at Leicester Square in London

Covent Garden

Just next door, you’ll find one of the coolest areas in the center of London, Covent Garden . Not only is it home to some awesome theatrical productions, but there are also exciting street performers to watch, good cafes and restaurants, and cool independent shops to look inside.

Covent Garden Market  is a must, with its 19th-century glass roof and fantastic architecture. Also Covent Garden Infinity Chamber is nice to see.

This is a wonderful place to be at any time of the day, and if you want to watch a musical in London, you’ll want to get back to this area in the evening as well. But it’s also a really good area to come for lunch, with countless good restaurants and cafes. Whether you want to try some traditional British food , get a pizza, or try some of the best curries in town, you’ll find plenty of choices here.

TIP: Check out the colorful little square known as Neal’s Yard . It’s one of the hidden gems of London and a nice place to check out if you are nearby anyway. From here, it’s just 10 minutes walk to your next stop, the British Museum.

English pub McMullen The Nags Head in Covent Garden London

British Museum

British Museum is another place that we recommend to anyone visiting London for the first time. Talk about impressive architecture! From the outside, this museum’s huge stone columns are reminiscent of the Parthenon. Walk through the front door, though, and you’re met with this vast, modern, light, and airy space with an eye-catching domed glass ceiling.

It’s like stepping back in time and into the future all at once.

But you don’t come to the British Museum just to gape at the architecture. There are 60 epic galleries in this monumental space, including exhibits on Ancient Greece, Africa, the Americas, the Middle East, and so on. And, of course, don’t miss the Egyptian mummies!

Basically, if you visit just one museum in London, British Museum is the place to go. It’s one of the best museums in the world!

Good to know: Also here, entry is free of charge (although you may have to pay to see certain temporary exhibits). For more information, please see their website . And also here, you could spend days and even weeks and not see everything. But even if you only have an hour or two, it’s well worth it.

Modern interior of the British Museum in London

The Regent’s Park

After exploring the British Museum for a couple of hours, it’s time to stretch your legs again and take the mile-long walk up and across to the Regent’s Park . A personal favorite, Regent’s Park’s downright gorgeous. Large, circular, and home to an open-air theatre, a glass-clad café, and mile after mile of walking paths, it’s a great green space for chilling out on a sunny day.

Walk, sit, grab a coffee from the café, and relax for a while. On the southern side of the park, you’ll find Madame Tussauds , and on the far north end of the park, you can visit the much-loved ZSL London Zoo . If you still have the energy, you could visit one of the two, but definitely not both. Alternatively, for amazing views over London , you could cross the canal and go up Primrose Hill .

TIP: If you want to get a bit off the beaten path in this part of London, head to Little Venice. From there, you can take a boat on Regent’s Canal to Camden Town , your next destination on this itinerary. On the other hand, if you are already at the northern side of Regent’s Park, Little Venice is really out of the way and it’s much quicker to just walk to Camden (and you can also follow the canal).

Regent's Park in London

Camden Town & Market

Camden Market is the last destination on this 2 day London itinerary and you could spend the entire evening here. If you are walking from Regent’s Park, exit the park on its northeast side and walk a short way down the road to enter the incomparable Camden Town .

With the canal running through its center and countless shops, bars, clubs, and restaurants, Camden is a perfect (more local) place to end your busy day in London. There’s a lot to see and do here, yet I highly recommend starting with the Camden Market (because most stalls will start to close at around 6 PM, whereas restaurants stay open late).

This is a sprawling, eclectic venue with thrift stores, upmarket street food stalls, and independent shops that sell all manner of interesting trinkets. You really won’t want to miss it!

Good to know: Camden Market is open daily, from 10 am to late (see here for more info). So it’s a great place to stay for dinner. The best way to get back to the city center from Camden is by taking the tube, which takes just 15-20 minutes.

LEARN MORE: Best Things to Do in Camden Town Camden Market

Colorful shops on Camden High Street in London

Theater / Show

If you want to get the absolute most of your 2-day visit or a weekend in London, you could head back to the city center and watch a show or a performance at one of London’s theaters .

In that case, it’s likely that you’ll have to cut some of the other activities short or skip one museum. Otherwise, your day would be too rushed, but it’s definitely possible.

Most theaters are located near the Covent Garden / Leicester Square area where you started this morning.

Ideally, you book your tickets well in advance , especially if you want to see a specific show and get good seats. Otherwise, you can always try one of the ticket offices near Leicester Square to see if there are any last-minute tickets available (but you would have to do this when you are in this area in the morning and not right before the show).

Les Miserables musical billboards in London

2 Days in London Itinerary & Map:

  • Buckingham Palace & Changing of the Guard.
  • St. James’s Park & Horse Guards Parade.
  • 10 Downing Street.
  • Westminster Abbey (get timed-entry tickets if you want to visit inside).
  • Houses of Parliament & Big Ben.
  • London Eye ( get (fast-track) tickets in advance !) (+ The Vaults – optional).
  • Thames Cruise from Westminster to Tower Bridge ( boat ticket and info ).
  • The Tower of London (be sure to book tickets if you want to visit inside!).
  • St Dunstan in the East (optional).
  • Tower Bridge (get tickets if you want to visit inside!).
  • The Shard (also here, you absolutely have to book timed-entry tickets ).
  • Trafalgar Square & The National Gallery.
  • Leicester Square, Chinatown, Piccadilly Circus.
  • Covent Garden.
  • British Museum.
  • Regent’s Park (optional Madame Tussauds or London Zoo or Little Venice Canal Cruise ).
  • Camden Market.
  • Theater/ show (optional – see what’s available for your travel dates ).

How to use this map:  Use your computer mouse (or fingers) to zoom in or out. Click on the icons to get more information about each place. Click the arrow on the top left corner for the index. Click the star next to the map’s title to add it to your Google Maps account. To view the saved map on your smartphone or PC, open Google Maps, click the menu and go to ‘Your Places’/’Maps’. If you want to print the map or see it in a bigger window, click on ‘View larger map’ in the top right corner.

Getting around

If you read our 2-day London itinerary carefully, you should have noticed that most of the time we advise walking between the main attractions in London. In some cases – for longer distances – it’s best to take the tube , and sometimes a boat . Either way, be sure to wear comfortable shoes because you’ll be walking a lot!

Walking is really the best way to explore central London. Driving is out of the question and taking a taxi is expensive. Plus, you really don’t want to get stuck in the city’s notorious traffic. Furthermore, most of London’s main attractions in the center are really close to each other. Also, walking from place to place is the best way to soak up London’s unique atmosphere, traverse the age-old streets, and notice the tiny details you might miss otherwise.

And if you don’t want to walk more than necessary, public transport in London is a great alternative (i.e. reliable, efficient, and fairly budget-friendly). Once you’ve mastered it, the extensive metro system (aka “the tube”) will take you all over the city in good time. Otherwise, London’s famous double-decker buses run 24/7 and will take you to most places too (just expect the journey to take longer!).

Good to know: Public transport in London is cashless. You can only pay using a contactless debit card, your smartphone (assuming it has mobile payments setup), or what’s called an “ Oyster Card ”. Alas, this last option has nothing to do with oysters! A credit-card-sized piece of plastic, you buy it from train stations, payment booths in underground stations, etc. and use it as a pre-paid card for getting around.

If you are planning to take the bus and metro instead of walking (or if your accommodation is far away), you can also opt for a 1-day transport card. You pay once, for the entire day, and don’t have to worry about anything.

TIP: If you are not feeling fit enough to walk everywhere and want to make the most of your time in London, you can also opt for hop-on hop-off buses . They have 1, 2, and 3-day tickets, and all tickets include at least one ride on the Thames River cruise.

Red double decker bus and London Eye

Where to stay

With transport covered, another most important thing to decide when planning a trip to London is where to stay.

London has thousands of accommodation options for all budgets, and using the tube allows you to quickly cover big distances. Still, if you only have a few days in London and want to make the most of your stay, we highly recommend staying as centrally as possible . This will make your trip so much more enjoyable!

For this itinerary, we recommend staying in the area around Covent Garden/ Trafalgar Square . The location is great for sightseeing, public transport connections are good, and there are many restaurants, cafes, bars, and a big variety of things to do day and night. The majority of London theaters are also located nearby, making it easy to catch a show in the evening.

Here are some of the best hotels in this area:

  • £££££ The Savoy (ultimate luxury stay in the world-famous Savoy).
  • ££££ St Martins Lane London (an affordable luxury at an amazing location).
  • £££ Citadines Trafalgar Square (beautiful modern 4* hotel, one of the top picks in central London).
  • ££ The Z Trafalgar (one of the most affordable hotels in this area with tiny, but modern rooms).

If you are looking for a lower budget stay in central London (although ‘budget’ is a relative term in the city center), then take a look at the Waterloo Station area (10 minutes walk to London Eye or Westminster Bridge). It’s one of the few places in the center where you’ll be able to find good quality budget accommodation. Here are two of the best choices in this area:

  • £ + Nox Hotel Waterloo .
  • £ Point A Hotel London Westminster .

READ ALSO: Where to Stay in London for First Time

London Eye as seen from Golden Jubilee Bridges in the evening

Good to know

You won’t be able to visit all the main landmarks of London in two days. However, if you plan well, in 2 days, you can see most of the ‘musts’ of London and also visit a few museums and tourist attractions. Our itinerary above should help you make the most of your short visit.

Ideally, you plan at least 3-4 days in London, plus a few days for the surroundings. This would allow you to explore the main attractions a bit deeper and at a more relaxed pace, and also visit a few interesting places nearby. An ideal first trip to London would be about 5-8 days: 3-4 days for the best of the city, 1 day in Greenwich , and 2-3 days for some of the best day trips from London .

Even though two days will be rushed and you won’t be able to see everything, visiting London for 2 days is absolutely worth it. You’ll be able to see most of the main highlights, visit a few attractions, and get a good idea of what London is like. No doubt, you’ll want to come back for a longer visit! But if two days is all you got, then definitely go. You won’t regret it. In fact, it’s well worth it even if you have only one day in London too!

So, this is our recommended London 2 day itinerary. We hope that it will help you make the most of your trip to London. Of course, you can adjust this to your liking and pick and choose as you see fit, but this gives you an idea of what can be done in two days and how you could best plan your time if you want to see as much as possible.

The good news is that anything you choose to do will be great because London is full of amazing places!

If you have any questions about this itinerary, feel free to leave a reply below, and we’ll try to help. Be sure to also check our other guides to London, especially the one with the tips and tricks for your first visit. See below!

READ ALSO: London Travel Tips for Your First Visit

More travel inspiration & information for your trip to London:

  • Must see: Top Things to Do in London
  • Short visit: London in One Day
  • Views: Best Views & Viewpoints in London
  • Off the beaten path: Hidden Gems & Cool Places in London
  • Greenwich: Best Things to Do in Greenwich & Tulip Stairs & Painted Hall
  • Near London:  Best Day Trips & One Day Tours from London
  • With kids:  Best Things to Do in London with Kids &  Family-friendly Afternoon Tea in London
  • For The Beatles fans: Liverpool Day Trip from London

More travel inspiration for your trip to the UK:

  • What to eat: Best Traditional Dishes to Try in the UK
  • Where to go:  Best Cities to Visit in the UK
  • Yorkshire:  Yorkshire Day Trips
  • Cornwall:  Best Places to Visit in Cornwall  &  Where to Stay in Cornwall
  • Liverpool: Best Things to Do in Liverpool & Liverpool Beatles Attractions
  • Manchester: Best Things to Do in Manchester & Manchester 1-day Itinerary
  • Scotland:   Isle of Skye Itinerary  &  Scotland Whisky Tour
  • Edinburgh:  Best Things to Do in Edinburgh  &  One Day in Edinburgh & Tips for Visiting Edinburgh
  • Glasgow:  One Day in Glasgow
  • Blackpool: Best Things to Do in Blackpool & Blackpool Travel Tips

If you found this post helpful, don’t forget to bookmark it and share it with your friends. Are you on Pinterest? Pin these images!

How to spend 2 days in London - things to do, itinerary, and map

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Monday 12th of June 2023

Hi Jurga. Loved your itineraries and insights.Big shut out for travel blog. I`ll be visiting the country from July 30 -August 15. Yeah right. Been browsing what to do lol. Your tips and itineraries are really huge help. Just wondering why I can`t copy paste them??? Would really be thrilled if you can guide me on my upcoming trip. Cheers.

Hi Gigi, glad to hear that you find our articles helpful. For a variety of personal and professional reasons, we do not allow copying. But you can always bookmark the articles that you find useful and come back later. And if you absolutely want to have some info on paper, use Ctrl+p, just please consider the environment and only print the pages you absolutely need. Have a great trip!

Thursday 9th of February 2023

I was lost as to how to plan our two day stay in London this summer with four kids;) Thank you for the excellent article. This sounds doable for our family & I know where to start and go on now. Much love:)

Friday 10th of February 2023

Glad to help, Madiha. Have a great time in London!

Dr Muhammad Ishaque

Monday 30th of January 2023

Very comprehensive Very helpful article

Wednesday 1st of February 2023

Happy to help. Have a great time in London!

Sunday 3rd of July 2022

Thanks for the amazing itinerary!

Monday 4th of July 2022

Glad you found this useful. Have a great trip!

London x London

Posted on Published: 10th February 2023  - Last updated: 2nd January 2024 Categories London Travel Tips

By: Author Julianna Barnaby

2 Days in London Itinerary – The Insider’s Guide

2 Days in London Itinerary – The Insider’s Guide

Love This? Save and Share!

Planning a short visit to London and not sure what to see? I’ve created the perfect 2 days in London itinerary: everything you need to know to plan the perfect trip.

As a born and bred Londoner, it can be too easy to take my hometown for granted. Buckingham Palace – been there, done that. London Eye? Literally used to work there. 

For someone who loves my hometown, I was close to becoming a little bit (dare I say it?)… jaded.

Utterly ridiculous right? I agree. So I decided to fix the situation and spend 2 days in London like a tourist. 

The result? IMHO the best London itinerary that you can get your hands on. 

If you’re planning your trip to the city and wondering what to do in London in 2 days, hold it right there. Put your comfortable walking shoes on and prepare yourself for this perfectly storming tour of gritty, grimy, beautiful London,

PS… Have even less time? Here’s my guide to exploring London in one day .

2 Days in London Itinerary 

10am – hyde park.

Hyde Park

Start your two days in London in Hyde Park, one of London’s Royal Parks and my second favourite London park (the first is St James’s Park – don’t worry, we’ll pop in there later).

I love visiting Hyde Park in the morning – it somehow feels so utterly quaint. Low-key celebrity joggers, dog walkers with some of London’s most pampered pooches in well-ordered clusters at heel, a few ambitious souls swimming in the Serpentine (the lake in the middle of the park).

It’s a nice way to introduce you to London – enjoy some peace and quiet while you can, you’re about to enter the fray. 

After Hyde Park, cross over to walk through Green Park and over to Buckingham Palace. 

11am – Changing of the Guard at Buckingham Palace

Buckingham Palace

I mean, you can’t take a trip to London and not visit old Queenie at Buckingham Palace . 

Buckingham Palace is every bit as large and ostentatious as you’d expect for the official residence of the monarch. I mean, it’s all a bit embarrassing really, 775 rooms (no, that’s not a typo) including 188 bedrooms for the staff alone and 78 bathrooms in case you were wondering.

You can visit the State Rooms during the summer months (I think they’re a bit overrated, to be honest. Liz isn’t letting the general public anywhere near the good stuff for love nor money) or satisfy yourself by taking a million pictures of the palace’s exterior.

Anyway, we’re not actually here to visit Buckingham Palace. We’re here to see something much more exciting. The Changing of the Guard .

The Changing of the Guard is officially when The Queen’s Guard hands over responsibility for protecting Buckingham Palace and St. James’s Palace to the New Guard. Whatever that means…

In reality, it’s a glorious display of slightly ridiculous but iconic tradition as the guards strut (sorry, march) around in their bright scarlet tunics and skyscraper bearskin hats, accompanied by music.

Changing of the Guard

Unfortunately, the powers that be don’t think we could deal with the excitement of the Changing of the Guard every day, so it only takes place on Mondays, Wednesdays, Fridays and Sundays in the winter months, though it is daily during the summer months. Days and times can change or be cancelled. Check before you go.

We’ve just about got time to pop into St James’s Park for a little stroll. 

Sandwiched between Buckingham Palace, Downing Street and Horse Guards Parade, St James’s Park is a little bit of bliss in central London.

If you had more time, I’d suggest you plop yourself down on one of the benches with an ice cream and soak up the idyllic setting. But you don’t. So onwards we go.

12pm – Westminster Abbey, the Houses of Parliament and Big Ben

Palace of Westminster

Can I make a confession? 

I hadn’t actually visited Westminster Abbey until recently. Walked past it? A million times. Actually made the effort to go inside? Nope.  Westminster was for tourists.

Turns out I was missing a lot.

Westminster Abbey dates back to 1245 in its present form and the site has been the country’s coronation church (when the monarch is officially crowned) since 1066. It’s also one of the most spectacular gothic buildings in the UK – make sure you have plenty of space on your memory card.

I’m not that bothered about seeing the graves of past monarchs, but you shouldn’t miss Poet’s Corner, where some of the nation’s leading literary figures are buried or commemorated.

On a slightly less macabre note, pop out of Westminster Abbey and cross the road to see the Houses of Parliament in the Palace of Westminster.

The Houses of Parliament is the seat of British government, and another pretty impressive Gothic building as well. It’s not hard to imagine the cogs of politics running their course in the depths of this grand old building.

The Houses of Parliament are also famous for their role in the notorious gunpowder plot, when Guy Fawkes, Robert Catesby and a band of Catholic dissenters tried to blow up the Houses of Parliament and the then king, James I.

Didn’t work out so well for them, but it was the inspiration for our much-loved Fireworks Night, so they’ve made their mark in the history books in one way.

Big Ben is perched next to the Houses of Parliament (well, actually it’s a part of the Palace of Westminster too). 

I should warn you that Big Ben is currently undergoing some serious renovations for the next couple of years… you can still see one of the clock faces, but it’s not quite the ‘gram opportunity you’d hope for. 

Nevermind, it gives you a great excuse to come back in a couple of years right?

2pm – Lunch at The Cinnamon Club

You’ve been working hard. All that walking, paying attention, dodging the angry Londoners stalking the pavement. It’s really hard work – I get it. Time to treat yourself to lunch at The Cinnamon Club.

The Cinnamon Club is one of my favourite restaurants in London for one reason. Because it serves fabulous food. You have not TASTED a curry until you’ve had it there. This isn’t one of your greasy spoon, slop it on a plate kind of curry. This is high-end Indian dining in a pretty swanky setting.

Its close proximity to the Houses of Parliament means it’s not unusual to spot a politician or two either. You’ll be too busy savouring your food to care.

4pm – Trafalgar Square and the National Gallery

Trafalgar Square

Now that you’re rested and refreshed, it’s time to take on another one of the city’s iconic landmarks on your London itinerary: Trafalgar Square . 

This large public square sits at the end of Whitehall, the proud home of Nelson’s Column and the National Gallery.

Trafalgar Square is at the heart of the central London community. For me, it’s filled with the memories of Christmases past – bright lights and a dazzling tree, and of so many events it’s hard to keep track.

There’s pretty much always something going on at Trafalgar Square: Ashes victory celebrations, live screenings from the nearby Royal Opera House in Covent Garden , live performances from West End productions – check the calendar to see what’s on.

The National Gallery couldn’t be more of a contrast to the busy square – there’s something so peaceful about leaving the crowds and the noise to step into the home of our national art collection. It’s busy, of course, but in that shuffling and muted manner typical of most galleries.

I’ve always loved the National Gallery, even when I was knee-high and most other galleries bored me to tears. 

Masterpiece after masterpiece, you can walk through the history of art in the course of a few hours. And all for free (good time to note that most of London’s museums and galleries are free – though you need to pay to enter any special exhibitions).

Read More: The Insider’s Guide to Visiting Trafalgar Square

7pm – The London Eye

London Eye

For full disclosure, I used to work at the London Eye . I gorged myself silly at the age of 17 on all the free rides, my face pressed against the glass while I soaked up the far-reaching views down the river Thames.

It felt like adequate payback for a period in life in which my most used words were “ How many tickets ” and “ Toilets are to the left and down the stairs ”. 

Turns out there really is too much of a good thing though. I’ve never been able to face going on the damned thing again.

Still. Unless you have been on there umpteenth times, I’d be remiss if I didn’t add it to your London 2 day itinerary. 

If you can time your visit for sunset, the sight of dusk falling over the city from up high, bathing the river and the buildings in its rosy hues is something of a heart-warming spectacle.

In addition to the verging on rip-off normal priced tickets, you can also book all kinds of VIP tickets and even hire a private capsule to yourself. If I’m frank, I’d save my money for something better (like cocktails!) – paying nearly £25 ($35) for a 30 minute spin seems steep enough.

Time to hop on the Tube. Walk to Waterloo and take the Bakerloo Line (the brown line) to Oxford Circus station.

8pm – Oxford Street, Piccadilly Circus and Leicester Square

Controversial opinion alert. Don’t bother going shopping on Oxford Street . If you’ve ever been to a high street I can guarantee you that you’ve seen what it’s got to offer. In fact, I would say don’t bother with Oxford Street at all.

Still, I know that you won’t believe me until you’ve seen it for yourself. Just don’t blame me when you get trampled by a hoard of camera-touting cowboys who flatten you to the pavement without any sign of realising you even exist.

Once you’re done with that funfair/ circus/ inner circle of hell, take yourself down Regent’s Street to another one of London’s big landmarks Piccadilly Circus . Us Londoners have got a little bit of a chip on our shoulder because it’s not quite as cool as Times Square. But you can’t miss it on your London trip, chip or no chip.

Next up is Leicester Square . DON’T eat anything, buy anything or drink anything in Leicester Square – it’s almost certainly going to be shit and overpriced. I’m sorry, but it’s the cold, hard truth. 

I could extend this to saying don’t go to Leicester Square, but that seems churlish. It’s home to a ridiculous number of cinemas, so it’s definitely a winner if you want to go to watch a flick. But we’ve got bigger and better plans so we will wave farewell.

9pm – Cocktails and Dinner at Bob Bob Ricard in Soho

Bob Bob Ricard

I hope you’ve been saving your pennies because it’s time to splurge them on the most ridiculously good meal you can eat in London. 

Welcome, my friends, to Bob Bob Ricard .

This Russian-European restaurant combines Belle-Epoque style, high-end food (my god, the lobster is so delicious, you’ll dream about it for weeks), great cocktails and some natty dining booths with actual buttons you can press for champagne. It’s exactly what you want and deserve to recuperate after your busy day.

Want to know more? Read my full review of Bob Bob Ricard now .

11pm – Late night cocktails at Disrepute Soho

Disrepute Soho

OK, so I will confess. I love a cocktail. Oh, you do too? I knew we were meant to be friends.

Soho is not short of a cocktail bar or two and most of them are actually pretty good too. But if you only want the best, Disrepute is the place to go.

Book a table and settle in for perfectly-executed, devilishly sippable cocktails. Life is hard. Suck it up. Just not too many cocktails though, you’re only halfway through your London trip and you need your energy for tomorrow… not a stinking hangover.

Read Next: The Best Bars in Soho

Day Two 

9am – the tower of london and tower bridge.

Tower Bridge

It’s an early start today guys and I’m sorry. Kind of. Turns out the list of things you must see in London in 2 days is pretty long.

I’m a big believer in early starts (blame it on my father who would always get everywhere about five hours early to beat the crowds), so here we are at the Tower of London at 9am, coffee in hand, eyelids propped open.

The Tower of London is intrinsically linked with London’s history. The capital’s castle, many of the country’s high and mighty have been imprisoned within its walls – perhaps most famously Elizabeth I during her half sister Mary I’s reign.

The Tower of London has a pretty gruesome past, as the list of people executed there attests. It’s not all doom and gloom though, it’s also the site of more pleasant relics and traditions, including the Crown Jewels and the strangely attired Beefeaters.

Just a few paces away from The Tower of London, you’ll come to another of London’s icons: Tower Bridge . The neo-Gothic Bridge has been raising its ramparts to allow tall ships to pass since 1894. 

The bridge is also rumoured to be the subject of a rather amusing cock-up: it’s said that an American tycoon Robert McCulloch accidentally purchased the much less impressive London Bridge rather than the intended Tower Bridge and had it shipped all the way to Arizona in the 1960s.

Unfortunately, it looks like this is a vicious rumour and that McCulloch had always intended to buy London Bridge, but it’s a fun story nonetheless.

Entrance to the Tower of London Experience is included in the London Pass.

Read more: Cool but Crazy Facts About London

10am – The Shard

The Shard

From the old to the new. If you haven’t heard the hype, The Shard is the tallest building in London, so it should come as no surprise that it’s one of the best places to see London in its full glory and must see for London in 2 days. 

The rather unimaginatively named The View From The Shard experience boasts views of up to 40 miles from levels 69 and 72 of the building.

The Shard was relatively controversial when it was built, with many claiming it would ruin London’s skyline. Now that you’ve seen it you can weigh in on the still smouldering debate.

Entrance to The View from the Shard is included in the London Pass

Read More: Cool Things to do in and around London Bridge

11am – Borough Market for Brunch

Borough Market

Borough Market is the city’s best-known food market and handily located just down the road from The Shard.

I sincerely hope that you are hungry: the market’s been feeding the capital in some shape or form since the 12th century and they’re pretty damned good at it now. It’s an unmissable stop, even if you are only whizzing around London in 2 days. 

I’ll let you make your mind up about how you feel about eating the gloriously cheesy concoction that is raclette at 11am in the morning – let’s face it, you only live once and it’s so good that it would be rude not to. Won you over?

Make a beeline for Kappacasein to indulge in a meal so good that you wonder why you don’t eat cheese for breakfast everyday.

PS. We can still be friends if you opt for something else.

Read More: Visiting Borough Market – What You Need to Know Before You Go

12pm – The Tate Modern

The second day of your London itinerary takes you to not one but two museums. The Tate Modern is the first.

As the name suggests, this is Tate’s museum of modern art (there’s also the Tate Britain further down the river with a more traditional offering).

The collection ranges from the thought-provoking to the downright strange – and features artists such as Andy Warhol, Pablo Picasso and Mark Rothko. There’s also an ever-changing roster of temporary exhibitions (you’ll have to pay for these).

Read More: 30 Awesome Museums in London that are Absolutely Free

2pm – St Paul’s Cathedral

St Pauls Cathedral

Walk across the Millenium Bridge to St Paul’s Cathedral , undoubtedly one of the top things to do in London in 2 days. 

Possibly the most striking building in London, St Paul’s Cathedral has been built and rebuilt five times, most famously after the Great Fire of London that razed much of the city to the ground.

The current cathedral was designed by one of England’s most-lauded architects, Sir Christopher Wren in the 17th and 18th century. Even now its huge dome is an architectural marvel.

Impressive as the building is, it’s even more striking inside and very much worth the entry fee.

Entrance to St Paul’s Cathedral is included in the London Pass

3pm – Natural History Museum/ Science Museum or V&A Museum

Victoria & Albert Museum

Time to hop on the underground again for the next stage of our 2 day London itinerary. Walk to Monument station and take the Circle or District line (yellow or green line) to South Kensington. Our destination? Museum Mile in the Kensington area .

You’ve got a tough decision to make people. 

Which museum? Sorry to make you choose but as you only have two days in London, you can’t see all three.

The Natural History Museum gives you a glimpse into the earth’s history – a story covering dinosaur fossils, human biology, creepy crawlies and human evolution, spread out over 36 galleries.

The Science Museum should start marketing itself as the most fun you can have in London with your clothes on – it’s a bold claim but it can back it up.

The Science Museum

Immersive exhibitions, sensory experiences and little-known facts combine to provide a peek into the fascinating world of science.

There’s a reason it was always the school trip we’d get most excited about back in the day, and if I’m honest, I still get the tiniest bit excited about visiting now. 

On the other hand, the V&A was not a museum that kids get excited about (although, if you do have kids – check out this guide to child-friendly activities in London ) . Full-grown adults will appreciate the vast collection in one of the best museums of art and design in the world.

It’s a museum of superlatives: the finest collection of Italian sculptures outside of Italy, the most Indian art you’ll find outside of India and overall an enchantingly haphazard but impressive collection of arts from the Masters, Islamic art, sculptures, fashion and design clustered under its rather large and impressive roof.

Read Next: Unmissable Sights + Places to Visit in Kensington

5pm – Kensington Palace & Kensington Gardens

Kensington Palace

Our two days in London are almost over, but not quite. 

There’s still just about time to fit in one more royal palace and park – Kensington Palace and Gardens to be precise. Kensington Gardens is often referred to as the other half of Hyde Park but technically it is separate.

Swing by the Albert Memorial , built in memory of Queen Victoria’s much-beloved husband before popping into Kensington Palace, the official residence of Prince William and Kate Middleton.

You’ll need to be quick, Kensington Palace closes at 6pm. Still, there’s just enough time to see the rather ostentatious King’s State Apartments and their modest counterparts the Queen’s State Apartments (it figures). 

Don’t forget to take a peek at the Royal Albert Hall, which is across the road from the park too. 

7pm – The Churchill Arms

Churchill Arms

You’ve been haring around tackling the best things to do in London in 2 days and you haven’t been in a pub yet? 

This is a serious wrong that needs to be fixed pronto. 

Luckily, one of the capital’s most charming pubs and photo locations , The Churchill Arms is a quick walk away (15 mins).

Bedecked in a bustle of blooming flowers (try saying that in a hurry), the pub serves an excellent range of ales (so Jon tells me, I’ll stick to the wine thanks) and surprisingly good Thai food.

Settle in with a pint or a large glass of vino and give yourself a big pat on the back. 

You’ve conquered two days in London and the best London itinerary like a pro.

Now it’s time for a rest.

Time for One More? The British Museum

British Museum

Try as I might, I just couldn’t fit a trip to The British Museum into the itinerary.

I’m sorry guys, I’ve failed you. 

On the plus side, if you have a bit more time, you can schedule a visit in. The galleries stretch over several miles, so wear a comfortable pair of walking shoes and don’t forget your map.

London Trip Planner: Practical Tips and Tricks for Your Two Day London Itinerary

Now you know what to see in London in two days, here are a few tips to help you plan your London trip. 

Should I take the Hop On Hop Off Bus in London for this Itinerary?

I don’t think you need to use the hop-on-hop-off for this London itinerary as we’re mostly walking but whizzing around the city on an open-top double decker with Big Bus Tours can be pretty fun. Book tickets in advance.

Go City

Grab a Pass From Go City

If you’re visiting London on a time limit, you’ll want to make sure you hit up all the best sights, squeeze in all the top experiences and get the most out of your trip.

The thing is… There’s so much to do in London it can be hard to get it right. 

That’s where Go City come in. They offer London Passes that mean you can bundle 2 – 7 London activities together, and they cover everything from London Zoo to zipping around the city on a guided bus tour.

Best of all, combining all your experiences into one bundle means savings. And not meagre ones either – we’re talking easily over £50. 

Of course, all that extra cash can then be funnelled straight into exploring London’s fantastic restaurants and traditional pubs…

Book Your Go City Explorer Pass Here

London on a Budget: Money Saving Hacks for Your London Trip

  • Walk – despite its big reputation, the centre of London is quite small and very walkable. I think there’s no better way to discover a city than on foot, and it will save on London’s relatively expensive public transport costs.
  • Buy a London Pass. The London Pass is a pretty expensive outlay: £69 for one day, £94 for two. But it will save you a lot of money if you plan on following this itinerary. Once you pay for the pass, you get free entry to lots of attractions, including the Tower of London, The View from the Shard, St Paul’s Cathedral and Kensington Palace. You can read my guide to the London Pass for more information .
  • Visit lots of museums – most of London’s museums and large galleries are free to enter. There are so many to choose from that you could easily spend your two days in London only visiting museums and only scratch the surface. Read my guide to exploring London for free .
  • Eat street food or from markets – London has a buzzing street food scene full of delicious treats at a fraction of the cost of a sit-down meal. Borough Market is the city’s best-known – but there’s something to suit every taste. Other street food hotspots include Boxpark in Shoreditch , Maltby Street Market (Saturdays and Sundays), Flat Iron Square , Leather Lane (day times only) and the Southbank Centre.
  • Book in advance – lots of attractions, such as the London Eye offer a discount if you book in advance. It’s an easy way to save some money and skip the lines at the same time.
  • Don’t bother with the London pass with the transport option added in: you can either buy an Oyster Card or use a contactless card to pay for transport as you go – it’s capped at £12.50/ £10.70 per day depending on whether you travel peak or off-peak times. So cheaper than the £15 the London Pass whacks on for the transport-inclusive option.
  • Check listings to see if there are any free events happening in the evenings. This two day London itinerary leaves you free for the late night. There’s always time to see something else, right? 
  • Read my London Travel Tips Guide – 40 insanely practical tips for your trip.

London Transport: How to Get Around

London has an extensive transport system that is easy to use. In central London, the system is formed of trains, buses, the London Underground (the tube), river buses and the Docklands Light Railway (DLR). 

I would recommend purchasing an Oyster Card to pay for your journeys. 

You can also use contactless cards, Apple Pay or Google Pay to pay for trips. Just check ahead that you won’t be charged an additional foreign transaction fee by your card issuer or bank as this will add a lot of unnecessary costs to your trip. 

Moving On: Recommended Day Trips from London 

  • Oxford. I may be biased as I went to university in Oxford, but Oxford is one of the UK’s most beautiful cities with a long and fascinating history for you to discover. Clusters of golden sandstone buildings, dreaming spires and bucolic riverside walks await. Read my guide to planning a day trip to Oxford or check out this Oxford and Cotswolds tour . 
  • Cambridge. The eternal rivalry lives on: Cambridge is quieter than Oxford but no less idyllic. Meander between university buildings that are centuries old whilst soaking up the atmosphere. Go from King’s Cross or hop on an easy day tour .
  • Bath . Bath has been a fashionable go-to destination since the 18th century – it even pops up in a few Jane Austen books! Go to see the Roman ruins, spend some time at the spa and live your best Georgian-era life. Combine Bath with a trip to Stonehenge on this day trip.  
  • Brighton. A quintessential British seaside destination, Brighton might not have golden sands (full disclosure: it is a pebble beach) but it is a lively, cool city with a vibrant dining and nightlife scene. Read my guide to the best beaches near London.
  • The Cotswolds . Chances are that if you conjure up an image of a traditional British village, it will look a lot like the villages dotted around The Cotswolds. I’ll warn you, they are descended on by hordes of tourists during peak season, it’s up to you to decide whether you want to enter the fray. You’ll need a car, or go with an organised tour.

Don’t Forget to Pack

Much as we like to deny it, it really does rain a fair bit in London. You can step out into the pure and brilliant sunshine and then five minutes later you’re soaked to the skin after the heavens have opened. This is a very long-winded way of saying don’t forget your umbrella .

Comfortable Walking Shoes 

You’re going to be doing a lot of walking. In the winter, nothing says London style like a pair of chic ankle boots. In the summer months, I swear by my Birkenstocks – they’re so comfortable you can walk for miles in them and they’re pretty cool at the same time.

London Travel Guide 

Take your pick from the Lonely Planet , Rough Guide or DK Travel Guide . The Rough Guide is my favourite. 

2 Days in London: Where to Stay

Budget – safestay, holland park.

It might not have the most imaginative name, but this hotel-come- hostel in the leafy area of Holland Park offers excellent value and good transportation links to whizz you into the centre, at a fraction of the cost of most other London hotels. Check prices at Safestay now. 

Mid-Range – K-West Hotel & Spa, Shepherd’s Bush

Ultra-modern rooms and a spa to pamper yourself in at the end of a long day. K-West might be an underground ride away from central London but it offers a high-end stay at mid-range prices, a rarity in a city known for its expensive accommodation. Check prices at K-West now.

Read More: K West Review

Luxury – Henrietta Hotel, Covent Garden

I am a sucker for a gorgeously-decorated boutique hotel, so it was inevitable that I’d love the Henrietta. What’s not to love? Its contemporary-luxe decor is eccentric enough to be interesting, comfortable enough to put you at ease. Add to that a central location and you’re onto a winner. Check prices at The Henrietta now.

Want to know more? Read all of my recommendations and reviews of the best hotels in London

Two Days in London – Itinerary Map

Recommended Reading for Planning Your London Itinerary

I’ve written a host of guides about London (check out the full collection here) but I would particularly recommend reading these before your trip. 

  • One Day in London : To help you plan an even shorter trip to the city!
  • Five Days in London: In case you decide you want to stay longer.
  • Where to Stay in London : An area by area guide of the best areas to stay in London and what to do in each one. 
  • The London Sightseeing Guide : a guide to London’s top sights and attractions. Obviously this itinerary is a gentle guide –  see if there’s anything you’d like to swap in or out for your two days in London. 
  • London Tourist Map : All of London’s top sights on one handy interactive map. Complete with a printable version.
  • Is the London Pass Worth It ? Work out if the London Pass is right for you or whether you should skip. 
  • Offbeat Things to do in London : Away from the big sights, these are the cool, quirky and sometimes weird things that London has to offer. 
  • Tipping in London : Navigate the murky waters of tipping in the big smoke.
  • Day Trips from London : Cool British destinations in easy day trip distance from London. 
  • Harry Potter in London : Hunting out Harry Potter filming locations and hotspots. 
  • London for Free : 30 brilliant things to do in London that are completely free.
  • London at Night : How to see the best of the capital after dark. 
  • London’s Best Secret Bars and Speakeasies : For illicit cocktails and cheeky drinks. 
  • Solo London : The best things to do in London when you’re flyin’ solo. 

Love this? Save and Share on Pinterest!

london weekend trip itinerary

Sapal Pastakia

Wednesday 6th of May 2020

The best tour plan of London. Thoroughly enjoyed.

Julianna Barnaby

Tuesday 12th of May 2020

Thank you Sapal - really glad to hear.

Wednesday 26th of February 2020

Thank you so much for putting this outstanding itinerary together. I'll have 2 full days in London on May before leaving on a cruise, and this is exactly what I was looking for. I'm staying in Holborn and from the looks of it, I'll be right in the middle of all of your Google pins! :)

Thursday 27th of February 2020

Hey Mike - Thanks for dropping a comment and your lovely words. It's really appreciated. Holborn is indeed a brilliant location for your stay - have a wonderful trip!

Saturday 25th of January 2020

Thank you for your two days of adventures in London! I’ve visited twice before, but has been a long time passed. Bringing three first time visitors in Sept 2020. This will be a grand plan for us. Wondering about cheapest transportation for 4 and best location to stay to work in the most of this tour. Will cut out museums. Want to tour Buckingham Palace & Tower of London for sure. I will review the additional guides you listed above too. Want to stay in safe area for 4 female tourists. Glad I’m planning early. Thanks for your help! K

Tuesday 28th of January 2020

I'm glad you're planning ahead for your time in London - sounds like it's an exciting trip. Transport-wise, I'd always recommend taking public transport as much as possible. Get an oyster card (or you can use your contactless card - just check your card provider's foreign transaction fees) and then you can top it up and pay for what you use (up to a capped amount). It's hard to say where to stay without having an idea of your budget - places like Soho and Covent Garden are well-located but generally expensive, while areas like Shoreditch and other parts of East London are cheaper but a bit further out. You'll probably find the where to stay in London guide useful as it will give you an idea of what's in each area and pros and cons. https://www.thediscoveriesof.com/best-hotels-in-london/ All the best, Julianna

Saturday 26th of October 2019

We are coming to London with a 20 month old on Dec 1 for 2 days. Any modifications you recommend for the winter/Christmas season? Also, how do you feel about Hamley's (to me it seems like a must-do with an infant). Thoughts? Thank you in advance.

Hey Jason - I've got a piece on cool things to do in London at Christmas here, which you'll probably find helpful. Hamley's is a great stop during the Christmas period, so would totally recommend including it, and also visiting the Christmas lights (the ones on Regent Street have been better than those on Oxford Street in recent years but they're right next to each other so you can easily see both - swing by Carnaby Street for more cool lights in that area too). Have a great time!

This is great!We are going to try your itinerary out next May (2020)! Any modifications you'd suggest if traveling with a 16-year old? It is our first trip to London. Thanks!

Hi Robin, glad to hear you're excited about your London trip. I think that itinerary is fine for a 16 year old overall - you probably want to cut out the cocktails - maybe replace the evening in Soho with dinner and a trip to a West End show but I think you'll all have a great time :)

LET'S GET SOCIAL!

London x London is the insider’s guide to discovering the best of London.

We delve into the cool, interesting and quirky spots that make London such a dynamic city, telling you the best things to do, eat and drink along the way. 

Tired of the same old dull suggestions? Want to know where to find London’s secret bars, tastiest eats and weirdest finds? We provide practical guides that help you do just that.

Find Out More

Recently Published

  • Have You Spotted The Golden Boy of Pye Corner?
  • The London Transport Museum Has a Secret Depot in Acton and it’s Totally Brilliant
  • Have You Spotted London’s Sewer-Powered Gas Lamp?

Finding the Universe

Travel tales, photography and a dash of humor

Tower252520Bridge252520London_by_Laurence252520Norah25255B425255D

2 Days in London: The Perfect London Itinerary

Last updated: January 28, 2024 . Written by Laurence Norah - 73 Comments

In today’s post, I’m going to share with you everything that I would recommend to the first-time visitor looking for a great two-day London itinerary.

This is not going to be a list of hidden gems, even though London has plenty of those.

This is a list of all the places you’re going to want to visit on your first time to London – the iconic sights that you’ve seen in postcards and films – plus a couple of curve-balls you might not have thought of, but may be worth your time to visit.

I’ve also grouped these in a logical order in terms of visiting, so as to maximise your sight-seeing over your two days in London.

This itinerary would fit well into a longer tour of either Europe or the UK, and we suggest you take a look at our 2 week UK itinerary and 2 week Europe itinerary for some suggestions of what those might look like.

Jess and I are huge fans of London. I lived in central London for a couple of years, and we visit the city multiple times a year. So this guide is very much based oñ our personal experiences of London.

London252520skyline.png25255B825255D

There’s just so much to see and do, from some of England’s loveliest city parks through to thousand year old castles and churches. And that’s before I’ve even thought about all the culture on offer, from museums to musicals, theatre shows, live music and fine dining.

Every time we visit we find something new to do!

London is a big place with a lot to see and do, so you’re not going to be able to get everywhere, and I don’t want you to be spending all your time on public transport – the goal here is give you an itinerary whereby you can see as much as possible with minimal downtime for transport between sights. In fact, you might be pleasantly surprised to find out just how walkable London is on this two day itinerary! Let’s get started!

A 2 Day London Itinerary

London itinerary: day 1, tower of london.

What better place to start your London itinerary than with a visit to the Tower of London, home to the English Crown Jewels and the site of numerous key historical events, including the execution of all sorts of people who were deemed inappropriate by whoever was in charge at the time.

Two Day London Itinerary - White Tower and Beefeater London

These days there’s less blood running on the grass, but you will still find plenty to do, from popping in to see the monarch’s crown through to exploring the White Castle at the centre of the keep.

My advice for getting the most out of your visit is to arrive as soon as the Tower opens, which is around 9am, and beating the crowds to the crown jewels. You’re likely going to want to spend at least an hour here, if not two – there is a lot to see (and photograph!) here.

Entry is ticketed, but it’s included in the London Pass .

Alternatively you can buy a ticket online in advance here . Using our link saves you some money on the adult admission price for the Tower of London, meaning these discounted Tower of London tickets are some of the best value we’re aware of.

We also recommend checking prices via GetYourGuide here , and on the official website  here , as pricing can vary. It’s also worth comparing the refund policies. As far as we know, only GetYourGuide offers fully refundable tickets up to 24 hours in advance of your visit, which may make them worth it for peace of mind.

You see opening times and other information for your visit on the official site.

Tower Bridge Exhibition

On from the Tower of London, you’re going to find yourself right next to Tower Bridge, the most iconic of all the London bridges. If you want to learn more about the bridge and not just take some classic photos, then you should visit the Tower Bridge Exhibition .

Tower bridge and river Thames london uk

Here you can learn about the history of the bridge, including how it was built and how the lifting mechanism works to allow ships through. More excitingly, you can walk the glass floor walkway, a 42 meter high walkway that will definitely test any fear of heights you may have!

There’s an entry fee, and you can see opening times and prices here . Included on the London Pass .

HMS Belfast

After you’ve crossed tower bridge, you might consider visiting HMS Belfast , which is permanently moored on the Thames a short walk from Tower Bridge on the south bank.

This historic warship, operated today by Imperial War Museums, will definitely be of interest to military buffs, or anyone with even a slight interest in boats.

HMS Belfast and the city of London at night 2

Launched just before the outbreak of World War 2, this Royal Navy Light Cruiser saw action in both World War 2 and the Korean War, before being decommissioned in 1963.

Since 1971 she’s been a popular London tourist attraction, and you can spend a good deal of time learning all about operational life on board a warship, as well as the history of HMS Belfast specifically. Definitely a worthwhile part of your visit.

Entry is ticketed, see opening times and prices here . Tickets can be purchased at the ship or on the official website.

For a truly spectacular view of London, you’re going to want to head up London’s tallest building, the Shard. This 95 storey skyscraper was opened in 2012, with the viewing deck opened in 2013.

london weekend trip itinerary

From the top you get incredible views of the majority of London, up and down the Thames. There are two floors from which you can take pictures, and this is one of my recommended photography locations in London .

Entry is ticketed and ideally should be booked in advance as this works out cheaper. You can see opening times and prices here .

You can book tickets in advance either on the official site, or here on Tiqets . The View from the Shard is also included on the London Pass , so if you have one of those it is definitely worth visiting this viewpoint.

As an alternative to the Shard, you might instead want to visit the London Eye . This doesn’t go quite as high as the Shard, but you are closer to Westminster so get great views of the Houses of Parliament. You could also do both of course!

If you want to do the London Eye, we’ve generally found the best prices if you book in advance on the official site here .

We also have a complete guide to visiting the London Eye .

Houses of Parliament

From The Shard, my suggestion is that you head to London Bridge Tube station and take the Jubilee line to Westminster tube, two stops away. This is a 12-minute journey, and the only public transport you’re going to need to take during the day.

Alternatively, if you want a nice walk, or are interested in some of the optional extras I go into below, then you should walk along the lovely south bank of the Thames.

This is one of my favourite walks in London, and if you have the time (around 45 minutes without stops), is well worth it. Along the way you’ll see sights like Shakespeare’s Globe, the Golden Hind, Tate Modern Museum and St. Paul’s Cathedral.

Another option is to take the river boat – this is going to be a little more expensive than the tube, but is a unique way to get around London , and it will take you straight to Westminster Pier. A day pass on the river boat is included for holders of the London Pass.

Palace of Westminster London

Either way, you’re going to find yourself by the Houses of Parliament, officially known as the Palace of Westminster. This is the seat of government in England, home to the House of Commons and the House of Lords, and is where the politics in England takes place.

Whilst it is possible to go inside and take a tour , I’d suggest just taking photos from the outside of this beautiful building, particularly of the Elizabeth Tower, home to Big Ben, and then heading on to:

Westminster Abbey

Westminster Abbey is definitely one of the UK’s most impressive churches. It’s here that key events in the life of the British Royal Family take place including Royal Weddings (17 to date) and Coronations (the majority of British rulers since 1066!).

Westminster Abbey _by_Laurence Norah-2

Westminster Abbey is also one of the most desirable burial sites in the UK, with countless famous figures from British history buried here, including Isaac Newton, Charles Darwin, Chaucer, and multiple British royals, prime ministers and more.

Towers of Westminster abbey London 2

Even if you’re not interested in the Royal family or the buried dead though, you can’t help but be impressed by this gorgeous gothic style building. Again, there is plenty to see and do here (and the line to get in can take a little while), so plan at least an hour or two to fully appreciate the property.

There’s a fee to get in to Westminster Abbey. See prices and opening hours here . Included on the London Pass. You can also book your tickets online in advance here.

Churchill War Rooms

Depending on how much you like to do in a day, you might still have time to fit in one last attraction.

If so, last on our list for the day are the Churchill War Rooms .

Set below the heart of the government buildings in London, this huge underground bunker is where Winston Churchill directed the majority of the war effort during World War 2.

Churchill War Rooms 1

This maze of rooms is now open as a tourist attraction, and is a really fascinating place to explore, covering both the life and times of Churchill, as well as providing insight into the rooms themselves, and the people who spent so many years of their lives working away in secrecy underneath London during the war years.

An excellent audio guide is included as part of the tour, and again, you can easily spend a couple of hours here soaking everything in.

When you’re done, you’ll emerge blinking into the light, where you might want to take a stroll around St. James Park, or head through Whitehall to see the home of the British Prime Minster at No. 10 Downing Street, before finishing up at Trafalgar Square, where you’ve got full access to all the shows in the West End – an excellent way to spend the evening ahead!

The Churchill War Rooms are very popular, so we advise booking in advance. You can see prices and opening times here .

Another option we can personally recommend if you are particularly interested in Winston Churchill and the London Blitz, is the “ London Churchill War Room ” tour by Context Travel (use link above to get 10% off the price of any Context Travel tours).

This tour is around three hours in length and includes a guided visit to the Churchill War Rooms as well other sites in London related to the Blitz. You can book a small group tour or a private tour. Alternatively, this walking tour of Westminster also includes the Churchill War Rooms.

Optional Extras on Your Route:

I appreciate that you might not be totally in to some of the ideas I’ve floated above, or be a super-quick sight-seer.

Fear not, London has more for you! Along the south bank (always worth a wander), you can stop in at Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre, the Tate Modern Art Gallery, and even quickly cross the Millennium bridge for a visit to St. Paul’s Cathedral.

The Globe and St. Paul’s Cathedral are both included on the London Pass, whilst the Tate Modern is free to enter.

London Itinerary: Day 2

Kensington palace.

On your second day in London you’re going to head a little to the west, and take in some of the sights in this area, starting with Kensington Palace .

Inextricably linked with Queen Victoria, who was born here, Kensington Palace is a Royal Residence, and has been since the 17th century.

Today it’s occupied by Princes William and his family, and whilst you can’t visit the private Royal Residence, you can tour the State Rooms.

Kensington Palace exterior

These have actually been open to the public for a long time, in a practice started by Queen Victoria in 1899, and today Kensington Palace is one of the most popular of the Royal Palaces for visitors.

There are a series of four themed routes through the palace, covering different aspects of the history of the palace, and all four are worth doing.

Then, when you’re done, there’s an excellent café where you can have a hot drink and a sandwich, before embarking on the rest of your day’s adventures.

Kensington Palace Staircase

There’s a fee for entry, and you can see opening times and prices here . It’s free for holders of the London Pass – get yours here .

Note that due to this being a popular attraction, it can get quite busy, so we recommend purchasing your ticket in advance here if you are visiting without a London Pass.

Holders of the London Pass have access to the priority queue for ticket holders and do not need to reserve a timeslot (see Kensington Palace FAQ section on London Pass here ).

However, it is recommended you turn up near to opening time, as capacity is limited, and if you arrive later in the day, you may be subject to lengthy wait times – this is why we have this first for the day on this itinerary.

Royal Albert Hall

From Kensington Palace, it’s a lovely walk through Kensington Gardens to the Royal Albert Hall. This was opened by Queen Victoria in 1871, and is named in memory of her husband Albert, who had died six years earlier.

Royal Albert Hall and Memorial London

Purpose built as an entertainment space, today the hall is most famous for hosting the annual Proms – an eight week long series of classical music concerts and events. It also hosts all sorts of other events, from film screenings to tennis, so there’s always something going on.

Even if there isn’t anything going on though, it’s worth a visit, with hour long guided tours available, where you’ll be able to visit that gorgeous auditorium, the Queen’s private suites, as well as learn a bit about the architecture and history of performances at the venue, which are now in excess of 150,000 since it opened. Pretty impressive stuff.

Tours carry a fee, and you should book in advance to avoid disappointment. You can see tour times and prices here . Free for holders of the London Pass, although you can’t book in advance.

V&A Museum

Keeping with the Queen Victoria theme, your next stop is one of our favourite museums in London – the Victoria and Albert Museum, usually known as the V&A.

Victoria and Albert Museum London

Free to visit (although there are usually special exhibitions for a fee), this is the world’s largest museum of decorative arts and design, with over two million objects in the collection spanning 5,000 years of human existence.

As you might imagine, that’s quite a lot to take in, and you could likely spend multiple days here exploring all the artefacts on offer.

Entry is free, except to special exhibits. See opening times here .

Buckingham Palace

Moving on from the V&A, and the last stop on the tour is Buckingham Palace. Depending on the time of year you visit, you have a number of options for visiting Buckingham Palace.

Personally, I’d advise going in the afternoon, after you’ve visited all the above, and to finish off your day. You’ll avoid the crowds associated with the changing of the guard ceremony, and have an overall far more pleasant experience.

Buckingham Palace Changing of the Guard London

I do know however that lots of people do wish do experience the Changing of the Guard ceremony, so if that’s you, you’ll need to juggle the above itinerary a little as the ceremony takes place over 45 minutes in the middle of the day.

Finally, in the summer months, you can actually tour parts of Buckingham Palace. These tours last around two hours, and operate quite late into the evenings, so you could definitely do this at the end of the day. If this is something you want to do you definitely need to book in advance to ensure you get a ticket.

London Transport Museum

From Buckingham Palace you’re going to head to Covent Garden, one of London’s most well-known markets and a good place to watch street performers and grab a bite to eat or drink.

Here you’ll also find the excellent London Transport Museum , which we think is well worth visiting. It covers the history of transport in London, from horse drawn carriages and trams through to the evolution of the tube.

It’s definitely a popular place to visit, especially if you are visiting London with family. See opening times and prices here . Included on the London Pass.

From here you are well placed for the West End of London, where you can take in a show or just take advantage of some of the early evening pre-dinner dining deals!

London Transport Museum

Optional Extras On Your Route:

Again, there is loads more to see and do in this area, really depending on what you’re interested in. Harrods, the world-famous shopping experience, is a brief walk from the V&A museum.

You could also really go museum crazy, and drop in at either the Natural History Museum or Science Museum, both of which are free.

Gold Coach Royal Mews

If you’re into pageantry, just round the corner from Buckingham Palace, and officially part of the grounds, the Royal Mews is a fascinating place to visit, and much less popular than its exhibits deserve.

Finally, if you’re into afternoon tea, you can experience a fashionable take on the high tea experience at the Berkeley .

2 Day London Itinerary Map

To help you visualise all the above we’ve put together a map so you can see where all the sights are and plan your accommodation and public transport appropriately. You can see this on Google maps here .

2 day London itinerary map

2 Day London Itinerary Overview

  • Day 1: Tower of London, Tower Bridge, HMS Belfast, The Shard, Big Ben, Westminster Abbey, Churchill War Rooms
  • Day 2: Kensington Palace, Royal Albert Hall, V&A Museum, Buckingham Palace, London Transport Museum

How to Save Money on Your London Itinerary Sight-Seeing

Whilst London does have many excellent free museums and sights, a good many of the sights in the list above are not free to enter. In fact, if you add up all the prices for just the main attractions on the list, without any optional extras, you’re looking at over £170 in entry fees alone!

Thankfully, there is a way to save on sight-seeing, as well as take advantage of skip the line access, plus get free entry to loads more attractions should you end up having a bit more time to spare.

The London Pass ( get yours on the official site here ) is the answer.

For your two-day trip, you can pick up a two day London pass which will get you free access to the majority of the main attractions on the list above (plus lots more!), for only £124. Here’s a breakdown of the savings based on our itinerary, looking at the attractions the London Pass includes.

When you look at the cost of the attractions a couple will save around £100. And you could easily visit another attraction or two like St. Paul’s Cathedral or the London Bridge Experience for even more savings.

London Pass Westminster Abbey

Check out all the attractions that the London Pass gives you free access to, and then order yours here .

We’ve used them on multiple trips to London, and just love how easy they are to use. They’re available in a variety of lengths to suit any stay.

For more information and an overview of the savings for various lengths of trips and sights that the London Pass offers, check out the full London Pass review that Jess put together on her blog.

Bonus tip: Hop on Hop off Bus tour & River Cruise

If you do invest in a London Pass, then you could take advantage of a couple of travel options it comes with. The first of these is a hop-on, hop off bus tour : with the London Pass you can use one of these for a day. They operate throughout the year, and are always a nice way to see a number of sights and learn about them.

Then there’s the Thames River Cruise . You get twenty-four-hour access to this service with a London Pass, with 23 stops available along the river. I’d recommend this as the transport option on Day 1, between Tower Bridge and Westminster, meaning you can skip the tube and get some lovely views of London from the River Thames.

Given that these two items usually cost just around £60 together, and are included on the London Pass, to me this is just another excellent example of the value for money that the London Pass offers the London visitor.

If you don’t get a London Pass – Book in Advance

If you decide not to invest in a London Pass but still want to see some of the sights in London, then I would highly recommend booking tickets in advance online for each attraction you want to visit.

Advance tickets are normally a little bit cheaper than the price on the door, plus they also usually let you skip the ticket lines and get straight in.

For busier attractions which have timed entry, an advance ticket is a must so as not to waste time. Here’s a list of some of the attractions on our itinerary with links to the advance ticket sales.

Note that you usually have a choice between the official site and a third party site when booking tickets.

We generally use GetYourGuide when booking tickets as the prices are normally either the same or very similar compared to the official site.

The main advantage is that the majority of tickets they offer have the ability to cancel for a full refund if you do so more than 24 hours in advance of your trip. Most official sites do not offer refunds, so the peace of mind if we need to cancel is really handy. Of course, you will need to check the ticket description for the exact policy before purchasing.

  • Tower of London – book tickets here
  • Tower Bridge Experience – book tickets here
  • HMS Belfast – book tickets here
  • The Shard – book tickets here
  • The London Eye – book tickets here
  • Westminster Abbey – book tickets here
  • Churchill War Rooms – book tickets here
  • Kensington Palace – book tickets here
  • Royal Albert Hall – book tickets here

Hopefully this will help you get your tickets all sorted out before your trip so you are ready to go when you arrive and won’t have to waste time queuing!

Getting Around London

London is really easy to get around, with an excellent public transport network. It’s also wonderfully walkable, as hopefully my itinerary makes clear.

London Bus

For public transport, you should consider investing in an Oyster Card. Available both online and from most tube stations, this prepaid card is the most cost-effective way to get around in London, offering fares that are significantly cheaper compared to buying individual tickets with cash.

You just have to load it up, and then tap in and out as you go through tube stops. It also works on London buses and river boats. Note that if you have a contactless bank card or Apple Pay / Google Pay device, this might end up better value – check out my post comparing Oyster and contactless to figure out which is best for you.

For more information on getting around London, check out my detailed Guide To Transportation Options in London .

Walking Tours in London

If you like walking tours, we recommend the company Take Walks , who are behind the popular walking tour company Walks of Italy.

They have expanded their portfolio, and now have a number of walks in London, including this London in a Day walking tour that includes the changing of the guard.

A walking tour of London is a good way to learn a lot in a relatively short time, and also to meet someone who can give you local insights and tips about the city. Obviously you will need to adjust your itinerary to include a walking tour.

Our suggestion would be to perhaps do the  London in a Day  tour on your first day, which covers the majority of the sites covered in our itinerary, and then continue with the second day as it is.

Another option we suggest are  these tours by City Wonders , they offer a wide range of tours in London, from introductory tours through to more detailed and specific tours.

We have a full guide to some of the best walking tours in London , which is also worth reviewing if you are interested in a walking tour while you are in the city.

Where to Go After London – Day Trips & More

We’re often asked where to head to from London after this two day itinerary is over, or just for suggestions on good day trips from London.

We’ve done quite a few day trips from London, including a day trip to Oxford,  a day trip to Stonehenge from London , and a day trip to Blenheim and the Cotswolds from London . Based on these experiences we wanted to share some ideas for both day trips from the city and longer trips to see more of the country.

  • Stonehenge, Bath and the Cotswolds are really popular destinations, and you can easily do these together as part of a day trip from London. This tour features all of those destinations, as well as Windsor Castle. It even includes lunch!
  • A tour of Oxford, the Cotswolds and Stratford . Three popular destinations from London that you can visit as part of a day trip. Also see my guide to visiting Oxford for more ideas.
  • A private tour down to Portsmouth , perfect for those of you interested in naval history and visiting a lovely seaside city. See our guide to things to do in Portsmouth for more inspiration
  • Lovers of Downton Abbey will want to visit Highclere Castle where the show was filmed. See our guide to visiting Highclere Castle , which includes tips for visiting as a day trip from London
  • For a longer trip, check out my 10 day UK itinerary by public transport , which starts with a couple of days in London, but then has you touring some highlights of the rest of the country. We also have 1 week and 2 week self drive itineraries .
  • If you want to take a longer guided tour from London and see more of the UK, we recommend  this small group tour , which takes eight days to take you from London to Edinburgh. There’s also this 5 day tour which covers South West England and Wales.

Hopefully these give you a starting point for the next stage in your trip!

Where to Stay in London

Accommodation wise, London has a wide range of options, ranging from hostels, through to self catered apartments and seriously upscale hotels. There’s something to suit every budget, with en-suite double rooms starting from around $80 a night.

Lord Milner BandB

For this itinerary, we’d advise staying somewhere fairly central so you can get around easily. We’d suggest staying somewhere in the region between Kensington in the west and Canary Wharf in the east.

For examples of properties at different price points that are centrally located, here are some options:

  • The Walrus Bar and Hostel – A well reviewed centrally located hostel
  • The Z hotel in Shoreditch – excellent value in a lively and popular part of London with great dining options
  • Point A Hotel – This hotel is within the well-priced Point A hotel range. It’s a 17 minute walk to Parliament Square and Westminster Abbey. We’ve stayed here; the rooms are tiny but clean and it’s a great budget option.
  • Lime Tree Hotel – A well reviewed boutique hotel, around nine minutes walk from London Victoria
  • The Resident Victoria Hotel – a well reviewed and centrally located hotel offering excellent value for money. The room we stayed in was quite compact, but it had everything we needed including a small kitchenette. Larger rooms are of course available, depending on budget.
  • The Savoy – true luxury as close to the city centre as you can get!

Generally when searching for somewhere to stay our first choice is booking.com. They’re easy to use, usually have the best prices, and have everything from hotels to hostels , guest-houses and even apartments .  Try them for London and see!

If you prefer an apartment, then we recommend either Plum Guide or Vrbo .

Plum Guide doesn’t have quite so many choices, but they carefully curate their listings so their options tend to be of a very high quality whilst still being available at a range of price points.  See their listings for London here .

You also can read our detailed Plum Guide review to learn more about this service and our experiences using it.

If you can’t find what you want from the above choices, or you want some new options to try out, we wrote a whole post on the best alternatives to AirBnB and a guide to our favourite holiday cottage accommodation in the UK  which you should check out!

Between these options, you should find the best prices and places to stay for your trip, as well as a good selection of reviews and feedback to help you make an informed decision.

Practicalities for Visiting London

London, and the wider UK, use a 220v standard for electricity, with a three pin plug. Travellers from most of the rest of the world, including mainland Europe and the US will need an adapter like this .

US travellers will also want to check their equipment supports the 220v standard, as the US uses a 110v standard. The voltage a device supports will be written clearly on the power adapter, usually in the form of 110v – 240v.

In our experience laptops, phone and camera chargers and other small electronics are universal, whilst larger devices like hair dryers and hair straighteners are not.

See more on travel adapters and how to choose one for your trip in our guide to the best travel adapters .

London uses the British pound, which is accepted across the British Isles. You can get Pounds from ATM’s, banks and currency exchanges, although credit cards are widely accepted, and there is no need to carry large quantities of currency. It is helpful to have some change and some bills of course, but it is rare to find an instance where a card isn’t accepted.

If you do use a credit or debit card, just make sure it doesn’t charge foreign exchange fees or have a poor currency conversion rate. There are a number of excellent credit cards for travellers, and it’s always worth checking to be sure you have a good deal before travelling and racking up unexpected fees.

Internet Access

Internet access is widely available in the form of WiFi all around the city, including in hotels and coffee shops, so you shouldn’t have any trouble getting online. You can also pick up local SIM cards if you have an unlocked phone. These are usually excellent value as data rates in the UK are very competitive.

For more options on getting online when travelling, check out our guide to getting online when travelling to help you figure out the best options. We also have a guide to picking the best travel router , which can help you extend a weak WiFi network and share it across multiple devices.

Water 

The water in the taps in London is safe to drink unless otherwise indicated. If you don’t like the taste, bottled water is widely available. We usually recommend you travel with a re-usable water bottle like this to save on having to buy water bottles.

London is a safe city in our experience, although as with any major city, of course you need to keep your wits about you – keep your possessions in view all the time, keep your wallet or phone in a front pocket (with a zip if possible), and don’t do anything that you wouldn’t do at home. If you’re going to use a taxi, make sure you use a licensed operator such as a black cab.

Further Reading For Your 2 Days In London

If you’re looking for more inspiration for your London trip, here are some resources to help you out:

  • Our detailed guide to what to pack for London , to help you prepare for your trip to London.
  • Tips on finding the best Photography Locations in London that I put together
  • If you’re short on time, or just really want to focus on the highlights, check out my guide to  spending 1 Day in London , and if you’re here for longer or just want some more ideas for you visit, check out our detailed itineraries for  three days in London and  six days in London .
  • For the Harry Potter fans amongst you, take a look at our guide to finding  Harry Potter in London
  • 8 Things to Do in Kensington , London, in case you wanted to focus more on a specific region of the city
  • We have detailed guides to visiting the Tower of London and the London Eye which includes information on planning your visit and how to save money on these popular attractions
  • If you enjoy military museums, take a look at our guide to London’s Best Military Museums and Memorials
  • Tips on spending Two Weeks in the UK , should you want to have London as the start of a bigger adventure
  • For budget planning, see our guide to how much it costs to travel in the UK
  • Our experience taking a full day walking tour of London , in case you like the idea of a fully guided day
  • Thoughts on visiting Stonehenge from London as a day trip
  • Other good day or weekend trips from London include Oxford and Cambridge. See our guide to Oxford in a day . our guide to spending a weekend in York as well as our suggested things to do in Cambridge for ideas.
  • Heading further north? We have loads of content on Scotland , including a 2 Day Edinburgh itinerary , a guide to the North Coast 500 and a 2 Day Glasgow itinerary
  • How about heading to Paris from London? We have a detailed guide to the best way to get from London to Paris to help you plan
  • The Eyewitness Travel Guide to London , which has all sorts of information within, including more itineraries and ideas for your trip
  • Rick Steve’s London  guide, the #1 bestseller on Amazon for UK travel guides, and always an excellent source of relevant information

And that’s it for my two day London Itinerary post! Got a favourite part of London that I missed? Let us know about it in the comments below!

A Two day London itinerary sight-seeing guide that takes in all the major attractions, and includes some tips on saving money along the way!

Enjoyed this post? Why not share it!

There are 73 comments on this post

Please scroll to the end to leave a comment

Chaitra says

14th May 2023 at 3:13 pm

Hi ! This is such a useful information blog post thank you for the effort !!!! Im travelling from India this June 2023 for an exam at liverpool … So I would be starting my Uk trip starting from Liverpool what would be the best route plan to start from liverpool? Could you please help me put

Laurence Norah says

20th May 2023 at 2:25 pm

Hi Chaitra,

Sure thing. What are you hoping to see in the UK?

30th March 2022 at 3:39 pm

Just stumbled on to your website and it is fantastic! So much relevant info. Myself and my two adult sons are heading to the UK from Canada for ten days in middle April, starting in London and finishing up in Dublin. I really appreciate all the detail you have put into this, it’s taken a lot of the stress out of planning. I will definitely be using the provided links for any of the passes etc. Thanks again!

30th March 2022 at 3:41 pm

Thank you so much, it means a lot! I hope you have a great time in London, Dublin, and everywhere in between! Hopefully you also found our Dublin content as well, like our 3 day Dublin itinerary . Also, if you have any questions or queries about your trip, feel free to ask, we’re always happy to help 🙂

POLLY TAYLOR says

9th August 2020 at 5:23 pm

What a great post and site. Wow, professional travel bloggers – so cool. I’ll have to check out come of your recommendations before my next visit to the capital. Polly x

9th August 2020 at 5:58 pm

Thanks Polly – have a great trip to London when you get to go!

Smita John says

1st February 2020 at 6:01 pm

Hi Laurance & Jessica, Your blog has been really helpful, but i need some more help to plan my remaining UK trip. I’ll be coming to UK in May this year for two weeks, with my husband and two kids (9 & 12). Based on your inputs and some more research I’ve prepared an itinerary with 3 days in London. For the remaining days I want to see the following but I’m not sure how many days each place needs and what is the route I should take (we’ll be depended on public transport, no option for private car.) Oxford + Stonehenge + Bath + Bristol + Stafford upon Avon + Manchester + York + Lake district + Scotland Is this doable or too ambitious. I’ve not started my research on Scotland so don’t know how many days to keep for that and which all place to visit. My budget is modest. Thanks

1st February 2020 at 6:59 pm

Thanks very much! So the route you describe is actually very similar to our 10 day UK itinerary by public transport . You should be able to easily adjust that plan to switch Liverpool for Manchester, and add Stratford. Stratford has a number of attractions, but it can be comfortably visited in a day. The Lake District will be more of a challenge, as you have to cross the country, and whilst it is possible to visit by public transport, and to get around by public transport as well, obviously it will be less easy than a city or town.

For Scotland, my recommendation would be to spend a couple of days in Edinburgh, and then maybe take the train up to Inverness. From here you can explore Loch Ness, the Cairngorms National Parks, and lots of other attractions. We have a lot of content on Scotland across both our sites, but to start with our guide to day trips from Inverness should be a good starting point.

Let me know if I can be of any more assistance!

2nd February 2020 at 5:12 pm

Thanks Laurence! I’ll work on my itinerary some more and come back to you if i have more questions. Cheers Smita

Xuan Nhi says

27th October 2019 at 4:47 pm

Hi Laurence,

Thank you for the planned trips and ideas for day tour. We will be in London about 2.5 days. Would you please help us with the half-day planning on arrival. We are planning to buy the 2-day London Pass, and Oyster card at the airport. I know you can use the Oyster card on the Heathrow Express, but does the costs of taking it get factored into the Oyster Card daily cap? If not, I want to buy my Heathrow express in advance.

Day 1: (really on half day). We will be landing at LHR at 1:00 pm. I am thinking of taking the Heathrow Express to Paddington because our hotel is about 5-min walk from there. I really want to to take my son to tour Chelsea FC stadium that afternoon. Please help me plan this and a few things to see this to maximize our time. Day 2: similar to yours. Day 3: Stonehenge day tour Day 4: we need to be back at the airport by 10:00 am.

Thank you so much for your help. I look forward to your response.

27th October 2019 at 4:52 pm

My pleasure. I will do my best to help 🙂

So the Heathrow Express is not factored into the cost of the Oyster Card. So you will want to buy that in advance. If it’s still a bit expensive, consider the Heathrow Connect service. It’s a bit slower, but around half the price 🙂

Based on your landing time I would estimate you will not get into central London until around 3pm given the time to clear immigration, get to Paddington and check in to your hotel. It’s then 20-25 minutes to Chelsea by tube from Paddington. So it is most likely the Chelsea FC tour will be the only thing you will really have time for. However, you could visit some locations like Tower Bridge, Covent Garden or the Shard. The latter is open late, and for the former you can see them from the outside .

I hope this helps a bit 🙂

Have a great trip!

Laveena says

6th September 2019 at 9:25 pm

Hi Laurence, Really am enjoying your website. My husband and I and 2 children’s(7years and 7 months old baby) will spend 4 days in London 24th to 27th of September. Our hotel is located near south kensignton. 1. Could you suggest us how to make itinerary for 4 days. 2. Traveling with 7 months old baby little difficult, need little break in between! 3. Should I buy the London Pass? What would you recommend? 4. What are attractions places for 7 years old child? Thank you for support in advance.

7th September 2019 at 8:42 am

Hi Laveena,

Thanks very much 🙂 So for four days, I’d suggest looking at our three day itinerary and our six day London itinerary , and picking what you think will be the best from those activities. However, I would say that all our itineraries are pretty full, so you might find that spreading the 2 or 3 day itinerary over 4 days would be easier with a family.

The London Pass will definitely save you money if you visit enough attractions, so we suggest you decide where you want to visit and compare prices with the London Pass price. In our experience, you need to visit 2 – 3 attractions per day for the 3-4 day passes to make it worth the price.

We don’t have children or travel with them, so it’s hard for us to advise on this specifically. We also think that every kid is different, so different things will interest them 🙂 We know the Science Museum in Kensington is certainly a popular option for kids for example, and I used to love visiting that and the Natural history museum when I was younger (and still today!). So those are two good options which are also free.

Have a great trip to London!

john baptist says

9th August 2019 at 10:15 pm

How do I book the Shard with the London pass….date and time.

10th August 2019 at 9:54 pm

In our experience, and based on conversations with the folks from the London Pass and the Shard, you don’t need to prebook the Shard with the London Pass, you should just be able to turn up and get access,

8th August 2019 at 6:01 am

Thank you very much for the info. We will be traveling in late November and I’m wondering if we could visit Big Ben, Buckingham Palace…in late evening since we only stay 1 night in London. Thank you.

8th August 2019 at 9:19 am

Our pleasure! So you can visit them in the late evening as with both of these attractions you only see the outside, so the evening is fine too. Just one thing to note, Big Ben is actually the name of the bell inside the clock tower on the Palace of Westminster, more commonly known as the Houses of Parliament. The tower with the clock on is usually referred to as Big Ben, but you can’t actually see the bell. I would also add that right now most of the tower is covered in scaffolding due to refurbishment work, so it’s not as impressive as it might otherwise be!

Have a great trip,

24th July 2019 at 2:56 am

Hi Laurence, Really am enjoying your website, and this blog in particular. My husband and I will spend 2 days in London in August. I understand this is a very busy time of year in London and that for many attractions the lines are particularly long for tickets and security, regardless of being a London Pass holder (for some attractions). That being said, is it still possible to do this itinerary in August, or is it more feasible to focus on one major attraction each day?

24th July 2019 at 8:53 am

I am delighted to have been of help. So it is hard to exactly predict how busy each attraction will be, but certainly on average it will be busier in August than many other times of year. I think you could do more than one major attraction each day, but perhaps focus on 2 or 3 rather than all of them. Personally I prefer to visit less attractions and give each one a bit more time, but often when folks ask for itineraries they prefer to see as much as possible due to limited time. If you prefer to take your time though, I think you will still have a great experience by focusing on a smaller number of attractions.

I’d also add that many of the attractions on the list can just be seen from the outside, so do at least do that, even if you don’t go inside 🙂

Have a wonderful time in London, and let me know if we can be of any more help!

24th July 2019 at 5:12 pm

Thank you so very much!!

16th July 2019 at 6:44 pm

Thank you so much – this is very helpful. I was wondering the best way to group things together so we don’t spend time zipping back and forth across the city. I really appreciate your insights!

17th July 2019 at 4:46 pm

My pleasure 🙂 So the itinerary is laid out to be as time efficient as possible, with everything already grouped as best as I could so you can see more things and spend less time travelling!

I hope this helps – have a great trip!

Nikhil Kumar says

20th May 2019 at 12:16 pm

I am a student travelling to UK for an academic purpose, however, I extended my stay by three days from 10th JUne 2019 and I have my flight to catch on 13th JUne 2019. Which area will be suitable for me to book the hotel in budget price and it will be connected to other attractions of london. Kindly help.

21st May 2019 at 12:58 pm

So you could try either the Kensington or Elephant and Castle areas, or the area around Kings Cross train station. London is definitely not a budget city, but there are hostels and budget hotels available. If you don’t mind shared accommodation like bunk rooms, then you can make the cost very low. I’d recommend trying any of the following thre to start with:

  • The Walrus Bar and Hostel
  • The Z hotel in Shoreditch
  • Point A Hotel

Bonnie Lowe says

1st May 2019 at 1:26 am

Hi Laurence! Great information!! We (2 adults) will be arriving at Heathrow on a Wednesday morning in late May, 2019 staying for 3 nights prior to a cruise. Our hotel is located on Tothill Street and it looks like it’s fairly close to Westminster Abbey. Questions: 1) what is a budget friendly way to get from Heathrow to our hotel? We will have luggage 2) thinking about a 2 day London Pass… should we add the Oyster card? We enjoy walking but not miles! Thanks for your help and all the great information! Take care, Bonnie

2nd May 2019 at 8:33 pm

The cheapest way is most likely going to be the tube from Heathrow to the nearest stop nearest your hotel, most likely St. James’s Park. This also answers your second question, in that the easiest way to get into London is going to be easiest if you have a travel card. However, you can’t pickup the London Pass at Heathrow. So I would advise skipping the travel portion of the London Pass and just buying an Oyster card at Heathrow. You can get them from the machines or ticket counters at the Underground station. There’s no cost saving to buying the travel card with the London Pass, it’s more of a convenience thing.

I hope this helps – have a great trip and let me know if you have any more questions!

21st March 2019 at 11:27 pm

Hello! thank you for this awesome information. However, I have a question, if I will buy the 2 day London Pass, how can I use that pass for those attractions that need to be prebook early? I checked the each attractions websites, in order to prebook a certain time you need to buy the individual ticket first. the attractions I want to visits are the Westminster Abbey, Tower of London, The Shard. Hope my question make sense. Thank you!

21st March 2019 at 11:40 pm

For the London Pass you normally don’t need to prebook a timeslot, you can just turn up with the pass – even for attractions where you can book a time online. If any attractions do require you to book a timeslot, this will be highlighted in the London Pass guidebook, along with instructions for how to do so 🙂

We can also suggest contacting the London Pass directly, who will also be able to clarify how this works 😀

22nd March 2019 at 3:28 pm

Thanks for your reply Laurence. I am thinking just buying the one day London Pass. Do you think this itinerary below is doable? 9:30 – Westminster Abbey – will stay for 1 to 2 hours 11:45 – Tower Bridge – will stay for an hour. If time is tight I can skip this. 2PM – Tower of London – will stay for 1 hour & 30mins 4PM – Hop Onn & Hop Off bus- probably 1H & 30mins 6PM – Thames River Cruise 8PM – The Shard.

And also can you recommend where is the best neighborhood to stay where it is close to everything, like cafes and restaurants. Looking for those affordable hotel or AirBnB.

Hope to hear from you again. Thank you so much

22nd March 2019 at 3:34 pm

I would say this is doable yes. Just make sure you consider transport time, probably the longest trip will be from Westminster Abbey to Tower Bridge, which will likely take 20 – 25 minutes I suspect. An hour in Westminster Abbey should be enough though.

In terms of a neighbourhood that is close to everything, but also good value (always a challenge!), south of the river in Elephant and Castle might be a good option. We can recommend the Point A Hotel , the rooms are tiny but they are private and the prices are very good.

22nd March 2019 at 8:39 pm

Thank you so much Laurence! I appreciate this a lot. More power in your venture.

13th March 2019 at 3:45 am

Thanks for the info. Few questions, I’m leaving Germany by plane at 7am. It says the flight is an hour and half. We’re going to be in London on that day and the next. I was thinking about the hop on and off tour bus. What’s your opinion on this. I think I can get a river cruise and walking tour with it I think. I’m just worried I won’t have much time that first day since our check in is at 2pm. Do I have to base everything around that? I hadn’t planned on going in many places but a few. Wasn’t sure I would have time. Thanks

13th March 2019 at 9:54 am

So if you are staying at a hotel then the check-in time will usually be the earliest you can check in, however they should also let you check in later. If the hotel has a 24 hour reception, then you should be able to check in any time after 2pm. That said, you might not want to carry your bags with you, so depending on the location of the hotel, I would personally go to the hotel first, drop off my bags and complete the check-in formalities, and then go sight seeing until you are done.

I think you should have time to do the hop on hop off bus, river cruise and walking tour no problem on that first day 🙂

Carolyn Raymaker says

8th February 2019 at 9:14 pm

This sounds perfect for us – we are starting our trip with 10 days walking through the Cotswolds. Is there a printable version? I don’t see anywhere to do that. Just going to Print, it’s 76 pages. Thanks so much.

10th February 2019 at 6:04 pm

Hi Carolyn!

We don’t currently have the option for printed versions of our posts unfortunately. The best option is likely to save it to a word or google drive document and then edit it from there.

17th October 2019 at 6:43 pm

I appreciate this might be a bit late for your trip, but for others reading and in case you use our site in the future for other trips, we’ve now added a print button on all our posts ?

Happy travels!

6th January 2019 at 4:51 pm

This is really great! Question about timing, at what time do we start both days? I’m just wondering loosely how long we should hang around each attraction.

Thanks so much for this amazing post!

6th January 2019 at 6:44 pm

Our pleasure 🙂 The days are quite packed so our advice would be to start as soon as the attractions open! So for the Tower of London on Day 1 that’s 9am or 10am (depending on the day of week). If it’s a day when the start is 10am, you could start with the Tower Bridge Exhibition, which opens at 9.30 and is just next door 🙂

Kensington Palace on Day 2 opens at 10am every day as far as I know.

Enjoy your trip!

6th January 2019 at 9:03 pm

Great ! Thank you so much!!! SO helpful!

6th January 2019 at 10:23 pm

My pleasure 😀

Bidish says

28th November 2018 at 4:45 pm

So helpful Laurence . Ill be going to London in about 2 weeks for 3 days. This piece was brilliant and very apt.

Just wondering whether you can recommend food torus in london as well as some more information of getting to Bath as well as Baker street in London (Sherlock Holmes fan )

28th November 2018 at 5:37 pm

Thanks very much, and it would be my pleasure to help out! We’ve not personally done a food tour of London, however there’s a great selection here to choose from. Our advice is usually to pick a tour with good reviews that covers what you are interested in 🙂

For Baker Street, the easiest thing to do is take the underground to Baker Street tube station. The Sherlock Holmes Museum is just across the street from the tube station, and the Sherlock Holmes statue is just outside.

For Bath, the easiest way to get there from central London is to take a train – they take around 90 minutes each way and depart / arrive from London Paddington Station. If you decide to do this, definitely book your ticket in advance for the cheapest prices. You can do that here . Altneratively, it’s also possible to visit Bath as part of a guided day trip from London, which will also include sights like Stonehenge. You can see our guide to doing that here , which also has some suggested tour ideas.

I hope this helps! Have a great trip 🙂

9th November 2018 at 9:35 am

This is such an awesome, informative, and well-written article! Thanks for taking the time to write this out. Will be using this for my 2 days in London next month.

9th November 2018 at 9:36 am

Thanks Ziv – our pleasure! Have a great trip 😀

Miriam says

7th November 2018 at 3:43 pm

Very informative, it surely does help for my 3 day stay in London.,

7th November 2018 at 3:45 pm

Thanks Miriam 🙂

10th August 2018 at 5:56 pm

Love your blog! I just purchased tickets for a 11 day vacation to UK for the middle of May 2019. I was thinking of spending perhaps 2 1/2 day in London staying at the Doubletree and then go explore the country for the remaining part of the trip. Any countryside trips you recommend? I love small villages over big touristy cities. Was thinking of perhaps Rock, Cardiff, wales area and wander all over. Any tips???

10th August 2018 at 6:42 pm

Hey Aaron! Sure, we’d be happy to help. Are you looking for a self-drive trip, a group tour, or to travel by public transport?

10th August 2018 at 8:25 pm

My thought after arriving at LHR, using the train to perhaps Doubletree Hotel at West Minster and stay there for 2 -3 nights and then get a rent a car back at the airport and self drive for the next 8 days. Would you recommend public transportation over self drive?

10th August 2018 at 9:02 pm

I would recommend self-driving for sure, it’s our favourite way to travel when we visit a destination, but we appreciate not everyone wants to hire a car in a foreign country, especially if you’re not used to driving on the left side 😉

So I think if you prefer the countryside Wales would be a good option, stopping off in Oxford, the Cotswolds and Bath on the way across. You might also consider the Lake District, Cornwall, the Yorkshire moors and/or the Scottish borders / Northumberland.

We actually have a couple of itineraries as a guide, although they focus a bit more on the cities. https://www.findingtheuniverse.com/uk-itinerary-one-week-road-trip/ https://www.findingtheuniverse.com/two-weeks-in-ukmy-perfect-itinerary/

These should give you an idea of what’s achievable. We’d also advise checkout out our England content for lots more inspiration 🙂 https://www.findingtheuniverse.com/category/destinations/europe/uk/england/

4th August 2018 at 5:34 pm

Wow, Thank you for writing about this! My husband and I might have the opportunity to do a 2 day trip to London. And I had no idea where to begin with my planning! Question though, what are your thoughts on doing this itinerary “backwards”, starting with “day 2” on day 1?

5th August 2018 at 10:23 am

Hi Lucia, of course, you can do the days in any order you like, it won’t make any difference! Just be sure to check opening times for the days you are visiting for each attraction 🙂

28th July 2018 at 1:06 am

This is a wonderfully readable and helpful guide! Thank you!

28th July 2018 at 4:07 pm

My pleasure David – thanks for your comment!

6th July 2018 at 1:05 am

Hi Laurence, thank you for sharing your London knowledge with all of us. It’s really one of the best online. I hope you can help us with our own two and half days London itinerary.

We are visiting London this summer. Our flight arrives on a Saturday at 11:30am. Our hotel is close to Saint Paul’s Cathedral. We anticipate start touring the city around 2:30pm, as follows:

Day 1 – Saturday St Paul’s Cathedral Tower of London Tower Bridge HMS Belfast The Shad Shakespeare Globe Dinner around Shakespeare Globe? Thames Cruise Boat (if too late, move to day 3)

Day 2 – Sunday Buckingham Palace (Change of Guard @ 10am) Hyde Park / Princes Diana Fountain Kensington Palace Albert Memorial / Royal Albert Hall Lunch at Harrod’s food court (opens @ 11:30am) Westminster Abbey Palace of Westminster Big Ben London Eye (closes at 8:30pm) Dinner – Piccadilly Circus area?

Day 3 – Monday Trafalgar Square The National Gallery Covent Garden China Town British Museum Dinner – Mayfair area?

Sorry for the long post…Any suggestions would be really appreciated!

6th July 2018 at 9:48 am

That’s certainly a full trip! I would say that if you plan to go inside the attractions, that Day 1 is a little bit too busy. I would perhaps move the tower of london to first thing in the morning of Day 3. I’d also put the Shard last as that’s open later, and check opening times for Shakespeare’s Globe if you intend on going inside as it might not be open that late. Most attractions do not stay open too late, so you definitely want to check opening times. Day 2 looks more achievable, as does Day 3.

I hope this helps!

Have a great trip

7th July 2018 at 12:55 pm

Hello Laurence! Thank you for your reply. We really want to see as much as we can, without turning it into a stress vacation. So we will adjust the itinerary per your recommendations and hope to see as much as we can. Again, thank you for your advice!

7th July 2018 at 9:34 pm

My pleasure! Have a fun time!

24th May 2018 at 10:54 pm

Thanks so much for your very informative writeup. We are 2 families of 8, with (2) 18 yr old sons and a 14 yr old daughter. I’d love to get your feedback on this proposed itinerary. Is it doable? Too aggressive?

Sat: 09:00-10:30 Tower 10:30-11:30 Bridge 11:30-12:30 Belfast (tour) & Hinde (walkby) 12:30-02:00 Shard for lunch (or ?) 02:00-02:30 take underground to St. Pauls 02:30-03:15 St. Pauls 03:15-03:45 take underground to Westminster 03:45-05:15 Churchill War Rooms 05:30 Westminster Abbey (walkby)

Sunday: 09:30-10:00 Houses of P, Big Ben, West. Palace- walkby 10:30-12:00 Buckingham Palace, Changing of Guard 12:00-12:15 hop on bus to lunch 12:15-01:45 lunch at Picacadilly Square? 01:45-02:00 bus to British Museum? 02:15-04:00 British Museum how to get from museum to palace? bus? underground? 8 minute walk to Goodge Street 04:30-05:30 Kensington Palace 06:00-08:00 dinner where? 08:30 London Eye

25th May 2018 at 8:51 pm

Wow, that is planned with some military efficiency. Nice job! It looks great, but if I may suggest a couple of tweaks:

The Bridge doesn’t need a whole hour, I’d suggest adding fifteen minutes to the Tower of London visit, or just using that time as flexible time 🙂

If you plan on climbing to the top of St. Pauls you might need a little longer, depending on queues.

The changing of the guard is quite quick at Buckingham Palace, so you could probably get away with a bit less time here.

For transport, I’d always recommend the tube above any other form of transport in London as it doesn’t get stuck in traffic 🙂

I hope this helps – I’d say it’s very doable especially as you have a good plan in place! Have an amazing trip!

9th April 2018 at 12:15 am

This is fantastic and will be my guide for my two day stay at the end of May (25th and 26th). I have two quick questions. Id like to stop by either the National Gallery or the National Portrait Gallery. Which one would you recommend and what is the best place on the itenirary to detour?

11th April 2018 at 4:12 pm

Hi Walt – sorry about the slow response, I’m on a trip with limited internet. I’d probably suggest the National Gallery of the two. It would be tight on the first day, but after Buckingham Palace on the second day it should be do-able! Have a wonderful trip – do stop by and let us know how it went!

Carina says

31st March 2018 at 12:12 pm

How can I get 2 days London Pass with 79£? I only see it with 94£… 🙁

31st March 2018 at 12:14 pm

Hi Carina! The pass prices have recently changed. I’ve updated the post to reflect this, as well as the fact that prices for most attractions have gone up this year. Based on this, the Pass is actually even better value, despite being a little bit more expensive.

Shelly Singh says

4th March 2018 at 11:21 pm

I am planning a family trip with my boys. Appreciate the beautifully put together itinerary! Its exactly what I needed, very helpful 🙂

Kind Regards, Shelly

5th March 2018 at 12:11 am

My pleasure Shelly, have a fabulous trip 🙂

Ashwini Shevde Bhatavadekar says

31st August 2017 at 5:59 pm

Great info!!!..Absolutely addresses all my concerns,

Laurence says

1st September 2017 at 5:32 pm

Delighted to hear that 🙂

Tanmayi says

25th August 2017 at 3:07 pm

Thank you for this ! I really found it useful

8th April 2017 at 5:01 am

This is great info, I will be in the UK for 10 days but only 2 in London. Thanks for the insight

8th April 2017 at 9:13 am

Thanks Paran – have a great trip!

Christine says

20th February 2017 at 7:13 am

Thanks for the information! I’ll be in London for 2 days this July and this was just the thing I needed!

24th March 2017 at 2:38 pm

Pleased you found it useful. Have a great trip!

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Let me know when there's a reply to my comment (just replies to your comment, no other e-mails, we promise!)

Subscribe to our monthly Newsletter where we share our latest travel news and tips. This also makes you eligible to enter our monthly giveaways!

We only ask for your e-mail so we can verify you are human and if requested notify you of a reply. To do this, we store your data as outlined in our privacy policy . Your e-mail will not be published or used for any other reason other than those outlined above.

The London Eats List

The London Eats List

London Weekend Itinerary for the First Timer

  • London Guides
  • Things to Do

London Weekend Itinerary for the First Timer

First time in London? We’ve got you covered with our London weekend itinerary for first time tourists. From the historical buildings you cannot miss, to the best food spots in the city, and the best views to take in the magic of London. Our guide to your first weekend in London will make sure you don’t miss any of the must see spots!

Table of Contents:

  • Get excited for your first time in London!
  • Friday evening plans
  • What to do on Saturday
  • The best things to do on Sunday
  • What to pack for a weekend in London

Why You Should Get Excited for Your First Weekend in London

If it’s your first time in London, then you’re in for a treat with our gorgeous city! Rich in history and culture – just take a look at London’s World Heritage Sites . As well as delicious food and drink, there’s so much to be seen – so let’s get straight into our London weekend itinerary for first timers!

Friday Evening Itinerary 

Depending on what time you get into your hotel or accommodation, you may have time to squeeze in some sightseeing this first day! We recommended checking in and getting your shoes straight back on!

london weekend trip itinerary

Take a look around the local area and choose a local restaurant to eat in that evening! Whilst London’s well-known restaurants are not to be missed, we highly recommend finding local favourites, such as Hatch 77 in Pimlico !

If you’re lucky enough to be staying in Central London, head down to the River Thames for an after dinner stroll. Pop into a riverside pub to catch the sun going down.

Saturday Itinerary 

You’ve got limited time in London during a weekend so we’re going to pack your first weekend day with all the sights! 

  • Take in the sight of the Palace, The Mall, and surrounding parks.
  • If the Royal Standard is flying over the Palace then you’ll know King Charles III is in (if the Union Flag is flying, he’s elsewhere).
  • The galleries are free to enter so pop in for a wander if you’re an art lover!
  • Walk down Whitehall towards Parliament Square. On the way you’ll see Downing Street. Once you reach Parliament Square you’ll find the stunning Westminster Abbey – used for many Royal occasions.
  • The Houses of Parliament also sit on the river at this point. Be warned, this area is very busy on the weekends.
  • If you love views, we recommend pre-booking the London Eye and taking a trip to the top of the Millenium Wheel!
  • Once you’re finished, we recommend catching the Uber Boat Eastwards. This is one of the best ways we love to see the city – you pass all the major London landmarks , including St Paul’s Cathedral.
  • If visiting in the summer don’t miss out on Superbloom at the Tower where the moat is filled with wildflowers.

the best london weekend itinerary for first timers

Sunday Itinerary 

For your final day in London, we recommend you do it like a Londoner! Here’s some of our favourite ways to spend a Sunday in our city:

  • For some delicious breakfast spots we highly recommend heading to Notting Hill and popping into Sunday in Brooklyn , Eggslut, or Farm Girl.
  • If you’re looking for a spot to get some cute Instagram pictures, take a wander around Notting Hill’s colourful houses after your food.
  • Head back to Central London next if you’re dying to get some London shopping in before your weekend is over, go for Regent Street and Oxford Street. The shops here open at about 12pm on a Sunday. Be warned it will be busy!
  • For those who enjoy a walk, we recommend aiming for the North side of the Serpentine in Hyde Park. Here you’ll find pedalos to hire which are so much fun!

a relaxed weekend itinerary

What to Pack for a Weekend in London

Now you’ve got your London weekend itinerary it’s time to get packing! Depending on the season you’ll need to pack different types of clothes – winter can be cold, whilst summer can get very hot (London has seen temperatures rise to over 40 degrees Celsius in recent years). Here are the things you should definitely pack:

  • Comfy shoes – be prepared for lots of walking! Trainers are a Londoner’s best friend!
  • A waterproof jacket – no matter the time of year, London can be rainy! We’d recommend a waterproof over an umbrella as it can also get very windy in our city!
  • A contactless card or contactless set up on your phone – paying for transport is easiest via contactless (and also cheaper than buying tickets).
  • A camera – you’re going to have a great time sightseeing so make sure you take lots of pictures to remember your trip!

About The London Eats List

We’re here to make sure you have the best time in London! From the best markets to visit , to the free museums that have to be on your list ! Discover our recommendations now!

You May Also Enjoy

Hatch 77: brunch in pimlico, 17 incredible independent bookshops in london, london’s new year’s eve firework display 2022.

2 Days in London: The Perfect Weekend Itinerary

Experience two fun-filled days of sightseeing in London, England! You can see plenty of the city’s top attractions even in just a couple days! Check out this perfect 2 days in London travel itinerary for your weekend trip.

There are so many amazing things to do in London that planning a short trip can be difficult! You obviously can’t see it all in just a weekend trip, but I’ve put together the perfect 2 day itinerary that will give you a taste of what London has to offer.

Kevin and I visited London as the first stop on our UK and Ireland tour. Since I’ve been to London many times before and Kevin hadn’t, we had a lot of ground to cover! Check out our fun-filled 2 days in London itinerary .

Post Contents

2 Perfect Days in London Travel Itinerary

London day one: london walking tour.

For our first day in London, I put together a walking tour of the city’s best sights. Some sights you can go into and tour, while others you’ll just see from the outside. I’ve included visitor information where necessary, but for the most part, this is a viewing from the outside walking tour.

Westminster Abbey

Westminster Abbey has been the place of coronation since the William the Conqueror and the Norman Conquest in 1066. Much of the abbey’s architecture dates back to the reign of King Henry III, who intended to be buried in the church.

The abbey’s iconic West Towers, the two Gothic Revival towers of Portland stone, were the last edition to the abbey in 1745.

Visiting Westminster Abbey

Inside Westminster Abbey is even more incredible than outside. In St George’s Chapel, you can see the Coronation Chair made by order of King Edward I to enclose the Stone of Scone, the traditional Scottish coronation stone he seized in the spoils of war.

Poets’ Corner commemorates over 100 poets and writers who are either buried or have memorials here. The abbey is also the resting place of 30 monarchs who have vaults and tombs placed all over the church.

Westminster Abbey is open to visitors, but since it is an active church, some parts of the abbey may be closed during certain times or entry may end earlier than usual.

Because of this it is probably best to book tickets online beforehand if you can. Tickets cost £29 for adults. All tickets come with an audio guide so you can listen and learn about the abbey’s history.

Get your tickets here.

Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament

The Houses of Parliament, or the Palace of Westminster, are the seat of the UK’s Parliament.

The current Gothic Revival style buildings were completed in 1860 and contains the House of Lords, the House of Commons, the southwester Victoria Tower, and the newly-named Elizabeth Tower that houses Big Ben.

My favorite place to view the Palace of Westminster is from the east side of the River Thames where you can get a beautiful sunset view across the river.

St James’s Park

St James’s Park is 57 acres of green lawn, serene lake, and manicured gardens that is surrounded by many London landmarks.

The park is just a short walk from Trafalgar Square, 10 Downing Street, Big Ben, St James’s Palace, and Buckingham Palace. And it connects to the chain of Royal Parks that includes Green Park, Hyde Park, and Kensington Gardens.

You can cut through St James’s Park to get to the rest of the London sights on this list.

St James’s Palace

St James’s Palace used to be the principal royal residency until the reign of Queen Victoria. Now it’s a ceremonial meeting place for things like state visits and other ceremonial events.

St James’s Palace isn’t open to the public, but you can take a look at it from the outside.

It’s an interesting Tutor-style building that’s worth the detour on your way to Buckingham Palace.

Buckingham Palace

Today, the principal royal residency of the Queen, when in London, is Buckingham Palace . You’ll know when the Queen is home if the Royal Standard flag is flown. If the Union Flag is up, then the Queen is not in residence.

You can approach the palace from St James’s Park using The Mall, the ceremonial route to the palace.

In front of the palace is the Victoria Memorial, a huge monument to Queen Victoria, depicting Winged Victory gilded in bronze at the top. It is 82 feet tall and is the tallest monument to a King or Queen in England.

Touring Buckingham Palace

The State Rooms are open to visitors for an exclusive guided tour during the winter and spring and for 10 weeks each summer.

We weren’t able to tour when we visited, but I so wish we had!

Changing the Guard at Buckingham Palace

Multiple times a week, crowds gather at the ornate gates of Buckingham Palace for Changing the Guard. You can see the Changing the Guard schedule here , but during the summer it usually takes place at 11 a.m. on Monday, Wednesday, Friday, and Saturday.

Changing the Guard is an elaborate ceremony where the Queens Old Guard is replaced with the New Guard. It involves the band, marching, cavalry, a presentation of arms, and more. The ceremony lasts about 30 minutes.

Westminster Cathedral

Not to be confused with Westminster Abbey, Westminster Cathedral was built in a unique neo-Byzantine style of striped brick and stone, domes, and a 210 foot bell tower.

Since it’s out of the way of the usual London sights, most tourists miss this spectacular cathedral. Westminster Cathedral is the largest Catholic church building in England and Wales. Inside, the walls and ceilings are covered in mosaics, and more are still being added.

The Cathedral is free to visit.

London Day Two: Tower of London

The Tower of London was my first British castle and will always be a thrill to see no matter how many times I visit (it’s been three times, I’m definitely counting).

The castle dates back to the Norman Conquest, with the White Tower built in 1078. The Tower of London has been used as a royal residency, a prison, a place of execution, a royal mint, an armory, the home of the Crown Jewels, and more, so there is a lot of history to learn about when you visit.

At the Tower, you can see the ravens that effectively hold the whole of the United Kingdom together, based on a superstition that at least six ravens have to be on the grounds at all times or the kingdom will fall.

You can also meet the Beefeaters, the Yeoman Warders who have been in charge of guarding the Tower of London since the Tutors. I, of course, bought a Beefeater teddy bear to commemorate the occasion.

Visiting the Tower of London

Tickets cost £33.60 for adults. The castle’s hours vary by season.

Get your tickets here or book an early-access tour with a Beefeater here .

London Day Two: Tower Bridge

The castle-like Tower Bridge was built between 1886 and 1894. It is both a drawbridge and a suspension bridge. It’s a busy crossing point for cars and pedestrians across the Thames, and the drawbridge is raised for passing ships about 1,000 times a year. Tower Bridge makes a great backdrop for the Tower of London, and vice versa.

We actually have a LEGO version of Tower Bridge in our house. My family bought it for my brother years ago, and Kevin and I rebuilt the LEGO set in our house last year. So we get to see this marvel all the time sitting atop Kevin’s bookshelves.

Visiting Tower Bridge

Didn’t know you could go inside Tower Bridge? Well you can!

A few years ago, my family and I toured the inside of Tower Bridge, along with being lucky enough to watch the drawbridge rise right before we walked across.

The Tower Bridge Exhibition lets you learn about the building of the tower, the engine rooms, and lets you walk across the top of the bridge on a glass floor. The exhibition is open from 10 a.m. — 6 p.m. in the summer, 9:30 a.m. — 5 p.m. in the winter. Tickets cost £12.30 for adults.

London Day Two: British Museum

The British Museum is an art and history museum that is completely free to visit. This is definitely one of the best free things to do in London !

It’s permanent collection is one of the largest in the world, with artifacts like the Rosetta Stone, Egyptian mummies, and a bust of Caesar Augustus that I’ve taken a picture with all three times I’ve visited.

The center of the museum was redesigned in 2001 as a Great Court, and the design has made the interior as much of a work of art as those on display around the museum.

Visiting the British Museum

Entrance to the British Museum is free, and it is open daily from 10 a.m. — 5 p.m., and some galleries are open late on Fridays until 8:30 p.m.

London Day Two: National Gallery, London

The National Gallery, London , located in Trafalgar Square, is a free art museum housing over 2,300 paintings.

The museum exhibits paintings from the greatest names in art history, including Monet , Seurat, Rembrandt, Van Gogh , Michelangelo, Turner, Raphael, and more.

Even though it is smaller than many other popular museums in Europe, it is still one of the most visited art museums in the world.

Visiting the National Gallery, London

The National Gallery is free to visit. It is open daily from 10 a.m. — 6 p.m., and Fridays it is open until 9 p.m.

There is certainly a lot to see in London, and two days of sightseeing doesn’t even begin to scratch the surface. It definitely takes multiple trips to get the most out of London! But hopeful this 2 days in London itinerary gets you off to a great start!

Top London Tours

With so much to see, London can be overwhelming for any first-time traveler. To take some of the stress out of planning your visit, opt for a guided tour! Check out this list of the top London tours to help you make the most of your time in this iconic British city.

  • Tour for Muggles
  • Small-Group Tour: Historical Pub Walking Tour of London
  • Jack the Ripper Tour with ‘Ripper-Vision’ in London

Save on London’s Top Attractions

Want to save big on London’s top attractions ? With the Go City London attraction pass , you can save up to 55% on the cost of entrance tickets to museums, tours, and attractions all around the city!

Visit bucket list attractions, enjoy top tours, and discover hidden gems handpicked by local experts. With one price and one pass, you have everything you need right on your phone. This is the perfect companion for your 2 days in London!

Get your Go City London attraction pass here.

Mapping Out Your 2 Days in London

Ready to explore London’s top attractions and hidden gems? Use the map below to help plan out your 2-day itinerary exploring London, England.

I hope this 2-day itinerary helps you plan the perfect trip to London!

Visiting London FAQ

What are the must-visit attractions in london for a 2-day trip.

The must-visit attractions for a 2-day weekend trip to London are the Tower of London, Tower Bridge, National Gallery, British Museum, Buckingham Palace, Westminster Cathedral, and the Houses of Parliament.

How can I make the most of my limited time in London?

To make the most of your limited time in London, get the  Go City London attraction pass which will help you save money and time accessing London’s top museums and attractions.

What is the best time of year to visit London for a 2-day trip?

The best time of year to visit London for a short tip is in the spring when the weather is nice, accommodation prices are low, and there aren’t a ton of crowds. We visited in early May and found it to be the perfect time. I’ve also visited in January, April, and July, so you can have a great time in London any day of the year!

Is it worth visiting London’s museums and art galleries in a short timeframe?

It is absolutely worth visiting London’s museums in a short timeframe! You can fit at least two museums into your itinerary per day, and maybe more if you just see the highlights. Plan for at least one museum in the morning and one museum in the afternoon to make the most of your time.

Are 2 days enough for London?

While you can’t see everything London has to offer in just a couple days, you can fit in a lot of really great sights. 2 days is enough for a sample of London that will leave you wanting to come back for more!

Where to Stay in London

Find the perfect place to rest your head on your visit to London, from the top rated accommodations to unique stays you can’t get anywhere else.

  • Top Hotel: Hotel 41
  • Great Value: The Belgrave Hotel
  • Unique Stay: Shangri-La Hotel at The Shard

More London Travel Tips

See more of what London, England has to offer with these fantastic itineraries:

  • Take a self-guided tour of London’s WWII sights
  • Budget your trip with these free things to do in London
  • Take a day trip from London to Burghley House
  • Check out top day trips from London

I hope you enjoy your amazing 2 days in London, England!

Ready to visit London, England? Plan your trip with these tips.

  • Book Your Flight: Find the cheapest flights using Skyscanner , my favorite flight search engine.
  • Find Accommodation: You can find top hotels in London using Booking.com.
  • Start Packing: Check out my packing list resources so you’re prepared for your trip.
  • Get a Guide Book: Check out the guide books from  Fodor’s ,  Lonely Planet , or  Rick Steves for in depth info about traveling to London.
  • Save on Attractions: Save up to 55% on admission to London’s top attractions using the Go City London pass.

Did you find this 2 days in London itinerary helpful? How will you spend your 2 days in London? Let me know in the comments!

' src=

Paige Watts is a travel expert and author of What's With Atlanta? , a guide to the quirks and charm of the ATL. A life-long traveler, Paige is dedicated to helping you discover the best things to do in the Southern USA and around the world. Her work has been featured in The Culture Trip, Matador, Newsbreak, MSN, NPR, and countless other interviews and podcasts.

Similar Posts

Things to do in ketchikan, alaska: 1 day itinerary.

Ketchikan is one of the most popular destinations in Alaska. Plan your trip with these top things to do in Ketchikan, Alaska.

Family Stories of The Fox Theatre

The Fox Theatre has a long and storied history in Atlanta, and in my family as well. I am just the most recent in my family to gaze up in wonder at the sparkling blue auditorium sky.  The Fox Theatre The Fox Theatre was built in the late 1920’s for Atlanta’s Shriners organization. Inspiration for…

5 Things You Have to See in Milan, Italy

If you’re planning a trip to Milan, Italy, whether it’s a short trip or a long trip, you won’t want to miss the city’s top attractions.

Discover the Hemingway-Pfeiffer Museum in Piggott, Arkansas

Explore the barn studio where Hemingway wrote A Farewell to Arms at the Hemingway-Pfeiffer Museum find in Piggott, Arkansas.

Things to Do in Icy Strait Point & Hoonah, Alaska

Icy Strait Point and Hoonah, Alaska have fun things to do from admiring the natural beauty to fun outdoor activities.

Georgia Hikes: Tray Mountain Summit

Check off “hiking part of the Appalachian Trail” from your bucket list with this short hike to the summit of Tray Mountain.

I totally agree – a 2-day London visit can only be sample tasting. The city deserves many more days of exploring. I miss London!

Absolutely, I would love to go back and spend a few weeks there again!

London has been on my mind lately, and this was just what I wanted. A short & perfect guide. Thanks for sharing your insights.

So happy to help!

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

36 Hours in London

By Desiree Ibekwe Updated Dec. 22, 2022

  • Share full article

scoop

To the casual observer, London may present itself as a capital wedded to traditional and, at times, perplexing institutions, particularly over the past year, from the rotating cast of prime ministers to the choreographed schedule of mourning following Queen Elizabeth II’s death. In actuality, London is a complex knot of old and new. It is also an almost insurmountable task to try conquering the city in one weekend. This itinerary — which traverses an 1800s wine bar loved by a new generation, a night out in South London’s Caribbean heart, centuries of British art under one roof and riverside strolls — is here to help you unlock some of the city’s sprawling, youthful and diverse nature.

Recommendations

  • Tate Britain is a museum in Millbank that charts centuries of art created in Britain.
  • E Pellici is a 122-year-old traditional “caff” in East London.
  • Gay’s the Word , established in 1979, is considered the oldest L.G.B.T.Q. bookstore in London.
  • Brick Lane Vintage Market is a subterranean thrifter’s bazaar, selling vintage and independently made clothing and accessories.
  • Gordon’s Wine Bar , established in 1890 and thought to be London’s oldest wine bar, is situated next to Victoria Embankment Gardens.
  • Cafe TPT and Four Seasons are beloved restaurants in Chinatown, in the city’s West End, known for their roast meats.
  • Speedboat Bar is a new Thai-Chinese fusion restaurant and bar in Chinatown.
  • Fish, Wings and Tings is a South London restaurant serving Caribbean cuisine in Brixton Village market.
  • Negril is a small Caribbean restaurant on Brixton Hill.
  • The Old Queens Head is a pub in Islington, in North London, serving a hearty Sunday roast.
  • The Quality Chop House is a modern British restaurant in Farringdon, in Central London, with an impressive Sunday set menu.
  • Hootananny is a music venue in Brixton with diverse live acts and D.J. sets.
  • Skoob Books and Judd Books are secondhand bookstores with buckets of charm in Bloomsbury.
  • London Review Bookshop is a store connected to the literary magazine London Review of Books with a much-loved cafe.
  • Spitalfields Market in East London is home to independent sellers, food stalls, restaurants and boutiques.
  • Rajmahal Sweets is a cornucopia of treats on Brick Lane where you can get everything from jalebi and Turkish delight to bhajis and pakoras.
  • Atika is a vintage store that spans two floors off Brick Lane; it also sells independent art.
  • Jen’s Plants and Florist is a small, Black-owned plant store off Brick Lane.
  • Queen’s Walk is a walking route that stretches along the South Bank of the River Thames. Highlights on the walk include Shakespeare’s Globe Theater and the Southbank Center.
  • Regent’s Canal is a scenic waterway that stretches for almost nine miles.
  • London’s Tube network is the best way to navigate the city. Many lines run a 24-hour service called the “ Night Tube ” on Fridays and Saturdays. You can also hail a black cab in most areas, or order a car with ride-hailing apps like Uber and Bolt.
  • London’s outpost of The Standard is sleek and stylish with a perfect location — it’s a two-minute walk from King’s Cross Station and a short train ride into Central London. A double room hovers around £349 a night, or about $425.
  • For those after amazing views of the Thames, Sea Containers on the South Bank is an excellent option. A double room starts at £261 a night.
  • The Zetter Townhouse , a 13-room Georgian townhouse in Clerkenwell, is full of charm and eccentric decor. Rooms here start from £249 a night.
  • For those on a budget, rooms at the trendy Mama Shelter in Shoreditch start at around £100 a night, while Assembly in Covent Garden puts you at the center of the city without breaking the bank (rooms start at £100).
  • Shoreditch in East London can be ridiculously hip, but it is a perfect, slightly off-the-beaten-track location for short-term rentals. Marylebone is also a good option for those who want to be closer to the center of town.

london weekend trip itinerary

More From 36 Hours

Have a weekend to explore a destination we’ve got the perfect travel itinerary..

Paris: A different side of the French capital reveals smaller museums, under-the-radar spots in Montmartre and a diverse performance scene .

Montreal : Climb a mountain, wander the waterfront and enjoy a smoked-meat sandwich  in a city with a surprise around every corner.

Cartagena: With a limonada de coco in hand, explore two walkable neighborhoods over a weekend  in this coastal Colombian city.

Glasgow:  Take in Gothic architecture, green riverside walks and a global banquet  in Scotland’s largest city.

Chicago:   ​​ Cycle miles of urban trails, tour a restored Frank Lloyd Wright masterwork and catch golden hour  along Lake Michigan.

Advertisement

  • Skip to right header navigation
  • Skip to main content
  • Skip to primary sidebar

Follow Me Away

Couples Travel & Travel Photography Blog

  • Middle East
  • North America
  • South America
  • Photography
  • Travel Tips

Buckingham palace surrounded by Flowers

Weekend In London: An Epic 4 Days In London Itinerary

February 19, 2024 //  by  Follow Me Away //   4 Comments

Are you looking for the best 4 days in London England itinerary? Not, to worry we have you covered and have taken the guesswork out of your trip to London!

Let me be your London trip planner and take the guesswork out of how to spend 4 days in London! I love spending long weekends in London and think it is the perfect amount of time to explore all the city has to offer ( checkout our tips for the best times to visit!)

You might be asking what four days in London will cost. That depends on your personal preference and budget! We have created this guide to spending four days in London for everything you need to know about planning a trip to London!

So pack your bags, and get ready to set off on an adventure in London with all my firsthand knowledge and hidden gems! While it seems that London is huge, many of the sights, attractions, and parks are located in central London and are easy to explore!

Here are some things I think you MUST SEE with 4 days in London!

  • Borough Market ( is my favorite market)
  • Buckingham Palace
  • High Tea ( try the Ritz( Ariel views over London)
  • London Eye or The View from the Shard ( ( Ariel views over London)
  • Kensington Garden and Palace
  • Big Ben (most famous landmark)
  • Changing of the guard ( Don’t miss this)
  • Tate Moden ( free museum)
  • Covent Garden ( must-see with two days in London ) 
  • A trip outside London to see Windsor Castle

If you are planning a shorter trip, be sure to check out our guides for 2 days in London , or 3 days in London !

an ariel view of the city of London at dusk  as you learn how to spend The Perfect 4 day London itinerary

Table of Contents

Day 1 In London

It is my experience that most flights from the US arrive early in the morning in London, on day 1 of your four days will start on arrival! Be sure to pack comfy walking shoes as your first day will be jam-packed exploring the best of London sights.  

Stop 1: Hop-on-Hop-off Bus Tour

I think one of the best ways to get acclimated to a new city, is a hop on hop off bus tour. Included with a London Pass, this tour allows you to sit back and relax while listening to a history tour of the city and the perfect first stop on your itinerary for a trip to London!

The bus stops at over 36 attractions throughout London on 3 different routes. I love this option, as you can hop off at any stop that piques your interest, or mark down new areas or parts of London to explore on your 4 days in London!

  • The Red Route tour is every 10 minutes from 8:30 am to 4 pm and takes 150 minutes
  • The Green Route is every 20 minutes from 8:55 am to 3:55 pm and takes 35 minutes
  • The Blue Route runs every 20 minutes from 8:30 am to 6:30 pm and takes 1 hour

Click here to book : London: Hop-On Hop-Off Sightseeing-Tour

Click here to book : London: Tootbus London Discovery Hop-on Hop-off Bus Tour

A view from the upper deck off a sightseeing bus with St. James Cathedral

Stop 2: Tower of London/ Tower Bridge 

The Tower of London was located outside the burn area of the great fire of London saving this 9th-century castle from ruin. It was built by William the Conqueror to protect the city. Here you can take a step back through over 1000 years of history and even have the chance to see the crown jewels. 

You can either walk across the iconic Tower Bridge or book tickets to explore the inside of the bridge. Walk through the Victorian engine rooms, and climb 42 meters above ground to the glass walkway where you can view the city!

Tip: To get amazing views of the Tower Bridge on your first time in London itinerary you will want to head to London Bridge to catch the best views!

Click here to book : London: Tower of London and Tower Bridge Early-Access Tour

Click here to book :  London: Tower of London and Crown Jewels Exhibition Ticket

Click here to book: London: Tower Bridge Entry Ticket

a girl standing on the Thames river at sunset overlooking tower bridge during fall time on what to do in 4 days in london

Stop 3 : View from the Shard

I love viewing London from above! And this is one of my favorite things to see in London in 4 days! At the tallest building in London,  you can observe the London skyline from the observation decks located on floors 68 to 72!  It is one of the best views of London!

Trust me this needs to be on your 4 day itinerary for London! Plus, it is included with your London Pass.

  • Just make sure to book tickets ahead of time!

Click here to book : London: The Shard Entry Ticket

Click here to book: London: The Shard Entry Ticket with Champagne

The Shard building the tallest building inn London

Stop 4 : Borough Market for Lunch

On your first afternoon in London, you must grab lunch in the Borough Market. It is just a 5-minute walk from the Shard. At the Borough Market, you can taste all the iconic British dishes, along with almost every other cuisine you are interested in! If you are overwhelmed, take a tour that will guide you on all the best foods in the market!

Open every day from 10 a m to 5 pm except Monday . This market has a rich history of passageways and cobblestone streets that has transformed into a foodie destination!

  • Brindisa – chorizo roll
  • Gujarati Rasoi  – Vegetarian Indian
  • Kappacasein – grilled raclette (cheese)
  • Ginger Pig – sausage roll
  • Black Pig – sandwiches
  • Padella – pasta
  • Arabica – Middle Eastern food
  • Bao Borogh – bao buns
  • Mallow – 100 % plant-based
  • Wright Oyster House – oysters

Click here to Book : London: Borough Market Flavors of London Food Tour

Click here to Book: London: Borough Market Foodie Walking Tour with Tastings

The borough market entrance of one off the best food halls in London

Stop 5 : Tate Modern

The Tate Modern is just a 15-minute walk from Borough Market! The first museum on your 4-days in London itinerary is the Tate Modern. The museum is free (please note that paid admission is required for special exhibits)! This art gallery is home to one of the largest collections of modern and contemporary art post-1900s worldwide.

The museum is open daily from 10 am to 6 pm. Artists featured here include Pablo Picasso, Jackson Pollock, Salvador Dali, Andy Warhol, Henri Matisse, Marcel Duchamp, and David Hockney. For art lovers, this has to be on your 4 days in London guide!

  • Head up to the rooftop viewing platform
  • Grab a cup of tea during wintertime in the Tate Caffe

Click here to book : London: Tate Modern Official Guided Tour with Art Expert

a view across the Thames river wit Tate Modern and Millenium Bridge

Stop 6: Trafalgar Square 

Jump on the green line, at Blackfriars towards Wimbledon and get off at Embankment. Trafalgar Square is one of the public squares in central London you must see on your 4 days in London. Museums and shops surround this buzzing area and are also home to Nelson’s Column statue and a fountain!

Named in 1830, the public square has been a gathering place for Londoners and visitors alike. It was transformed into a pedestrian area in 2003.

the public pedestrian only square of Trafalgar Square  with fountains, and statues overlooking National Gallery

Stop 7 : Covent Garden and Dinner 6 pm

You will always find me exploring Covent Garden, especially on a London long weekend itinerary!  It consists of 17 cross streets, a historic piazza, a Royal Opera House, the Apple Market, and home to tons of shopping and restaurants. Don’t miss Neal’s Yard and Neal’s Street, I think it is one of the prettiest streets in London!

I suggest wandering around for a bit before stopping at a restaurant that catches your eye. After dinner,  I like to grab a cocktail as a nightcap. 

Some of my favorite places for Dinner: 

  • Flat Iron Covent Garden – steak
  • Côte Covent Garden – French brasserie
  • The Ivy Market Grill – British
  • Mildreds Covent Garden – Vegan
  • The Barbary – North Africa cuisine
  • Frog by Adam Handling – contemporary British
  • Dishoom – Indian

Some of my favorite places to grab a drink are below!

  • Side Hustle – inside Nomad Hotel
  • Bierschenke – German beer garden
  • Lady of Grapes and Le Beaujolais – wine bar
  • The Alchemist – innovative cocktails
  • The Escapologist – artwork and drinks

Neals Yard is one off the prettiest streets in London with colorful buildings covered in Ivy a must on your 4 days in London itinerary

Day 2 In London

On Day 2 of your 4 days in London weekend trip, you will explore the iconic attractions such as the London Eye, parks, museums, high tea, and a boat ride on the Thames! This is another packed day.

Stop 1: Breakfast

Start your second morning off with a traditional English breakfast. This includes sausage, eggs, tomatoes, mushrooms, bread, and baked beans. It will be sure to keep you full all morning while you explore London! Or opt for breakfast at your hotel, or grab something from a nearby grocery store!

We have a guide on everything you need to know about London grocery stores !

traditional English breakfast. This includes sausage, eggs, tomatoes, mushrooms, bread, and baked beans

Stop 2: Buckingham Palace 

Buckingham Palace is on EVERY London bucket list and needs to be on yours. Most visitors only take pictures from outside the gate, but I recommend booking tickets to see the INSIDE of Buckingham Palace on your four day trip to London!

  • Book tickets to see the Royal State Room – see the royal collection of artwork
  • Check the official Buckingham Palace website for tour options

Click here to book: Buckingham Palace: The State Rooms Entrance Ticket

 Buckingham Palace from across one for the gardens with flowers, and statues overlooking the gates of the palace

Stop 3: Changing of the guard

I don’t think you can come to London and not catch the changing of the guards!  My favorite “hidden gem” spot to catch the changing of the guard is at the Whitehall at the Royal Horse Guards . Stand on the left or right-hand side of the building to be steps away from the changing of the guard. 

I highly recommend putting this stop on your itinerary for London in 4 days, as it is truly amazing!

  • Do not get too close or touch the horses or guards!
  • January to April, and August to December the changing of the guard happens on Monday, Wednesday, Friday, and Sunday at 10:45 am.
  • During Summer (May to July) daily at 10:45 am
  • Book a tour to take the guesswork out of seeing Changing of Guard

Click here to book : London: Westminster and Changing of the Guard Tour

the changing of the guards, horseman on horses is one of the mst sees with 4 days in London

Stop 4: St. James Park 

After visiting Buckingham Palace, head back towards St. James Park. One of my favorite things about central London is the parks!  St. James ranks as one of my favorites as it leads to and from Buckingham Palace. This stunning park has manicured shrubs, gardens, ponds, and more! 

a View of st. James park, where you can see the pond, the London Eye, and other buildings from the Park

Stop 5: Churchill War Room 

As a history lover, the Churchill War Rooms is one of my favorite London museums. A visit here will allow you to step back in time to WWII, which housed the underground command center of the British government. 

  • Included in your London Pass, book your tickets in ADVANCE
  • Open daily from 9:30 am to 6 pm
  • Tuesdays, Thursdays, and Fridays at 9 am take the behind-the-scenes secret room tour

Click here to book : London: Walking Tour and Churchill War Rooms Entry

a map of WWII occupation inside the Churchill War Room 

Stop 6 : Big Ben  

Big Ben is the name of the bell inside the clock tower. If you want to go inside Big Ben ( 334 spiral steps) you must book tickets several months in advance on the UK Parliament website! Even if you do not go inside, visiting Big Ben is a must on your four days in London!

Big Ben, with a double-decker red bus passing by, is one of the iconic London sights you must see with 4 days in London

Stop 7: Westminster Abbey 

Westminster Abbey is the royal church of London and a must-see in London in 4 days. It was constructed in 1066, and is the home of British royal coronations and weddings! 

I find the Gothic architecture stunning.  Please remember this is a place of worship so dress appropriately and be respectful!

Click here to book :  London: Westminster Abbey, Big Ben & Buckingham Palace Tour

Click here to book :  London: Westminster Abbey Entrance Ticket

Westminster Abbey is the royal church of London and a must-see in London in 4 days

Stop 8: Lunch 

Near this area, I suggest lunch at the Two Chairmen pub .  Both the food and service here is excellent. Try the steak and ale pie, vintage cheddar mac, or fish and chips with peas!

A pllate of fish and chips with mushy green peas

Stop 9: London Eye 

Next, this London trip itinerary will bring you to the iconic London Eye. This attraction showcased an aerial view of London from one of the tallest observation wheels in the world! There is a reason there is always a line, and why it needs to be on your 4 days in London itinerary.

On a clear day, you can see 360-degree views of the city including famous landmarks like Big Ben, Buckingham Palace, and Tower Bridge. 

  • Book the FAST TRACK option to skip waiting in line!
  • Visit 11 am to 5:45 pm daily) 

Click here to book : London: The London Eye Entry Ticket 

Click here to book: London: London Eye and Madame Tussauds Combo Ticket

The London Eye from across the Thames 360-degree views of the city including famous landmarks like Big Ben, Buckingham Palace, and Tower Bridge. 

Stop 9: Uber Boat by Thames Clipper 

One of my favorite ways to spend an afternoon in London is on the water. If looking at what to do with 4 days in London, why not take a trip down the Thames River ( included with a London Pass)? 

  • The boat leaves every 10-20 minutes from 10 am to 6 pm
  • 19 piers to board from
  • Admire iconic London sights from the water
  • Climate-controlled cabins and outdoor seating 

Click here to book : London: Uber Boat by Thames Clippers Single River Ticket

The Uber Boat thames clipper crossing under the Millenium bridge

Stop 10: Show in West End + Drinks

If looking at what to do with 4 days in London, on your second evening why not explore the theater scene of the West End? I have seen everything from Mamma Mia, Wicked, Book of Mormon, Hamilton, Phantom of the Opera, and Les Miserables. If it is in your budget, and you love theater, I highly suggest seeing a play in London!

For those looking to save money, head to the TKTS discount ticket booth in Leicester Square for same-day show tickets!

After the show, grab drinks to cap off the night. Some of my favorite bars are below! The perfect ending for night two of your 4-day itinerary for London!

  • Connaught Bar – the old fashion here is perfect
  • Elementary – walk-in only with communal table perfect for Solo travelers
  • A Bar with Shapes for name
  • Swift – one of the few you can make reservations at

Oxford street in West End at nighttime with big red bus

Day 3 In London

My favorite way to spend a Sunday ( Day 3 of your weekend trip to London) is by starting in Notting Hill for a leisurely breakfast and stroll! Then hit a pub for Sunday Roast and visit a museum or two when visiting London.

Stop 1: Notting Hill 8:30 am

I find Notting Hill to be one of the prettiest areas of London, perfect for a Sunday morning stroll.

After breakfast, stroll along and see the colorful homes in Notting Hill, one of the most Instagrammble spots in London , or head to Portobello Road Market. For book lovers, there are numerous bookstores ( I love to browse and bring home a book each trip). 

If looking for suggestions for breakfast I suggest the ones below.

  • Farm Girl Notting Hill – try the rose latte with apple and pear pancakes
  • Beam – Mediterranean Mezze Platter amazing coffee
  • Granger and Co – try the scrambled eggs and thank me!

a girl in pink skirt standing in front of colorful buildings on Notting Hill

Stop 2 : Hyde Park

After exploring Notting Hill, cross over into Hyde Park. The largest park in London is worth exploring for your first time to London! My favorite area to explore is the Serpentine, where you can stroll along the lakeside paths!

During summertime, you can rent paddle boats to explore! Or explore one of the manicured gardens. During wintertime in London , there is a Christmas Market here!

the manicured gardens of Hyde Park during summertime

Stop 3 : Kensington Gardens and Kensington Palace

Kensington Gardens is another of the 8 parks in London! As you walk through this manicured park, with tons of fountains, you can explore the Albert Memorial, or for those spending 4 days in London with family, there is the Princess Diana playground! 

Next, head to Kensington Palace, the birthplace of Queen Victoria and the second royal residence in London. Tickets are £20.00 to enter where you can explore the king and queen’s apartments, jewel room, and other various British artifacts!

Click here to book : London: Kensington Palace Gardens Tour with Royal High Tea

Kensington Palace in the background with the Kensington gardens manicured park, with tons of fountains,

Stop 4: Lunch at a Pub for Sunday Roast 

Eating Sunday Roast at an English Pub is a must on any London itinerary for 4 days! This traditional British meal of roasted meat with potatoes, Yorkshire pudding, stuffing, and vegetables! A must-try in my book, and it pairs very well with a pint! 

Stop by any pub that looks good, or is on a best-of list, and cozy up for some traditional British food. If it is your first time in London, I would spend a few minutes researching some pubs you want to visit!

This traditional British meal of roasted meat with potatoes, Yorkshire pudding, stuffing, and vegetables!

Stop 5:  Madame Tussauds London

The Madame Tussauds Museum in London is one of the museums you will want to make sure to book in advance on your 4-day London trip. This wax museum has life-size and over 250 life-like celebrity figures on 3 floors.  From British royalty to sports figures, singers, actors and more, you can pose with all your favorite celebrities. 

Click here to Book: Madame Tussauds London

Click here to Book : London: London Eye and Madame Tussauds Combo Ticket

The British Royal Family wax figures at Madam Tasauds Museum

Stop 6  : Browse Harrods Department Store

Harrods is internationally recognized as a London department store and worth visiting if only for window shopping!  Get ready to experience sticker shock if you visit, but I still love to browse the store. They have everything from designer stores to food and more. The food hall on the ground level is my favorite to browse.

Why not take part in high tea at Harrods Tea Room? Located on the 4th floor, try the seasonal teas with a variety of fresh pastries, scones, and sandwiches. 

Not to Miss

  • Egyptian Elevator – the center of the store with Egyptian sculptures
  • Harrods gift shop – (love to buy tea and British candies here)
  • Decorated for the holidays

London department store Harrods from the outside

Stop 7: Dinner in Chinatown

On the next to last stop of your 4-day Weekend London trip, head to the Chinatown neighborhood. You will know you have arrived when you pass under one of the 4 ornate gates. This vibrant neighborhood is one of my favorite spots to grab dinner.

After dinner, I love to get dessert and try the pineapple buns, custard pastries, and ice cream or bubble tea!

  • Dumpling Legend – for dumplings and dim sum
  • Cafe TPT – Street food in a restaurant setting
  • Good Fried Chicken – grab-and-go popcorn chicken
  • Four Seasons – roast duck and crispy pork

Chinatown in London is one of the most vibrant neighborhoods in London and one place you must visit in 4 days in london

Stop 8: Jack Ripper tour

For your 3rd of your 4 nights in London itinerary, why not take a Jack the Ripper Tour? Head back to the late 1800s as your guide takes you through the still-unsolved mystery in this immersive experience. As you explore Whitechapel, you will explore some of the most notable East London sights!

Click here to book : London: Jack the Ripper Guided Walking Tour Click here to book : London: Jack the Ripper 2-Hour Evening Walking Tour

a Jack the Ripper Figure at night in London as you learn about he dark history of London

Day 4 In London

For your final day in London, after exploring all the central London sights and attractions, you can choose between three tours that take you outside of London depending on your personal preference!

Option A: Warner Bros Harry Potter Studios

Day 4, will have you leaving central London for the first time! One of the most popular day trips from London is to Warner Bros Harry Potter Studios. While you can take the trip yourself, I think one of the best ways is via tour. You will take a 1.5-hour bus ride out to Harry Potter World where you will spend 4 hours exploring the theme park.

For Harry Potter fans, you will have the chance to explore the magic of the Harry Potter films and even ride Hogwarts Express.

Click here to book : From London: Harry Potter Warner Bros Studio Tour

The hogwarts express at Warner Bros Harry Potter Studios.

Option B : Windsor, Stonehenge, Bath, and Roman Baths Day Trip

For those who want to explore more of the British countryside, this tour takes you to the prehistoric monument of Stonehenge and the historic city of Bath and get to see Windsor Castle! Click here to see other amazing castles around London!

Your first stop will be at Windsor Castle overlooking the Thames. Next, head to the mysterious stone circle of Stonehenge. Then you will continue to Bath, the home of the Roman Baths or hot springs! Your guide will take you on a tour of the town before you have free time to explore before returning to London.

Click here to book : Windsor, Stonehenge, Bath, and Roman Baths Day Trip

head to the mysterious stone circle of Stonehenge outside of London is one of the best day trips you can take on 4 days in londom

Option C :  Full-Day Cotswolds Small-Group Tour

On this full-day tour, you will head out to one of my favorite British countryside areas – the Cotswolds. This area is known for its charming village life surrounded by green lush landscapes. You will see the Medieval town of Burford, before heading to one of the prettiest villages of Bibury, and then head to Bourton-on-the-water! Where you can stroll along the river and admire the stone buildings.

Click here to book : Full-Day Cotswolds Small-Group Tour

a charming village life surrounded by green lush landscapes in the cotswolds outside of london

Option D : Day in London

Stop 1 : cable car ride.

For this last option head to the Canary Wharf/ O2 Arena to take the IFS Cloud Cable Car. It was a highlight of my itinerary for London, on my last trip! You have two options, either catch the cable car from North Greenwich or the Royal Victoria side of the river. You can also purchase round-trip tickets. I used my oyster cards to purchase tickets.

As the cable car ascends into the air, you will get gorgeous views of the O2 Arena, Queen Elizabeth Olympic Park, and London skyline! I did this during the day but I think sunset would also be perfect!

For those who are looking for something more adventurous try the Dare Skywalk at Tottenham Stadium? This is something unique to those looking at what to do for a long weekend in London! Where you will suit up and climb the roof for an urban adventure over London! I can’t wait to try this on my next trip.

Click here to book : London: Uber Boat by Thames Clippers and Cable Car Ticket

Click here to book: London: Take on the Skywalk at Tottenham Hotspur Stadium

The cable car ascends into the air, you will get gorgeous views of the O2 Arena giving you ariel views of London

Stop 2: Old Royal Naval College

Across the River from Canary Wharf is the Old Royal Navy College This UNESCO World Heritage Site is included for those with the London Pass and open daily until 5 pm!

The magnificent painted hall is my favorite area to explore and can’t be missed. Designed in the 18th century the Baroque hall features over 200 images on the ceiling and walls depicting English royalty. 

Click here to book :London: Painted Hall and Tour of Old Royal Naval College

the view of the Royal Naval College from across the river, were you can see the magnificent painted hall is my favorite area to explore and can’t be missed.

Stop 3: Afternoon Bus High Tea

For those of you who are looking for a unique way to partake in high tea, why not try the afternoon bus tour high tea? On this tour, you will ride in a refurbished London bus as you take in te sights of the city, while you sip on tea, and enjoy all the delicious treats! I think this would be such a fun activity on a girl’s strip. The tour takes 1.5 hours!

Click here to book : Classic Afternoon Tea Bus Tour

high tea on a bus with sweet treats overlooking London during the holidays

Where To Stay On Your London Itinerary

We have an entire guide dedicated to the best places to stay in London!

Kimpton Fitzroy London

I find the Kimpton Fitzroy to be one of the most architecturally stunning hotels in London. Located in Bloomsbury, this hotel is within walking distance of Covent Garden. The stunning mosaic tile floors and fresco-painted walls of the common areas are in contrast to the rooms which are white and calming. Grab a drink or enjoy tea at the lobby bar Fitz. A great centrally located hotel for your London weekend trip!

the bedroom with bed and artwork in warm neutral tones at te kimpton London

Hotel Indigo Kensington

For those looking for where to stay in London and want a highly-rated hotel in the Kensington area, the Hotel Indigo is a fantastic option. You are within walking distance to many of the top museums, and close to the tube! The rooms feature free minibars which is nice when you come back at the end of the day and want a water or soda to unwind!

The bright jeweled toneso f the Hotel indigo kensington

The Hoxton, Southwak

One of my favorite boutique hotel brands in London is the Hoxton. There are 4 locations in London however, this one is South of the Thames River in Blackfriars and is within walking distance of almost all the major attractions. The hotel is bright and lively with plants located throughout the lobby. The rooms have concrete ceilings and are very cozy! Each comes with free coffee, water, and tea! Plus there is a rooftop restaurant and the lobby bar serves up amazing cocktails.

The large room of te Hoxton hotoel overlooking a tree filled courtyard

Where to Eat During Your 4  Days in London

Dishroom .

I strongly believe that some of the best food in London is Indian, and my favorite is Dishroom. They serve breakfast, lunch, and dinner. They also have a vegan menu!

I love ordering the dish room chicken tikka, vegetable samosas, the house chat, and the jackfruit biryani with a side of garlic naan. They also serve delicious cocktails!

There is a reason Padella is on every best restaurant list. The pasta at this Borough Market staple. The dishes are “tasting” size, so I always suggest ordering several and sharing. Ty dishes like tagliarini with dried chilis and garlic, fettuccine with mascarpone and lemon, agnolotti with pumpkin and sage butte, and pappardelle with dexter beef ragu.

Beware the restaurant does not take reservations and is quite small but the wait is worth it! A must-eat with 4 nights in London for dinner.

If you are looking to dine on upscale British food in an unpretentious setting, head to Lyle’s.

The set menu changes nightly and they do offer a vegetarian menu as well. Try seasonal dishes made with the freshest in-season ingredients. A sample menu includes oysters, raw mutton tartare, mackerel and tomatoes, an olive oil ice cream and blood orange cake!

a dinner dis of curry topped with srimp and veggies

Getting To And Around London 

While London at first glance might seem like a large city is a very easy city to navigate! If traveling to London by air, there are 6 major airports, if flying in from the US you will be most likely to land at either London Heathrow ( LHR) or Gatwick ( LGW). From the airport if looking to save time and money opt for public transportation. Train service from Gatwick ( regular train and Gatwick Express), same with Heathrow (underground or Heathrow Express)

For those traveling from other European cities, Luton (LTN), London City (LCY), and Stansted (STN)  are other popular airports. London St Pancras is the Eurostar terminal for those arriving by train from Paris and Brussels.

Now, for getting around London, I highly suggest taking public transportation. Once you understand public transportation, it is very easy to navigate the city! However, you can oftentimes walk between stops quicker than jumping on the tube!

  • Purchase an Oyster Card for easy navigation
  • Use a credit card with a tap for lower fares throughout the tube
  •  London is broken into zones 1 to 6, with central London as zones 1-2.
  • There are rush hour peak fares in the morning and evenings. 
  • The overground ( orange circle) and underground ( red and white circle.
  • Bus (cheapest option at under $2 ride)
  • Iconic London Black taxi ( MUST do once!) and Uber

a map of London

Insider Tips For Your First Trip To London 

Oyster card.

For those traveling to London for 4 days, invest in an Oyster Card. The card saves you so much money on metro rides, and cap the daily rides at just over £8! For those with family to London kids under 11 ride free! The card costs £5 to activate but you will save more than that in just one day!

One of my favorite free things to do in London in 4 days is the Sky Garden! You MUST book your tickets 3 weeks in advance! You will be awarded a stunning view over London and it won’t cost you anything, for those who opt to skip the Shard view.

  Look the opposite way when crossing streets

In London, they drive on the opposite side of the road, which means when you cross the street you will need to look the opposite way (don’t worry they have reminders on the street for you!) 

Pack an umbrella

I always make sure to pack a little travel umbrella when traveling to London! Take it from me there is nothing worse than being caught in a rainstorm, or your hotel not having enough umbrellas.

London Pass

Many travelers overlook what I think is one of the biggest money and time savers, the London Pass. Choose from 1, 2, 3 or 4…day pass!  The London Pass gives you advanced reservations to over 80 attractions, hop-on hop-off bus tours, guided walking tours, Thames Clipper boat rides, museums, and more on your 4 days in London itinerary! 

I think the ability to skip lines and have advanced reservations makes purchasing the London Pass a no-brainer! You can even add an Oyster card when purchasing!

Click HERE to purchase!

Visit Markets for Lunch

A few of my favorites are Borough, Maltby, Mercato, Camden, and Pop Brixton. Especially if traveling with friends, or family everyone can find exactly what they want to eat, or you can do as I do and sample a variety of dishes!

a girl in pink outisde sweets shop in London

Bring a portable phone charger

There is northing worse than having a dead phone battery while traveling. I like to travel with a portable lightweight phone charger to keep my device charged especially when using maps and taking pictures all day!

Take advantage of Free Museums

If you are looking to travel to London on a budget, most of the museums in London are FREE to visit. Choose from museums such as the British Museum and Library, Science Museum, Natural History Museum ( try the high tea here if traveling with kids), Museum of London ( one of my favorites), National Gallery, Tate Modern, and More!

Visiting the free museum in London can be a huge money saver for those on a tighter budget!

Check the Exchange Rate

I remember a time not too long ago when exchanging US Dollars for British Pounds you were losing 40% of your money. I always like to check exchange rates so that I can budget accordingly and know what things cost!

Use google maps to find restaurants near you

I love using Google Maps to find highly-rated restaurants near where I am especially in a new city! This takes the guesswork out of where to eat, and only takes a few minutes extra when you decide you want to stop for a meal!

a girl in red sitting by the Thames overooking Tower Bridge

Reader Interactions

' src=

June 21, 2018 at 5:02 am

Great itinerary…covers some amazing places. Will be traveling to London soon.

' src=

August 11, 2018 at 2:13 pm

I could have used this itinerary a few years ago haha! It’s so thorough, great job!

' src=

August 11, 2018 at 8:28 pm

Great article! I have heard of some of these places and areas but you have definitely helped add more to my list. I will have to add all of this to my itinerary when I visit London!!

' src=

October 10, 2018 at 2:03 pm

Supreme ! takes you right at centre and not missing anything. Detailed .

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

The PERFECT 3 Days in London Itinerary [2024 Guide]

If you’re planning a trip to the United Kingdom, this post is chock full of the best things to add to your 3 days in London itinerary.

Welcome to one of the world’s most important and influential cities.

At the height of the British Empire, 25% of the world was controlled by London.

Decisions made in the British capital have shaped history and created the world we know today.

For many London is the world’s most cosmopolitan city (sorry NYC ). It’s history a centre of economics, politics and the arts give the city a dollop of history and culture to which few other cities can even come close.

Founded as the Roman city of Londinium in AD 43, it was the Great Fire of London the gave us the city we see now.

And in more recent history, as the British Empire grew so did London’s power and prestige.

London’s rich history is present everywhere. From the city’s many excellent museums to the stories and tales that have been handed down from generation to generation.

Between museums, the arts, sporting events, parks, great food and plenty of pubs there is more than enough to keep you busy for 3 days.

In truth, you could be here for much longer as London is packed full of stuff to do.

However, our 3 days in London itinerary will give you all the best bits to see, do and eat in the UK’s cosmopolitan capital.

Table of Contents

Westminster Bridge 

Houses of parliament and big ben , westminster abbey , 10 downing street , horse guards and the household cavalry , the mall and st james’s park , buckingham palace, green park , fortnum and mason, piccadilly circus , trafalgar square and the national gallery, take a load off in leicester square and covent garden, take an early morning trip to tower bridge , admire one of the world’s most impressive historical collections at the british museum, the victoria and albert museum (v and a) and the natural history museum , enjoy a spot of afternoon tea , take a wander along the southbank, finish up in a proper british pub , st pauls cathedral , explore the guildhall, take a jack the ripper walking tour , get some shopping done at spitalfields market , take in some street art around shoreditch and brick lane, get a feel for music around camden, best budget accommodation in london – wombats city hostel, best mid-range accommodation in london – best western wembley , best luxury accommodation in london – blackbird, getting around london, fish and chips , markets/gourmet produce , pie and mash, how to spend a perfect 3 days in london itinerary.

Our 3 days in London itinerary is going to take you to many of the city’s most well-known sites and areas.

Charge your cameras and get your most comfortable shoes ready because it’s going to be a jam-packed 3 days!

Day 1 – London Must-See Buildings and Architecture

Our first day starts out at Westminster station and finishes at either Leicester Square, Holborn or Covent Garden tube stations.

This depends on which station is best for you to head back to your accommodation as they are all in the same area. 

You can think of this first day as one long walking tour.

Take as much or as little time as you want at each point of interest, but this a great introduction to London as a political and cultural centre.  

Head out of Westminster Station and take a short walk to Westminster Bridge for some lovely views along the Thames.

These will necessarily include some excellent views of the Houses of Parliament. 

Get here early though. From about 10 am the bridge becomes jam-packed with tourists, hawkers and people trying to commute. 

  • Nearest Tube Station : Westminster 

As of 2019 Big Ben is undergoing a rather major refit, so sadly you won’t get to see the famous clock in all its glory. 

The Houses of Parliament , on the other hand, is construction free at present.

The best views are from either Westminster Bridge or from Parliament Square. 

  • Nearest Tube Station : Westminster

Houses Of Parliament And Big Ben From Westminster Bridge

This huge cathedral is just off Parliament. It became most famous as the location of Prince William and Kate Middleton’s marriage back in 2011.

Built-in 929 AD, this stunning piece of architecture is a reminder of the importance of Christianity in England. 

Make sure you buy your pass for entrance into the Abbey .

  • Address : 20 Deans Yd, Westminster, London SW1P 3PA
  • Opening Hours : 9:30 am – 3:30 pm Mon, Tues, Thurs, Fri and Sat. 9:30 – 6:00 pm on Weds. Closed on Sundays.
  • Cost : 16 GBP. However, at 5 pm, you can go to the evensong for free.

Westminster Abbey

From Westminster Abbey pull a bit of u-turn to walk past 10 Downing Street, the home of the British Prime Minister.

The architecture in this part of London is particularly lovely. But do remember that you cannot go right up the house for obvious reasons. 

  • Address : 10 Downing Street, London
  • Opening Hours : 24 hours, however, you will only be able to see the street entrance.
  • Cost : Free

10 Downing Street

Beyond 10 Downing Street, you will find the home of the Household Cavalry.

Cue the mandatory photos with a member of the Household Cavalry at their post. 

But do not get in their way. Although they perform mainly ceremonial duties, they are members of the British army.

Those that cross the line will be politely reminded of that fact. 

If you get here at the right time, you will be able to see the changing of the guard, which is well worth checking out.

If you are lucky enough you can catch the changing of the guard ceremony.

This ceremony begins here and then goes all the way up to Buckingham Palace , the sight of one of London’s most famous demonstrations of pomp and tradition. 

Book a tour with a guide to make sure you don’t miss it.

  • Address : Whitehall, London, SW1A 2AX
  • Opening Hours : You can walk through at any time, however times for the changing of the guard can be found through the link above.
  • Nearest Tube Station : Westminster or St James’s Park.

Horse Guards London

Passing through the Horse Guards brings you out into the gorgeous St James’s Park.

If you’re lucky enough you will spot a pelican on the pond as you head towards the Mall , the finish of the London marathon.

This straight road leads directly to Buckingham Palace. 

The entrance of the Mall from just North of the Horse Guards offers some stunning architecture, which is well worth checking out!

  • Opening Hours: 5 am – 12 am
  • Nearest Tube Station: St James’s Park.

St James Park

Any itinerary for 3 days in London will include a visit to Buckingham Palance.

One of the most famous sights in the United Kingdom is the Queen’s main place of residence.

To be fair, Queen Elizabeth II has a fair few other palaces, castles and stately homes dotted across the land. But this is the most famous. 

The highlight of any visit to Buckingham Palace is the changing of the guard .

As the procession moves from the Horse Guards to Buckingham Palace you will see the crowds getting ever larger.

Plan on getting to Buckingham Palace at least 30 minutes before the changing of the guard ceremony if you want the best views.

As a warning, it can be rather busy! 

If you’re not to fussed with pomp and ceremony then you can skip the changing of the guard.

Next to Buckingham Palace, you can find the Queen’s gallery which is home to some fantastic permanent exhibits with regular special exhibits throughout the year.

  • Address : Buckingham Palace London SW1A 1AA
  • Opening Hours: 24 hours to view from the outside. Changing of the guard usually takes place at 11 am.
  • Nearest Tube Station : Green Park

Buckingham Palace

Over the road from Buckingham Palace, you will find Green Park.

This park was originally an extension of St James’s Park and a rather unusual story surrounding its name.

Supposedly Queen Catherine, the wife of Charles II, caught her husband picking flowers in Green Park for his mistress.

Enraged at his betrayal she ordered all of the flowers in the park to be removed.

Before that, it was also apparently used as a burial ground for lepers. 

History aside this is one of London’s most popular parks during the summer months.

At lunch and dinnertime, the park swells with picnickers. 

  • Opening Hours : 5 am – 12 am

Green Park

Any 3 days in London itinerary usually includes a trip to Harrods, London’s most famous and ludicrously expensive department store.

A short walk from Green Park is the less well known (but certainly no less fancy) Fortnum and Mason .

The surrounding area is full of swanky shops so feel free to explore if this tickles your fancy. 

  • Address : 181 Piccadilly London W1A 1ER
  • Opening Hours : Monday to Saturday – 10 am – 9 pm. Sunday 12 pm – 6pm

Fortnum And Mason

Keep walking east from Fortnum and Mason and you will walk straight into Piccadilly Circus.

Whilst certainly not have the glitz, glamour or size of New York’s Time Square, this is one of London’s most iconic locations. 

There are plenty of pubs, restaurants and swanky shops in the vicinity with the close proximity of Bond Street, Oxford Circus, Leicester Squar e, and Covent Garden .

Get ready to get lost in the winding alleys and streets as you find your own little piece of London.

  • Opening Hours : 24 hours. Restaurants and shops in the surrounding area
  • Nearest Tube Station : Picadilly Circus

Picadilly Circus

Take a slight detour here and head down towards another iconic London location – Trafalgar Square.

For many years this stunning square was mainly famous for its pigeons.

Tourists delighted in feeding them, whereas the feelings amongst the locals were far less exuberant. 

Just behind Trafalgar Square is the National Gallery .

Like with many of London’s best museums and galleries it’s free to enter.

So take the opportunity to check off some of history’s most stunning pieces of artwork.

Alternatively, you can head before going to St James’ Park and Buckingham Palace as it’s right next to the Household Cavalry.

  • Address : The National Gallery Trafalgar Square London WC2N 5DN
  • Opening Hours : 10 am – 6 pm daily, with the exception of Friday when it’s open until 9 pm.
  • Nearest Tube Station : Charing Cross

Trafalgar Square

After a long day of sightseeing and walking through central London it’s time to put your feet up with a beer or two in the Leicester Square/Convent Garden area.

Those areas sort of roll into one. The Tube advises travellers to get off at Leicester Square, as opposed to Covent Garden, as the latter can get so crowded. 

But both areas are chock full of pubs, clubs and restaurants. So let your hair down in this rather happening area of London. 

The area also has lots of theatres. So if you fancy catching a show in the west end then this is the place to do it.

Incidentally, there are a number of ticket offices on the edge of Leicester that sometimes have some amazingly cheap deals on offer. 

  • Opening Hours : This is a 24-hour area, with restaurants, bars, live music venues, and comedy clubs jam-packed into this happening area.
  • Cost : As much or as little as you want.
  • Nearest Tube Station : Leicester Square, Convent Garden and Holborn.

Covent Garden

Day 2 – Museums and Parks

Our second day will be a bit more of a relaxed affair as we check out some of London’s incredible museums.

One of the best things about London’s museums is that they are free – which is a welcome relief for anyone who has ever visited museums in New York. 

We can start the day off with a visit to Tower Bridge. This is one of London’s most iconic sights, so it can be a little busy sometimes.

However, getting there early in the morning will give you some great photo opportunities of both Tower Bridge and the Tower of London (one of the few museums in London that isn’t free).

In addition, there will be some great views of the City of London’s more modern architectural wonders including the gherkin, the walkie talkie and the cheese grater . 

Book your ‘ Skip the Line’ ticket for the Tower of London here.

  • Opening Hours : 24 hours.
  • Cost : Free unless you want to go up into the towers.
  • Nearest Tube Station : Tower Hill.

Welcome to what many believe is the best museum in London.

The sheer size of the British museum is mind-boggling. You could be here for days and not see everything.

There is something for everyone here, so get stuck into this incredible museum.

  • Address : Great Russell St, Bloomsbury, London WC1B 3DG
  • Opening Hours : 10 am – 5:30 pm daily, with the exception of Friday when it’s open until 8:30 pm.
  • Nearest Tube Station : Russell Square

If the British Museum doesn’t tickle your fancy then head down to South Kensington and check out either the Victoria and Albert Museum (affectionately known as the V and A) or the National History Museum. 

Both museums offer extensive collections with the Natural History Museum being the more family-friendly option.

If you’re into architecture then make sure you at least check out the Natural History Museum. It is a particularly lovely building. 

Incidentally, if you are in London on the last Friday of the month they hold a phenomenal silent disco which is a must! 

  • Address : Victoria and Albert Museum, Cromwell Road, London SW7 2RL
  • Opening Hours : 10 am – 5:45 pm daily, with the exception of Friday when it’s open until 10:00 pm.
  • Nearest Tube Station : South Kensington

READ MORE: Plan a road trip around Ireland .

Hyde Park is probably London’s most famous park. This huge expanse of land is a world away from the chaos of central London.

At its centre is the Serpentine , a large body of water where rowboats can be rented to enjoy a summer afternoon.

Visit the iconic speaker’s corner, a site for speeches and debates since the 1800s when protests and demonstrations took place in Hyde Park. 

On Sunday mornings speakers come to share their views and follow in the footsteps of Karl Marx, George Orwell and Vladimir Lenin. 

  • Opening Hours : 5 am -12:00 am daily.
  • Nearest Tube Station : Hyde Park Corner

London in 3 days is certainly a squeeze. However, be sure to make time to enjoy afternoon tea at one of the many establishments offering such a service in London.

The most famous is The Ritz , very close to Green Park tube station.

However you will need to book in advance, and you will need to be smartly dressed. Jeans, trainers and t-shirts are a no go! 

The central piece of afternoon tea is scones with clotted cream and jam.

However, the debate about the order is rife.

Devon and Cornwall, two counties in the south-west of the United Kingdom are central to this debate.

In Devon, the clotted cream is spread first followed by a dollop of jam on top, whereas it’s the other way round in Cornwall.

I personally prefer the Devon way. 

This lovely section of the Thames stretching east from Waterloo offers some stunning evening views of London.

Weekend daytimes are filled with people selling books and paintings, locals going for a jog and some very talented skateboarders. 

You can follow this path all the way to the Tate Modern , which is also free!

  • Opening Hours : 24 hours
  • Nearest Tube Station : Waterloo

Sipping an ale in a pub is a quintessentially British activity that can be enjoyed from the moment the pub opens its doors.

Pubs start serving alcohol from 11:00 am and will usually finish up between 11:00 pm and 12:00 am. 

With 3 days in London you should have enough to check into a couple of pubs for a uniquely British experience.

There are a number of excellent old pubs in London that are well worth checking out.

The Mayflower near Rotherhithe overground station, the Cittie of York next to Chancery Lane tube station and the Ye Olde Cheshire Cheese near Blackfriars tube station are 3 of the best, and oldest pubs in London.

The Mayflower sits right on the edge of the Thames and offers great food and some lovely sunset views.

Day 3 – London City Centre

Today we will head into the City of London.

Also known as the “Square Mile,” this is the financial heart of the United Kingdom. And, for a couple of hundred years, it was the world’s financial centre until New York City knocked London off top spot after World War I. 

The City of London also has a rather more gruesome history. It is here where Jack the Ripper operated uneducated in 1888.

There a number of excellent Jack the Ripper walking tours operating in this part of London. 

After the Great Fire of London in 1666 London lay in ruins. The renowned architect Sir Christopher Wren was charged with the re-building of the city.

Central to this was St Pauls Cathedral. 

This stunning Cathedral is truly breathtaking, and amazingly escaped severe damage from German bombs during World War II.

However, one of the clocks was destroyed and never replaced as a reminder of the horrors suffered. 

For amazing views of St Pauls and the surrounding area head to the shopping mall behind the cathedral and go to the top floor.

This will bring out onto an open-air platform where you can snap away to your heart’s content. 

Book your ‘ Skip the Line’ ticket online here .

  • Address : St. Paul’s Churchyard, London EC4M 8AD
  • Opening Hours : 8:30 am – 4:30 pm from Monday to Saturday. The cathedral is open for worship on Sundays.
  • Cost : 20 GBP per adult
  • Nearest Tube Station : St Pauls

St Pauls Cathedral

This is an undiscovered gem in London. This stunning piece of architecture is a stone’s throw from St Pauls and is home to the ruins of a Roman amphitheatre.

Yes, you read that right a Roman amphitheatre in the heart of London!

Head inside and head downstairs and you will see it in all it’s glory. 

The Guildhall itself is home to a lovely museum and is well worth checking out if you have the time.  

  • Address : Basinghall St, London EC2V 7HH
  • Opening Hours : 10 am – 4:30 pm daily
  • Nearest Tube Station : St Pauls, Moorgate or Bank

Jack the Ripper was an infamous and unidentified serial killer who terrorized London in the late 1800s.

Due to the fact the killer was never identified and captured, legend and lore have grown over the years.

There are a number of excellent Jack the Ripper walks on offer in this part of London well worth checking out.

Sharing some of London’s most interesting stories these walks an awesome addition to 3 perfect days in London.

This huge market is home to almost everything and anything it seems.

It sits alongside Petticoat Lane , which is home to one of London’s largest clothing markets.

There is plenty to keep you occupied around here with a number of great food outlets inside Spitalfields Market itself. 

  • Address : 56 Brushfield St, Spitalfields, London E1 6AA
  • Opening Hours : 10 am – 8 pm from Monday to Friday. 10 am – 5 pm on Saturdays and 10 am to 4 pm on Sundays.
  • Nearest Tube Station : Liverpool Street

READ MORE: Plan the perfect 3 days in New York City

One of London’s most famous streets is the graffiti-laden area that is Brick Lane.

Expect to find plenty of other visitors embarking on walking tours and snapping photos of some of the funky artwork. 

The street is famous for curries, and amazingly every single one seems to be the best curry on Brick Lane, according to TripAdvisor. To be honest the curry here is average at best.

Your best off heading to the amazing bagel shop at the end of the street for one of the best bargains in London. 

  • Opening Hours : 24 hours. Sundays market can be especially busy
  • Nearest Tube Station : Shoreditch High Street (Overground)

If you still have the energy after a jam-packed three days then head on up the hedonistic area of Camden.

Expect the pubs to be packed and the music to be loud. 

There are some great live music venues around here offering up the latest unsigned wonders.

If you’re around Camden Locks on the weekend it is especially busy, but it’s a great atmosphere. 

Personally, I recommend booking into a pub crawl of Camden .

  • Opening Hours : Another 24-hour area where the party goes on well into the early hours
  • Cost : As much or as little as you want
  • Nearest Tube Station : Camden Town

London Travel Guide

Now that you know what to do for your 3 days in London itinerary, we want to help you make your other plans as well by sharing the best accommodations and places to eat in the city.

Accommodation in London

Accommodation in London is certainly not at the budget end of the scale.

However, there are some bargains to be found and with London’s excellent transport network as long as your close to a tube station you have easy access to all of London’s best bits. 

London is divided into concentric zones, ranging from zones 1 to 9 with zone 1 at the centre.

Zones 1, 2, 3 will be the most convenient areas for transport.

Naturally, zone 1 is often the most expensive. 

This awesome hostel is located a short walk from Tower Hill tube station, the Tower of London and Tower Bridge.

With a plethora of awesome stuff to do right on your doorstep, it’s understandable why so many travellers rave about this place. 

Dorms are very reasonably priced however the private rooms are certainly not in that category.

In addition, it’s only a short walk from the north bank of the Thames, a great location for an evening stroll.

It’s close proximity to the city centre, affordable dorms and excellent service make this a winner! 

In London, many of the best mid-range options are like this one, a major hotel chain.

Based up in North London it’s a little further away from things than the other two hotels listed.

However central London is still just a short tube ride away. 

Being up in North London gives you easy access to Camden and the chance to check out Highgate Cemetery.  

This luxury offering based in South Kensington , one of London’s swankiest districts, has all the pomp and ceremony you would expect from a top London hotel. 

It’s full English breakfast gets rave reviews and it’s a hop skip and a jump over to South Kensington’s highlights including the V and A, Natural History Museum, Kensington Gardens, and Hyde Park.

It’s also a short walk to both Earls Court, Gloucester Road, and South Kensington Tube stations, facilitating excellent transport links all over the city. 

London’s transport network is exceptional.

Pick up an oyster card at tube and rail stations which can be used to swipe on and swipe off the tube, overground, DLR and buses.

Best of all, there is a cap on the maximum you can pay.

  • Zones 1-4: 10.10 GBP
  • Zones 1-5: 12.00 GBP
  • Zones 1-6: 12.80 GBP

Everything in our itinerary is within Zones 1-4. 

But the tube can be quite confusing.

Download Citymapper to help you plan your trip appropriately.

Citymapper also provides live updates as to the current status of London’s underground lines, this can be an absolute lifesaver.

Fortunately, you do not have to deal with local and express services as you do in New York and Tokyo, for example.

However, sometimes trains will not go to the end of the line so just pay attention to their final destination. 

Get your 1-day unlimited travel card today on Get Your Guide .

Finally, stand on the right and walk on the left on all escalators.

Failure to follow this will lead to some very angry commuters who will not be shy about making their feelings known. 

Although London is a huge city it is a very walkable city within Zone 1, the very centre of the city.

Half the pleasure of any visit to London is getting lost exploring the many hidden gems the city has to offer. 

Alternatively, ride the famous hop-on-hop-off bus around the city .

Best Places to Eat in London

London is chock full of great eateries from the eye wateringly expensive to the pleasantly affordable.

Here are a few of my personal favourites that will hopefully tick a few boxes! 

Do not get a curry on Brick Lane unless you want overpriced, average Indian food. Incredibly every single restaurant claims to be the number 1 on trip advisor. 

Head up to Ravi Shankars on Drummond Street close to Warren Street Tube Station for some no-frills but awesome south Indian cuisine. 

The Bull Steak Expert on Red Lion street serves up amazing Argentinian steaks at a hefty price. But it is absolutely worth it. 

Good old pub grub is a hallmark of any visit to London. Your accommodation will probably be able to recommend a local one close by.

However, my favourite pub grub in London is served up at the Mayflower in Rotherhithe.

One of the oldest pubs in London it was from this location the Mayflower set sail for the New World in 1620, hence it’s named. 

The quintessential British dish. Any 3 days in London itinerary must include fish and chips somewhere.

The excellent Poppies near Shoreditch gets rave reviews. However this location is certainly not a secret, so be prepared for a wait. 

Head to the awesome Borough Market close to Tower Bridge for all manner of awesome options.

As with Poppies, you should expect it to be rather busy. 

Alternatively, if you’re in town on Saturday head Maltby Street market .

You will need to take a bus to get here. But it’s very rarely visited by tourists, much to the happiness of the locals.

Maureen’s Pie and Mash , up in Poplar is a huge hit.

If you’re not sure, this is pretty much exactly what it says on the tin, meat pies and mashed potato. A perfect winter warmer.

DISCLAIMER: Some of the links in this article are affiliate links, which means if you book accommodation, tours or buy a product, we will receive a small commission at no extra cost to you. These commissions help us keep creating more free travel content to help people plan their holidays and adventures. We only recommend the best accommodations, tours and products that ourselves or our fantastic editorial team have personally experienced, and regularly review these. Thanks for your support, kind friend!

' src=

About the Author - Richard Barnes

Richard Barnes is our resident China, New Zealand and Central Asia expert, having spent more time than just about anyone backpacking and travelling around there. He is also one of half of the British-Chinese couple that make up abearandapig.com , a blog focusing on travel, life as a local and an expat in the middle kingdom and Chinese social media.

Related Posts

Sorry, no posts were found.

Leave a comment Cancel reply

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Quick Stays & Getaways

For the 9-5 travelers who just want to get away

London · March 28, 2023

3-4 Days in London: The Ultimate Fall Weekend Itinerary (With Maps!)

London has something for everyone – from history buffs to nature lovers, art enthusiasts and foodies. It is a melting pot of cultures and cuisines, and a constant juxtaposition of history and contemporary society. Because of this, it can be overwhelming to put together an itinerary and map out a fall weekend in London that allows you to see it all.

London holds a special place in my heart. It’s where I spent a semester abroad as a wanderlust 20 year old, the city becoming the pearly white gates to the rest of the world. It’s where my fiance – then boyfriend – and I went on our first big trip together, and where four years later he got on one knee beneath the backdrop of the Tower Bridge to propose.

big ben london

How Long Do You Need

While I fully believe I could live a lifetime in London and never run out of neighborhoods, markets, or quick trips to explore, with some careful planning you can check off all the major sites within your long weekend itinerary. 

A long weekend in London is fully attainable, with direct flights from NYC clocking in at just seven hours. The red eye from the US will allow you to leave after work hours, and wake up in the UK. Plan around a three day weekend, or better yet – head across the pond for Thanksgiving to add built in days off and see the magic of London dressed up for Christmas.

How to Get to London

London’s Heathrow AIrport regularly ranks amongst the world’s most internationally connected airports. Heathrow is the easiest place to find a flight to, and conveniently connected to greater London with direct access to the Tube – more on that soon! 

Lesser known Gatwick and Stansted are less accessible to the city through public transportation, but can often offer cheaper fares.

If you’re traveling from the UK or Europe, London is also highly connected through its railway. Trains from Paris will drop you at St Pancras, while trains from Edinburgh (and Hogwarts) will bring you to Kings Cross. These stations, and many others, offer connection points to the endless day trips around London.

When to Go to London for the Weekend

There isn’t a bad time to go to London, but my absolute favorite times to take a trip to London is fall, and Christmas. Okay, so Christmas isn’t an official season, but it might as well be in London. Autumn in London lasts from September to November , and will provide cozy vibes and foliage. November to December is magical, when store windows are adorned with holiday installations, and pop up markets line the streets, illuminated under twinkling lights

How to Get Around London

The first thing you should do upon arrival in London is purchase an Oyster Card. Your Oyster Card is your payment method for London’s public transportation. A play on the idiom that with this card, the world – or at least, greater London – will be your oyster. 

You can also purchase an Oyster Card before you leave home through the VisitBritain Shop . It will be mailed to your home address fully activated and ready for use. Depending on how frequently you plan to use the Tube and buses, you can either pay as you go, or buy a three-day travel card. The three-day option is £25 and unlocks unlimited travel throughout central London. 

This card grants access to two key modes of transportation – the London Underground and the iconic red buses – and will be critical in reaching all the stops on our itinerary maps.  

The easiest and most efficient way to get around London is through the London Underground – better known as the Tube. Keep in mind you have to tap your Oyster Card when you enter and exit the Tube. Keep it on hand for the duration of your journey and please mind the gap . Sorry, I had to!

The red double decker buses provide more than a photo opp. They are a convenient link to all of the sites across the city. 

If your legs are tired from a long day (and there will be many long days in this jam-packed London weekend itinerary!), I recommend hailing an iconic black taxi cab. You can trust you’re in good hands in a hackney carriage. The knowledge test required is world renowned as the hardest taxi knowledge test and often takes 3-4 years of studying. 

The Perfect Itinerary for A Long Weekend in London 

Day one: buckingham palace, st. james’s park, westminster.

After touching down, bleary-eyed from the red eye, some fresh air will do you good. This walking tour will take you past some of London’s most iconic landmarks. 

Take the Circle or District Line to St James’s Park station for closest access to Buckingham Palace. 

Buckingham Palace

Our tour begins at the legendary home of the British monarch, Buckingham Palace. Take a picture from outside the gates, and stick around to see the changing of the guards at 11am. 

St James’s Park

From Buckingham Palace, follow the Diana, Princess of Wales Memorial Walk east along the Mall and into St James’s Park. Cross the bridge for a great shot of the London eye peering out above trees.

st jame's park london

Churchill War Room

Hidden just off the park, beneath the streets of Westminster is the Churchill War Room. Now preserved into a museum, the War Room was formerly the secret subterranean bunker where British Prime Minister Winston Churchill lived and commanded the war effort during WWII. Due to its underground nature, it’s easy to miss if you aren’t looking. If you’re a history buff, it’s definitely worth a stop to be immersed in this wartime landmark.

Westminster Abbey, Big Ben & The Houses of Parliament 

From Churchill War Room, continue on to Parliament Square Garden. Straight ahead you’ll see Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament; To your left, Westminster Abbey. The ultimate portrayal of the symbiotic nature of church and state within the country.  

Gordon’s Wine Bar

From Westminster, wine wind down with a drink in the caved cellar of Gordon’s Wine Bar. It’s either a 15 minute walk, or one quick stop on the Circle and District lines to Embankment. Thought to be London’s oldest wine bar, enjoying a glass of wine in their candlelit cellars is a unique London experience to round out your first day.

Day Two: Borough Market, Tower of London, and Central London

Take the Circle or District line to the Tower Hill stop for a morning of history and afternoon sampling your way through Borough Market. 

Tower of London & the Crown Jewels 

Experience living history as you walk through the 1000s year old towers and uncover its dark past. Go early, and buy your tickets in advance. To avoid the afternoon queue, make the Crown Jewels your first stop at the Tower. 

Although now a retired fortress, the tower still houses and protects the Crown Jewels, a collection of ceremonial pieces like gem-crusted crowns and swords – regalia that will be used for the royal coronation this May. Be on the lookout for the Cullinan Diamond. This largest diamond ever found clocks in at 3,106 carats, making it hard to miss.

tower of london

Tower Bridge 

The most iconic way to cross the Thames and continue on towards Borough Market is over the most famous drawbridge in the world. Take a casual stroll across, or buy tickets here for a guided tour into its towers. 

A Drink with a View (Choose Your Own Adventure!)

This is where our path diverges into a tale of two views: Top of the Shard or Sky Garden . Both are within a 15 minute walk of the Tower Bridge. The Shard is an easy stop between Borough Market and the Tower of London, while the Sky Gardens are an easy add on on the other side of the Tower of London. One key difference? The Sky Garden is free! 

St Dunstan in the East & Leadenhall Market

Although maybe not destinations in their own right on a quick weekend in London, these two are worth a stop if you’re on your way to the Sky Garden. Leadenhall is a Victorian indoor mall that dates back to 1445, and served as inspiration for J.K. Rowling’s Diagon Alley. 

St Dunstan in the East was once a church, built in 1100. After being rebuilt following the Great Fire of London in 1666, it was severely damaged by the Blitz of 1941 and never rebuilt. Today, its overgrown garden has taken over what’s left of the structure, turning this into a secret garden, tucked away in the middle of the city.

If you’re spending a weekend in London this fall, St Dunstan is a great spot to peep foliage.

st dunstan of the east weekend itinerary

Borough Market 

At this point, basically everything in this post is “over 1000 years old” and that holds true for Borough Market as well. Today, it’s a mecca for foodies with over 100 stalls and restaurants. Borough Market is a can’t miss for your weekend in London. You’ll find everything from fresh produce to paella, olive oils and truffles, and chocolate covered everything. In fact, we were late to the spot that my now-fiance proposed at because I just had to wait in line to try Richard Haward’s Oysters. How was I supposed to know we had places to be?!

Pro Tip: Forget the “Mind the Gap” crap you’ll find in vendor stands lining most tourist attractions, and opt to bring loved ones an edible souvenir from Borough Market. 

borough market 3 days in london

Dinner & a Show

London’s West End is equivalent to Broadway in New York. Buy tickets in advance through the official London Theater website . 

Covent Garden is a short walk from most of the theater district, and a great spot to grab a bite before or after a show. My favorites are Clos Maggiore for special occasions and Barrafina for a casual counter scene with high end food. Be sure to make reservations far in advance for either.  Circolo Popolare is another option with 10/10 ambiance close to most theaters.

best restaurants in london weekend itinerary

Day Three: Hyde Park, Markets and Museums

Day three will take you on a tour through two of my favorite neighborhoods in London: Kensington and Notting Hill. I may be partial to Kensington as it’s where I lived for six months, but nonetheless, an area you shouldn’t skip out on. To start your day in Notting Hill, take the Central, Circle, or District line to Notting Hill Gate. 

Notting Hill & Portobello Road Market

Notting Hill is more than the backdrop of the 1999 romantic comedy by the same name. This charming London neighborhood is lined with rows of pastel houses, and home to the famous Portobello Road Market, an infamous part-antique, part-everything else street market that takes over Portobello Road most days. 

The market is closed on Sundays, to plan your London weekend itinerary to visit Hotting Hill on a Friday or Saturday, when the most vendors are there and the market is in full swing. 

notting hill

A Drink (or Lunch!) at Churchill Arms 

Churchill Arms is one of the most photographed pubs in London, for obvious reasons. Venture inside, and beyond the characteristic dark wood and trinket-lined ceiling, you’ll find amazing Thai food served in what feels like a secret garden.  

notting hill churchill arms london itinerary weekend

Bike through Hyde Park & Kensington Gardens

Hop on a Boris Bike, formally known as Santander Cycles, from any station and head towards the park. Bike past Serpentine Lake, the Albert Memorial, and the Rose Garden. Hop off and spend some time walking around Kensington Gardens, just off the palace. When you’re ready to trade your wheels in, dock anywhere near Exhibition Road and Royal Albert Hall. 

kensington gardens hyde park itinerary for 3 days in london

Museums of South Kensington  

South Kensington is home to many amazing – and free! – museums. My favorite is the Victoria and Albert Museum, but the Natural History and Science Museums are close seconds. The V&A has its fair share of art galleries, but what sets it apart is a unique focus on fashion and jewelry. There will often be special exhibitions celebrating a unique element of fashion. The Natural History Museum is one of the most beautiful buildings in London, and is worth a stop just to check out the architecture itself.

Just down Exhibition Road you’ll also find Royal Albert Hall, London’s most distinct music venue. 

Dinner at Da Mario

Da Mario is a bit off-the-radar with museum-dwellers given its location, but is an essential London spot for classic Italian fare. Take a 15 minute walk down Gloucester Road, and you’ll find Da Mario nestled on the corner of the distinguishable white row houses of Kensington. On your way in, you’ll see Princess Diana’s name etched in the stone steps, a nod to their past patron, who used to frequent the restaurant with William and Harry.

kensington london 3 day itinerary

Bonus Day: Camden Market, Primrose Hill, and Hampstead

If you’re fortunate enough to have a late flight out, or can squeeze in a 4 day London itinerary, take the Northern line to the Camden Town or Chalk Farm stop to explore Camden. 

Camden Market

Camden Market is the most distinguishable attraction of the eclectic neighborhood of Camden. It consists of few markets with their own distinct characteristics. Camden Stables is one of my favorites, and it’s easy to see where it gets its name. Stables market has rejuvenated what was once a massive horse stable and adjacent horse hospital. 

Walk along Regent’s Canal, and check out some of the food vendors. 

Regent Park & Primrose Hill

Primrose Hill is the perfect Sunday morning spot. If you’re a morning person, I’ve heard sunrises here are amazing. After hiking up the hill (yes, it is literally a giant hill), make a pit stop for brunch before continuing on past the colorful houses tucked away on Chalcot Crescent.  

Detour option : If you’re a Beatles fan and want a photo crossing Abbey Road, you’re not far from that spot here.  

Hampstead & Hampstead Heath

Hampstead is slightly off the beaten path of most tourist agendas, but a great addition to your London itinerary if you have an extra afternoon. The neighbhorhood is a storybook village lined with local shops, cozy pubs, and the most delicious crepe stand, La Crêperie de Hampstead. 

The Heath is just that; a heath. Which, according to the dictionary means “an area of open uncultivated land, especially in Britain.” For argument’s sake, let’s call it a large park. 

The Crown Jewel of the heath (see what I did there?!) is the enchanting Hill Garden and Pergola.

hampstead where to go in london weekend

Morning in Soho

Alternatively, if you only have a quick morning to get your final fix of the city, head to Soho to grab breakfast at Bread Ahead or take coffee to go from Flat White . Aimlessly explore the neighborhood and get lost down Carnaby Street. Potter fans should pop into the House of Minalima for any last minute souvenirs from the design house behind the films’ graphics and props. 

Something missing from our weekend in London itinerary maps? Comment below with your favorite ways to spend a weekend in London.

Copyright © 2024 Quick Stays & Getaways · Theme by 17th Avenue

  • Our Press Page
  • Work with us
  • Disclosure Policy

A weekend in London with kids: a 2-day itinerary

Have you ever wondered how to spend a weekend in London with kids ?

Quite honestly, there are so many things to see and do in London for children that we were spoilt for choice when deciding on the itinerary for our family weekend.  With monuments, museums, historic buildings, family attractions and parks on offer, we knew we could never see it all in one go.  However, we wanted to make the most of our family time in the capital, so included as many of the best iconic London sights as possible.

In this post, we share our 2-day itinerary in London and guide you through our route.  We walked most of the way so that we could maximise what we could see.

You could also check out our ideas for 20+ things to do in London with Teenagers .

Disclaimer: This post contains affiliate links, which means we may earn some money at no cost to you if you click on one.  However, all views and opinions are our own ( Read our full Disclosure Policy)

Contents: click to jump to a section

London 2-day itinerary: DAY ONE

London dungeons, south bank.

Entrance to the London Dungeons, London, UK

Our family weekend in London started at the London Dungeons on the South Bank.  This was the children’s first choice of things to do in London and somewhere none of us had been.  It is a 5-minute walk from Waterloo Station.

The London Dungeons is one of London’s most popular attractions and far exceeded my expectations.  You pass through a series of small rooms where live actors use special effects to re-enact stories from 1000 years of London’s dark and macabre past.  Imagine tales of London’s ghastliest characters such as Sweeney Todd and Jack the Ripper.  Or relive some of the bleakest events in London’s history, like the Black Death and Great Fire of London.

The London Dungeons is a fantastic place for adults and children alike, though is not particularly suitable for younger kids.  However, there are several alternative famous London attractions for little ones next door, such as Sea Life London and Shrek’s Adventures.

  • Click here for tickets to the London Dungeons .
  • Click here for tickets to Shrek’s Adventures .

The London Eye

London Eye Pods, London, UK

Just minutes from the London Dungeon on the water’s edge is the London Eye .  Since its arrival at the start of the millennium, the London Eye has become one of London’s most iconic landmarks.  A ride on this giant Ferris wheel will give you great views of London, but we were happy just to look from below.

Click here for tickets to the London Eye .

Westminster Abbey, Houses of Parliament & Big Ben

Red London Bus in front of Houses of Parliament , London, UK

A short walk along the South Bank and across Westminster Bridge gave us an excellent outlook over some more of London’s most magnificent buildings.  From the bridge, we had a fabulous view of the Palace of Westminster and Elizabeth Tower, home to Big Ben.

The Palace of Westminster is a beautiful gothic structure and home to both UK Houses of Parliament.  Big Ben is currently undergoing renovation work and there’s lots of scaffolding outside.  However, you can still appreciate what a splendid building this is.  Westminster Abbey is just behind the Palace, but we turned in the other direction to Trafalgar Square.

Bodicea Statue, Westminster Bridge, London, UK

The walk down Whitehall leads to Trafalgar Square where Nelson stands proudly on his column.

Although there’s a quicker route to St James’ Park, this route led us past more of London’s famous attractions.  The children saw the Cenotaph, the entrance to Downing Street (home of the Prime Minister) and Great Scotland Yard (former home of the Metropolitan Police).

We stopped for a look at the Horse Guards Parade, closely guarded by two very serious guards on horseback.

Trafalgar Square

Nelsons Column, London, UK

Trafalgar Square is one of the most popular plazas in London and is easily recognisable by the magnificent Nelson’s Column.  This is a tribute to Vice-Admiral Horatio Nelson, one of Britain’s greatest naval heroes since commanding the British fleet during the Napoleonic Wars.

Surrounding Nelson’s Column are four famous bronze statues of lions, often known as the Landseer Lions.

If you like art, it’s worth a visit to the National Gallery, where you can see world-famous art from the likes of Monet, Rembrandt, and Turner.

The Mall, London, UK

After lunch, we walked through the Edwardian Admiralty Arch and up the Mall.  This is the grand avenue, which leads up to Buckingham Palace.  I have seen it many times for ceremonial occasions on television.

There are several significant statues to look at on the way, including the impressive Queen Victoria Memorial in front of the palace.

We did a lot of walking over the weekend.  Another great way to see the highlights of London is with a ride on a hop-on-hop-off bus.  You have unlimited access to the buses around London and the trip includes a riverboat cruise too.

Click here for hop-on-hop-off tickets .

Buckingham Palace

Buckingham Palace, London, UK

Buckingham Palace is one of the must-see places in London.  No matter how many times I visit, I am always impressed by its elegance and grandeur.  Well of course, it is fit for a queen!

Built in 1703, Buckingham Palace is the main residence of our sovereign, Queen Elizabeth.  You can tell if she’s in residence, by looking for the Royal Standard flag flying above the palace.  Although it’s her official London home, Queen Elizabeth also likes to spend time at nearby Windsor Castle in Berkshire.

Although you can visit the lavish state rooms in Buckingham Palace, we were happy to peer through the gates.  From the first time this summer, the Queen also opened her gardens to the public and many were able to enjoy a picnic on the royal lawns.

I am text block. Click edit button to change this text. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Ut elit tellus, luctus nec ullamcorper mattis, pulvinar dapibus leo.

If you want to go into Buckingham Palace, you can buy tickets for the Queen’s Gallery here .

St. James' Park

Parakeet feeding from hand at St James Park, London, UK

One of the best things to do in London with kids is visit the Royal Parks.  St James’ Park is one of the best London parks and is a brilliant place to see birds and wildlife.

With an apple and patience, one twin soon had a green ring-necked parakeet eating from his hands.  The other wasn’t so lucky and just had a pigeon sitting on his head!  Unfortunately he has banned us from sharing this superbly comical photo!

Around the other side of the lake, we spotted great white pelicans on the central island, Duck Island.  If you are lucky, you might see them wondering along the paths too.  The pelicans are resident in St James’ Park, since they were gifted by the Russian ambassador in 1664.

Elephants in Green Park, London, UK

From St James’ Park we walked directly across to the smaller Green Park.  But this time it wasn’t birds we were looking for, but elephants!  No not real ones.  They were last seen at London Zoo in 2001.  We were on the hunt for a herd of 100 life-size, wooden elephants.

Spread across 8 London locations, the visiting elephants were part of a temporary exhibition.  The aim was to promote awareness about elephants and human-wildlife co-existence.  What a fantastic idea!  The sculptures were amazing to look at and a real crowd-pleaser.

Hyde Park Serpentine, London, UK

Our final London Park of the day was Hyde Park.  This was probably one park too many, as we were exhausted from so much walking.  However, we did have enough energy to eat an ice-cream and watch the pedalos on the Serpentine Lake.

London Accommodation - The Ibis Styles Hotel, Southwark

Booking Ibis hotel, London, UK

From Hyde Park we took the underground to London Bridge Station.  From here it was a 5-minute walk to the Ibis Styles Hotel in Southwark.

The Ibis Styles hotel is the perfect mid-range hotel for a family weekend in London.  It has a theatre theme which adds character.  It’s in a great location for getting to the Tower of London, the Globe, the Shard and Tate Modern.

The kids loved the hotel, especially the hot chocolate machine and popcorn maker!  Read our full review of the Ibis Styles Hotel in London .

Click here to book the Ibis Styles London Southwark – (near Borough Market).

Borough Market

Borough Market, London, UK

Borough Market is of the best street food markets in London and has something for all food tastes.  It is very close to the Ibis Styles Hotel, so this is where we headed for our evening meal.

Borough Market is very different in the evening and has a fantastic outdoor eating area.  We chose Mei Mei, an acclaimed Singaporean restaurant where we enjoyed a very flavoursome Cantonese roast duck dish and cocktails.

The evening skyline in London

View of the City of London, UK

We ended our 2-day itinerary in London with a walk by the Embankment to get a view of the night time skyline.  The kids loved seeing the illuminated landmarks and enjoyed the bustle of the evening atmosphere.

London 2-day itinerary: DAY TWO

Crossbones gardens.

Cross Bones Graveyard, London, UK

For the second morning of our two-day London itinerary, we booked tickets for the Tower Bridge exhibition.  However, firstly we took a quick detour to Cross Bones Garden which was close to the hotel.

The Cross Bones Garden is one of the more unusual places to visit with kids in London.  In medieval times it was an unconsecrated graveyard for prostitutes.  Later, in the 18 th Century it became the burial ground for paupers, who couldn’t afford a plot.

Local people have now converted the graveyard to a garden of remembrance and memorial shrine to “The Outcast Dead”.  Unfortunately, it’s only open Wednesdays, Thursdays, and Fridays, so we couldn’t go in.

The Monument

The London Monument, London, UK

From Crossbones Graveyard we crossed London Bridge and headed towards the Monument.  The 202ft column was built to commemorate the Great Fire of London, which destroyed over 13000 houses and 87 churches in 1666.

The Monument’s height represents the distance from the site of the bakery in Pudding Lane where the fire began.  It is one of London’s most popular landmarks and offers amazing views over London.  You have to climb 311 steps to get to the top though.

After your visit to the Monument, you’ll shortly pass Pudding Lane.

Another fantastic place to visit in this area is The Sky Garden.  This stylish skyscraper has amazing views over London.  Admission is free, but you must book in advance.

St Dunstan's in the East

St Dunstan's in the East, London, UK

Another unconventional place to visit with kids in London is St Dunstan’s in the East.  However, I’d seen lots of photos and was keen to have a gander.

The original 12 th Century St Dunstan’s church was damaged during the Great Fire.  Sir Christopher Wren rebuilt the church, adding a new gothic steeple and tower.  Unfortunately, these were destroyed during the 2 nd World War.  They decided not to rebuild the church, but to transform the ruins into a public garden.

Today it is a beautiful, tranquil space which provides a great outdoor sanctuary from the bustle of London life.

Tower of London

Tower of London Visit, London, UK

The Tower of London has 1000 years of history and is one of London’s most famous landmarks.  Officially a royal palace, it has served as a prison, fortress and even a zoo.  Nowadays it is a UNESCO world heritage site and one of the best places to visit in London with kids.

Children will love seeing the Crown Jewels, beefeaters and ravens and hearing shocking stories of the Tower’s history.  We have visited with the kids before and they loved it, but this trip we were heading to Tower Bridge.

Get to see the Crown Jewels, included with your Tower of London Tickets.  Click here for prices .

Tower Bridge

Tower Bridge, London, UK

Tower Bridge is not only one of London’s most beautiful bridges and iconic landmarks, but an amazing feat of Victorian engineering.  We booked tickets for the Tower Bridge Exhibition, giving us access to inside both towers and the engine rooms.

One of the most fun parts of the exhibition for children was the glass walkway.   You can take cool selfies or peer down over the passers-by, vehicles, and boats travelling below.

Click here for more details of a visit inside London’s Tower Bridge .

St Paul's Cathedral

St Pauls London, UK

Next stop was a look at another of London’s famous historic landmarks, St Paul’s Cathedral.  Famous for its spectacular domed roof, St Paul’s has dominated the London skyline for hundreds of years.

If you want to go inside you can book tickets online to see the Stone Gallery and Golden Chapel.  It is not open for visits on Sundays, so we just admired it from the outside.

The Southbank

The Clink, Blue Plaque, London, UK

After a return to the hotel to collect our bags, we revisited Borough Market to buy some lunch.  It has a very different atmosphere in the day and it’s fun to browse the stalls.  We bought some extremely delicious pasties at the Ginger Pig and took them to eat by the river.

This is a great stretch of the South Bank to walk with children.  You can see the old walls of Winchester Palace, the Elizabethan galleon, Golden Hinde and the magnificent warship, HMS Belfast.

The Clink Prison Museum is a fun place to visit to find out about London’s prisoners of old or you can see Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre.

If you are travelling with kids in London, you are likely to see street entertainers here.

Tate Modern

Tate Museum, Infinity Rooms, London, UK

The last stop on our 2-day itinerary in London was at the Tate Modern, London’s fabulous museum of modern art.  There’s a great choice of family-friendly museums in London, especially in Kensington, where you’ll find the amazing Science Museum and Natural History Museum.

We’ve been to the Tate Modern several times, and it is one of the best free things to do in London with kids.  However, on this occasion we had tickets to the Yayoi Kusama “Infinity Mirror Rooms” exhibition.

The Infinity Mirror Rooms were two installation pieces of art, by Yayoi Kusama, one of Japan’s most prolific artists.  We only had 2 minutes for each installation, but it was a unique experience of light and mirrors and definitely worth it.

Other fantastic places to visit in London

Obviously, with so much choice of things to do in London, it’s impossible to visit everywhere in one weekend.  Some of the other best things to do with kids in London are:

  • Covent Garden
  • South Kensington (for the Science and Natural History Museums)
  • The British Museum
  • Camden Market
  • Leicester Square (especially the Lego shop!)
  • Afternoon Tea Cruise

Here’s our ideas for some of the best things to do in London with Teenagers .

Getting around London

We spent most of our weekend in London on foot, as you can see more sights this way.  However,  we did walk a really long way.  If you’re travelling with younger children, consider using a Hop-on Hop-off bus .  This way you can see plenty of London sights without little legs getting tired.  Click here to book a Hop-on-Hop-off bus .

Alternatively, London has a great network of underground trains, buses, and boats.  Children under 5 years old travel free on London transport.  Children aged 5-10 can travel free with a Zip Oyster photocard (if accompanied by an adult).

Guide books for London

If you’re looking for more information on the best things to see and do in London, we always find the DK Eyewitness Top 10 Travel Guides very inspiring.  As the name suggests, the Top Ten travel guide to London provides top ten lists to everything, from museums and monuments to restaurants and bars.

Another good option for helping you get the most out of your visit is the pocket Rough Guide to London .  These travel guides come in a handy, pocket-friendly format, so are ideal for popping in your bag or pocket.  And you can never go wrong with the Lonely Planet Guides , which provide practical information from locals.

If you are looking to enthuse younger children about your visit to London, try the 50 things to spot in London activity cards.  It will help them discover all the iconic landmarks on your sightseeing day.

Family-friendly accommodation in London

There’s no doubt that accommodation can be expensive in London.  However, don’t let that put you off.  If you look around, you can plenty of excellent hotels with family rooms.

Here we’ve give some suggestions for some of the most popular family hotels in London, to suit all budgets.

Luxury family accommodation in London

If money’s no object for your weekend in London, try the Athanaeum Hotel .  Overlooking Green Park, this hotel has one of the best locations in London.  Alternatively, the May Fair offers family rooms and is in walking distance of several of the royal parks.

For the ultimate treat, you can’t beat a night at the Shangri-La Hotel at the Shard .  Not only is it located in one of London’s most iconic buildings, it has exquisite décor and an amazing location.

  • Click here for prices and availability at the Athanaeum Hotel .
  • Click here for prices and availability at the May Fair .
  • Click here for prices and availability at the Shangri-La Hotel at the Shard .

Mid-range family accommodation in London

Reception at Ibis Hotel, London, UK

If you don’t want to spend all your money on accommodation, you’ll find plenty of mid-range accommodation within central London.

We stayed at the Ibis Styles Hotel, which was in the perfect location for the Tower of London, the Globe, the Shard and Tate Modern.  It is a quirky hotel, with a theatre theme.  Though, I’m sure the kids were more interested in the popcorn machine in the foyer!

From Hyde Park we took the underground to London Bridge Station.  From here it was a 5-minute walk to the Ibis Styles Hotel in Southwark.  Read our full review of the Ibis Styles Hotel in London .

Another good option for mid-range family accommodation in London is the Novotel near London Bridge . Alternatively, the Park Plaza at Westminster Bridge   has a pool and fabulous views over the Houses of Parliament and Big Ben.

  • Click here for prices and availability at the Ibis Styles Hotel, Southwark
  • Click here for prices and availability at the Novotel, London Bridge .
  • Click here for prices and availability at Park Plaza, Westminster Bridge .

Budget family accommodation in London

There’s no shortage of cheap hotels in London, but not all are suitable for families or don’t have great location.

For no-frills hotels with a central location in London, try The Premier Inn by Waterloo.  This would be a good base to follow our 2-day itinerary, as it is near the London Dungeons and London Eye.

Another good quality budget hotel for families is the Travelodge at King’s Cross.

  • Click here for prices and availability at the Premier Inn, Waterloo .
  • Click here for prices and availability at Travelodge, King’s Cross .

Where are your favourite places to visit in London with kids?  We’d love to hear your comments below.

You may also like:

  • 15 d ay trips from London
  • Best things to do in Windsor, England
  • 10 Best things to do at Bushy Park, London
  • A day out at the Imperial War Museum, London

Pin for later:  A weekend in London with kids:  a 2-day itinerary

Pinterest: A weekend in London with kids

All rights reserved  ©  Chimptrips. Republishing this article and/or any of its contents (text, photography, links, etc.), in whole or in part, is strictly prohibited.

Avatar for Jan

At Chimptrips we have a passion for travel and discovering new places. We love to explore and have adventures, both at home and abroad and want to inspire others.

The best places to go pumpkin picking in Surrey in 2023

Watching seals at horsey gap, norfolk, related posts, fun things to do on a day trip..., arlington row in bibury: the most beautiful cotswold..., virtual travel: how to travel with kids without..., our luxury treehouse weekend in machynlleth, wales, 10 great days out in dorset, 10 great days out in somerset, uk, bornean sun bear conservation centre, 15 day trips from london, best things to do in chiang rai in..., the nexus beach resort, kota kinabalu.

Avatar for Jan

What a trip! You covered so much ground. I love all these places and hope to revisit some of them on my trip this weekend! That view along the Thames over the Houses of Parliament is spectacular isn’t it? Interested to read about St Dunstan’s as we have not come across this yet, and a visit inside the Clink Museum is on our to do list too. Thanks for this lovely informative post. #Culturedkids

It was a lot of walking, but it really is the best way to see everything.

Avatar for Jan

We are so spoilt in London, so many options for so many week-ends! You managed to capture in 2 days so much, hats off to you all, loved your parakeet pic, indeed with patience, apples or oranges one can have a blast with them and hillarious to hear about the pigeon story with your other son! Over the years we found the pelicans by St James’ Park less friendly and social, best to stick to squirrels and parakeets! A great #CulturedKids London week-end and congrats for making it to Kusama as well, 2 minutes are short in there but still magical!

I know. You could go every weekend and still do something different. It’s somewhere I never get bored of.

Avatar for Jan

So many great things – we loved Borough Market. Like living history. #CulturedKids

Yes, we love it too and managed to go several times as it was so close to our hotel

Avatar for Jan

great ideas for seeing London with kids, and you did a lot in just 2 days

Leave a Comment Cancel Reply

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

This website uses cookies to improve your experience. We'll assume you're ok with this, but you can opt-out if you wish. Accept Read More

  • Car Rentals
  • Airport Transfers
  • Attractions & Tours
  • Bundle & Save
  • Destinations
  • Trip.com Rewards

Port Campbell in 2 Days: A Coastal Adventure Awaits

Author's Profile Picture

February 23, 2024 · 2 min read

Port Campbell 2 Days Itinerary

Embark on a 2-day scenic escape to Port Campbell, where the rugged cliffs meet the wild Southern Ocean. Begin your journey at the awe-inspiring Loch Ard Gorge, where you'll spend two hours exploring its historic shipwreck tales and towering limestone cliffs. Next, immerse yourself in the natural beauty of Port Campbell National Park for an hour, a sanctuary of coastal serenity. The Twelve Apostles await to mesmerize you with their majestic ocean-carved limestone stacks during a one-hour visit. Conclude your first day with the Gibson Steps, where the grandeur of the ocean vistas will captivate you for an hour. On day two, witness the dramatic collapse of nature's architecture at London Bridge, with a brief yet memorable 30-minute stop. Let the kids unleash their energy at Peterborough Foreshore Playground, a delightful spot by the sea. Your journey culminates at the Bay of Islands Coastal Park, where the untouched bays and secluded beaches offer a tranquil retreat to reflect on your Port Campbell experience.

hotelStar

  • Day 1: Unveiling the Majestic Coastline of Port Campbell

Loch Ard Gorge

arrow-image

Begin your Port Campbell adventure with a visit to the breathtaking Loch Ard Gorge, nestled along the Great Ocean Road. This natural wonder, with its towering limestone cliffs and clear blue waters, offers a serene start to your day. Spend a couple of hours exploring the walking trails, soaking in the panoramic views, and delving into the history of the shipwreck that gave the gorge its name. The site's tranquil beauty and dramatic landscape make it an unforgettable first stop on your coastal journey.

Attraction Info

  • Great Ocean Road Port Campbell, VIC 3269, Australia
  • Suggested tour duration: 2-4 hour
  • Open 24 hours

Port Campbell National Park

Next, immerse yourself in the rugged splendor of the Port Campbell National Park. Just a short drive from Loch Ard Gorge, allocate an hour to wander through this protected haven. The park is famed for its remarkable rock formations, including the iconic Twelve Apostles, which you'll encounter later in the day. Revel in the diverse flora and fauna, and keep an eye out for the unique wildlife that calls this park home. It's a perfect spot to connect with nature and capture some stunning photographs.

  • Great Ocean Rd, Port Campbell VIC 3269, Australia
  • Suggested tour duration: 1-2 hour

Twelve Apostles

As the day unfolds, prepare to be awed by the majestic Twelve Apostles, an essential highlight of any Port Campbell itinerary. These massive limestone stacks rise majestically from the Southern Ocean and are a sight to behold. Although their number is less than twelve, the grandeur remains undiminished. Spend an hour here marveling at the power of nature and the relentless forces that sculpted these pillars over time. The viewing platforms offer spectacular vantage points for that perfect snapshot.

  • Victoria, Australia
  • Open from 9:00am-5:00pm

Gibson Steps

Conclude your day's exploration with the Gibson Steps, an area steeped in natural beauty and cultural significance. Descend the 86 steps carved into the cliff face to reach the beach below, where you'll be greeted by imposing limestone stacks and the vast ocean. This hour-long visit allows you to experience the scale of the cliffs from the beach level, providing a unique perspective and a fitting end to a day filled with awe-inspiring coastal landmarks.

  • National Park, Great Ocean Rd, Port Campbell VIC 3269, Australia

Where to Stay Tonight

Twelve apostles motel & country retreat, 12 apostles cottages, summers rest units.

  • Day 2: Breathtaking Coastlines and Playful Shores

London Bridge

Kicking off the second day with the iconic London Bridge, not the one in England, but Australia's own natural wonder along the Great Ocean Road. This stunning formation, once connected to the mainland, allows visitors to marvel at the power of erosion and the beauty of nature. Spend half an hour walking the well-maintained paths, capturing photos of the bridge-like structure and the surrounding azure waters.

  • Great Ocean Rd, Peterborough VIC 3270, Australia
  • Suggested tour duration: 0.5-1 hour

Peterborough Foreshore Playground

Next, lighten the mood with a visit to the Peterborough Foreshore Playground. Perfect for families or those young at heart, this playground offers a delightful break from the scenic drives and a chance to stretch your legs. The colorful equipment and ocean backdrop provide a cheerful atmosphere for a mid-itinerary playtime.

  • Irvine Street, Peterborough, Victoria 3270, Australia

Recommended Nearby Restaurants

Schomberg Inn

Bay of Islands Coastal Park

Conclude your day with the serene Bay of Islands Coastal Park. This less crowded cousin of the Twelve Apostles offers a tranquil retreat into nature's splendor. Wander along the clifftops, take in the panoramic views of the limestone stacks, and let the sound of the waves be the perfect soundtrack to the end of your journey.

  • Great Ocean Rd, Peterborough, Victoria 3270

Butterfly Farm Bed and Breakfast Nirranda

Seahorse coastal villas, peterborough house, top things to do in port campbell-2024.

Twelve Apostles

* All user reviews in this article have been translated by machine.

* The information above is subject to change at any time. For the latest information, please check the websites of hotels and attractions.

<h3>Trending Searches</h3>

Trending Searches

  • Milford Sound 1 Day Itinerary
  • Ho Chi Minh City 5 Days Itinerary
  • San Juan Teotihuacan 1 Day Itinerary
  • Opcina Rijeka 1 Day Itinerary
  • Interlaken District 3 Days Itinerary
  • Serra de Tramuntana 1 Day Itinerary
  • Saint Andrews 1 Day Itinerary
  • Gjirokaster 1 Day Itinerary
  • Luxi 1 Day Itinerary
  • Changzhou 5 Days Itinerary
  • Portsmouth 1 Day Itinerary
  • Sendai 3 Days Itinerary
  • Aosta Valley 1 Day Itinerary
  • Province of Parma 1 Day Itinerary
  • Blackpool 1 Day Itinerary
  • Luoyang 2 Days Itinerary
  • Shanwei 1 Day Itinerary
  • Taizhou 4 Days Itinerary
  • Sodankyla 1 Day Itinerary
  • Seville Province 2 Days Itinerary
  • Customer Support
  • Service Guarantee
  • More Service Info
  • Website Feedback
  • About Trip.com
  • Terms & Conditions
  • Privacy Statement
  • About Trip.com Group

Other Services

  • Investor Relations
  • Affiliate Program
  • List My Property
  • Become a Supplier

IMAGES

  1. The Perfect London Itinerary for First Time Visitors

    london weekend trip itinerary

  2. 5-Day London Itinerary For First-Time Visitors

    london weekend trip itinerary

  3. How to Spend the Perfect Long Weekend in London via @PureWow Travel

    london weekend trip itinerary

  4. The Ultimate London Itinerary: Things to Do and See in 4 Days in London

    london weekend trip itinerary

  5. 4 Days in London: Itinerary + Local's Guide (2023)

    london weekend trip itinerary

  6. Things to do London London itinerary Travel Daily Itinerary

    london weekend trip itinerary

COMMENTS

  1. The PERFECT Weekend in London (2024 Guide)

    The Z Hotel Shoreditch is our favorite budget hotel in London! Quaint, boutique hotel with handcrafted beds. Located in the hip, heart of London. Great amenities and buffet breakfast available. This treasure is a quaint, lovely little hotel, reminiscent of 18th century London, set in a perfect location! The staff are great, and the beds are ...

  2. Weekend in London: The Perfect 2 Day Itinerary

    A weekend in London should be on everyone's bucket list as Britain's capital is packed with exciting things to do. From cultural and historical sites to world-class shopping, restaurants, and more. In this London 2 day itinerary, no matter what the season, you'll find out how best to spend your time in London. Enjoy walking around some of London's most iconic landmarks and discover the ...

  3. 3 Days in London: The Perfect Weekend Itinerary

    London Weekend Itinerary - Day 2 . Your 3-day London vacation continues with an action-packed itinerary merging history with contemporary culture. You'll be looking forward to a great day of sightseeing, eating, and cultural events as you explore Tower Hamlets, the City of London, and Southwark. ... Your 3-day trip to London ends with ...

  4. The Perfect 72 Hours in London Weekend Itinerary

    Tower Bridge in London is worth visiting during your 72 hours in London. London, the capital city of the United Kingdom, is one of the most-visited cities in the world. And for good reason. This busy city is full of culture and history with fun activities and events for every type of traveler. With so many attractions to visit, planning a trip ...

  5. 5 Days in London: The Ultimate London Itinerary

    5 Day London Itinerary. Day 1: Arrive in London, Hop-On Hop-Off Bus Tour, the London Eye Day 2: Westminster Abbey, Buckingham Palace, Big Ben, Whitehall, Covent Garden Day 3: Tower of London, Tower Bridge, Borough Market, Tate Modern, St. Paul's Cathedral, Sky Garden Day 4: National Gallery, Greenwich, Prime Meridian, Up at the O2 Day 5: British Museum, Afternoon Tea, Portobello Road Market ...

  6. 3 Days in London: Our Perfect 3 Day London Itinerary

    A 3 day London itinerary to help you spend a perfect 3 days in London. Our 3 day London itinerary helps you see the highlights of London and helps you with planning your 3 days in London. Our itinerary includes London's most famous attractions (e.g., Tower of London, Windsor Castle) as well as some of the city's lesser known attractions. In addition to the 3 day itinerary, we also provide tips ...

  7. The ULTIMATE London 2-Day Itinerary

    5 London 2 day itinerary: Day 2. 5.1 Portobello Market. 5.2 Notting Hill. 5.3 Hyde Park. 5.4 South Kensington & the museums. 5.5 Harrods. 5.6 Buckingham Palace. 6 Cool things to do in London not included in this London 2 day itinerary. 6.1 Shoreditch.

  8. How to Spend the Perfect Weekend in London

    It complements this 3-day London itinerary well and has a ton of tips on how to save money on a trip to London. Get an Oyster Card - Pick up an Oyster Card, London's transportation card. It is much cheaper to travel on public transportation with an Oyster Card - with it, a day ticket for Central London will cost you £8.10. Buy a London Pass

  9. How to Spend the Perfect Weekend in London Itinerary

    Here's the perfect 2-3 day weekend in London itinerary. London has been calling us (from their red phone booths) for some time now. So, we packed our bags to check out one UK's oldest cities for a long weekend. ... Don't forget to schedule ample time for travel as it's not in Central London. Pin Pin. 10. Check Out Iconic Shopping. 87 ...

  10. 2 Days in London: Detailed Trip Itinerary, Map & Insider Tips

    This would allow you to explore the main attractions a bit deeper and at a more relaxed pace, and also visit a few interesting places nearby. An ideal first trip to London would be about 5-8 days: 3-4 days for the best of the city, 1 day in Greenwich, and 2-3 days for some of the best day trips from London.

  11. 2 Days in London Itinerary: An Insider's Step-by-Step Guide

    10am - Hyde Park. Start your two days in London in Hyde Park, one of London's Royal Parks and my second favourite London park (the first is St James's Park - don't worry, we'll pop in there later). I love visiting Hyde Park in the morning - it somehow feels so utterly quaint.

  12. 2 Days in London: The Perfect London Itinerary + Map and Tips!

    A 2 Day London Itinerary London Itinerary: Day 1 Tower of London. What better place to start your London itinerary than with a visit to the Tower of London, home to the English Crown Jewels and the site of numerous key historical events, including the execution of all sorts of people who were deemed inappropriate by whoever was in charge at the ...

  13. London Itinerary: Where to Go in 7 Days by Rick Steves

    London in Seven Days. Day 1. 9:00 Tower of London (crown jewels first, then Beefeater tour and White Tower; note that on Sundays and Mondays, the Tower opens at 10:00). 13:00 Grab a picnic, catch a boat at Tower Pier, and relax with lunch on the Thames while cruising to Westminster Pier. 14:30 Tour Westminster Abbey, and consider their evensong ...

  14. London Weekend Itinerary for the First Timer

    What to Pack for a Weekend in London. Now you've got your London weekend itinerary it's time to get packing! Depending on the season you'll need to pack different types of clothes - winter can be cold, whilst summer can get very hot (London has seen temperatures rise to over 40 degrees Celsius in recent years).

  15. 4 Days in London: A Perfect Long Weekend Itinerary

    Tube: Start at St. Paul's (Central); End at Shoreditch High Street (Overground) Distance on Foot: 2.3 miles, plus a Tube ride from Tower Hill to Aldgate East. For your second of this four-day London itinerary, today is the day to activate your 3-day London Pass, if you decided to purchase that for this trip.

  16. 2 Days in London: The Perfect Weekend Itinerary

    The Tower Bridge Exhibition lets you learn about the building of the tower, the engine rooms, and lets you walk across the top of the bridge on a glass floor. The exhibition is open from 10 a.m. — 6 p.m. in the summer, 9:30 a.m. — 5 p.m. in the winter. Tickets cost £12.30 for adults.

  17. 36 Hours in London: Things to Do and See

    It is also an almost insurmountable task to try conquering the city in one weekend. This itinerary — which traverses an 1800s wine bar loved by a new generation, a night out in South London's ...

  18. Weekend In London: An Epic 3 Days In London Itinerary

    Stop 4: London Eye 11:30 am. On Day 2, of your London trip itinerary will bring you to the iconic London Eye. This attraction showcased an aerial view of London from one of the tallest observation wheels in the world! There is a reason there is always a line, and why it needs to be on your 3 days in London itinerary.

  19. Weekend In London: An Epic 4 Days In London Itinerary

    Stop 9: London Eye . Next, this London trip itinerary will bring you to the iconic London Eye. This attraction showcased an aerial view of London from one of the tallest observation wheels in the world! There is a reason there is always a line, and why it needs to be on your 4 days in London itinerary.

  20. The PERFECT 3 Days in London Itinerary [2024 Guide]

    How to Spend a Perfect 3 Days in London Itinerary. Day 1 - London Must-See Buildings and Architecture. Westminster Bridge. Houses Of Parliament And Big Ben. Westminster Abbey. 10 Downing Street. Horse Guards and the Household Cavalry. The Mall and St James's Park. Buckingham Palace.

  21. 3-4 Days in London: The Ultimate Fall Weekend Itinerary (With Maps!)

    The three-day option is £25 and unlocks unlimited travel throughout central London. This card grants access to two key modes of transportation - the London Underground and the iconic red buses - and will be critical in reaching all the stops on our itinerary maps. The easiest and most efficient way to get around London is through the ...

  22. Romantic weekend in London itinerary for couples

    Evening: Discover Soho or Carnaby. Round off your weekend of romance in and around Soho, which is home to an array of cocktail bars, eateries and entertainment venues. Settle down to some jazz in the atmospheric Ronnie Scott's, and enjoy a taste of China at Chinatown's best restaurants. Alternatively, swing over to the cool area of Carnaby.

  23. A weekend in London with kids: a 2-day itinerary

    The last stop on our 2-day itinerary in London was at the Tate Modern, London's fabulous museum of modern art. There's a great choice of family-friendly museums in London, especially in Kensington, where you'll find the amazing Science Museum and Natural History Museum. We've been to the Tate Modern several times, and it is one of the ...

  24. Liv

    163 likes, 34 comments - shewillbewandering on February 27, 2024: "What does travel planning actually look like? 樂 Comment "TRAVEL" to take a look at our se..."

  25. Port Campbell in 2 Days: A Coastal Adventure Awaits

    Ready for a breathtaking coastal journey with Trip.com? Discover how our 2-day Port Campbell itinerary can transform your weekend into an unforgettable adventure! ... the ocean vistas will captivate you for an hour. On day two, witness the dramatic collapse of nature's architecture at London Bridge, with a brief yet memorable 30-minute stop ...